Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    [edited by] Elan D. Louis, Stephan A. Mayer, James M. Noble.
    Summary: "For more than 60 years, Merritt’s Neurology has remained a trusted landmark text in clinical neurology, providing unparalleled guidance on neurologic protocols, treatment guidelines, clinical pathways, therapeutic recommendations, and imaging. The fourteenth edition reflects the state of today’s practice, with fully updated content and timely new sections and chapters. With this edition, Dr. James Noble joins Drs. Elan Louis and Stephan A. Mayer as co-editor, all of whom trained at Columbia University where Dr. H. Houston Merritt wrote the initial editions of this book. Lauded for its comprehensive coverage, colorful and dynamic visual style, readability, and ease of use, this up-to-date reference is ideal for neurologists, primary care physicians, and residents alike."-- From back cover.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Yaoliang Tang, Buddhadeb Dawn.
    Contents:
    Insights into the Mechanism of Exosome Formation and Secretion / Kobina Essandoh, Guo-Chang Fan
    An Overview of the Proteomic and miRNA Cargo in MSC-Derived Exosomes / Soon Sim Tan, Tian Sheng Chen, Kok Hian Tan, Sai Kiang Lim
    Exosome Function in miRNA-Mediated Paracrine Effects / Sathyamoorthy Balasubramanian, Sheeja Rajasingh, Jayakumar Thangavel, Buddhadeb Dawn, Johnson Rajasingh
    Current Methods to Purify and Characterize Exosomes / W. Michael Dismuke, Yutao Liu
    Stem Cell Extracellular Vesicles: A Novel Cell-Based Therapy for Cardiovascular Diseases / Ewa K. Zuba-Surma, Marta Adamiak, Buddhadeb Dawn
    Therapeutic Potential of Stem Cell-Derived Extracellular Vesicles in Cardioprotection and Myocardium Repair / Bin Yu, Muhammad Ashraf, Meifeng Xu
    Engineered/Hypoxia-Preconditioned MSC-Derived Exosome: Its Potential Therapeutic Applications / Wei Zhu, Han Chen, Jian'an Wang
    Exosome-Based Translational Nanomedicine: The Therapeutic Potential for Drug Delivery / Lei Lv, Qingtan Zeng, Shenjun Wu, Hui Xie, Jiaquan Chen, Xiang Jiang Guo, Changning Hao, Xue Zhang, Meng Ye, Lan Zhang
    Effect of Exosomes from Mesenchymal Stem Cells on Angiogenesis / Susmita Sahoo, Feng Dong, Lola DiVincenzo, William Chilian, Liya Yin
    Exosomes for Bone Diseases / Paulomi Sanghavi, Porter Young, Sunil Upadhyay, Mark W. Hamrick
    Diagnostic and Prognostic Applications of MicroRNA-Abundant Circulating Exosomes / Baron Arnone, Xiaoqi Zhao, Zhipeng Zou, Gangjian Qin, Min Cheng.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    J. Jordi Rowe, Erinn Downs-Kelly, editors.
    Summary: This book utilizes a uniform approach to provide a framework for the diagnosis of mesenchymal tumors of the breast while highlighting their mimics. Emphasis is placed on a practical approach to the morphologic interpretation and useful ancillary tests while exploring the differential diagnoses in depth. Given the overall low incidence of mesenchymal lesions of the breast along with their mimics, surgical pathologists are not consistently exposed to these spindle cell lesions. Compounding this problem is the broad differential that these lesions engender, with entities ranging from reactive/reparative lesions to poorly differentiated spindle cell malignancies. Furthering the challenge, the diagnoses may be complicated by fixation issues, sampling method, small sample size, lack of clinical history and prior treatment effects. The goal of this book is to introduce readers to the spectrum of these lesions while providing a systematic approach that helps establish accurate diagnoses that in turn drive appropriate clinical follow up and treatment. Chapters cover the spectrum of benign and malignant mesenchymal tumors and their mimics that are found in the breast in an easy to read format with richly detailed images to aid in diagnoses. The text also discusses practical components to aid in establishing and evaluating the differential diagnosis. Given how morphologically and clinically diverse these lesions are, Mesenchymal Tumors of the Breast and Their Mimics provides a construct for integrating the varied components that go into establishing a diagnosis for this challenging aspect of breast pathology.

    Contents:
    Metaplastic Carcinoma of the Breast
    Phyllodes Tumors
    Periductal Stromal Hyperplasia and Periductal Stromal Tumor
    Vascular Tumors of the Breast
    Mesenchymal Breast Tumors with Fibroblastic and Myofibroblastic Differentiation
    Adipocytic Tumors
    Inflammatory Lesions and Inflammatory-Like Lesions
    Miscellaneous Mesenchymal Tumors of the Breast.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Eli D. Ehrenpreis, John C. Alverdy, Steven D. Wexner, editors.
    Summary: Recent discoveries and clarifications of known information about the mesentery have now established that these complex structures function together as an individual organ within the human body. As such, conditions that affect the mesentery can now be grouped within a single area of study and clinical practice. The various aspects of mesenteric diseases have not been brought together in a single source and this book aims to bring them together for the first time. It will cover general areas such as anatomy, histology and physiology of the mesentery. A description of diagnostic procedures used to evaluate patients with mesenteric disorders will follow. A practical survey with detailed descriptions of medical, surgical, and neoplastic disorders of the mesentery is also be included. This book is intended to be a guide for clinical practitioners including gastroenterologists, general surgeons, colorectal surgeons, primary care physicians, nurse practitioners and physician assistants who manage patients with mesenteric disorders.

    Contents:
    Section 1: General
    Redefining the mesentery as an organ
    Embryology of the mesentery
    General anatomy of the mesentery
    Section II: Anatomy and Physiology
    Vascular Anatomy of the Mesentery
    Introduction to the Physiology of the Mesentery
    Emergence of the human gut microbiota as an influencer in health and disease
    Cellular Anatomy of the Mesentery
    Section III: Diagnostic Procedures
    Radiography of the Mesentery
    Mesenteric biopsy
    Diagnosing mesenteric diseases: Laparoscopy
    Immunologic Function of the MesenteryNeurophysiologic Function of the Mesentery
    Physiology of the Mesenteric Circulation
    Section IV: Role of Mesentery in Systemic Medical Diseases
    The Role of the Mesentery in Metabolic Syndrome and Diabetes Mellitus
    Crohn's Disease and the Mesentery
    The Role of the Mesentery in Pancreatic diseases
    IgG4-Related Diseases and the Mesentery
    ^Role of the Mesentery in Systemic Inflammation Response Syndrome (SIRS) and Multiple Organ Dysfunction Syndrome (MODS)
    Section V: Medical Disorders of the Mesentery
    Mesenteric Hemorrhage
    Mesenteric Panniculitis
    PPP Syndrome: Pancreatitis, Panniculitis, Polyarthritis
    Mesenteric Adenitis
    Mesenteric Abscess
    Mesenteric Venous Thrombosis
    Mesenteric Arterial Occlusion
    Ischemic Enteropathy (also called Mesenteric Ischemia)
    Colonic Ischemia (also known as Ischemic Colitis)
    Mesenteric Lymphangioma
    Radiation-Induced Mesenteric Injury
    Drug Induced Mesenteric and Retroperitoneal Diseases
    Section VI: Neoplasms of the Mesentery
    Primary Solid Neoplasms
    Metastatic Diseases of the Mesentery
    Mesenteric Lymphoma
    Castleman Disease with Mesenteric Involvement
    Section VII: Surgical Diseases of the Mesentery
    Mesenteric Resection in Upper Abdominal Surgery
    Mesenteric Considerations in Surgery of the Colon and Rectum
    ^Mesocolic Resection in Colon Cancer
    Mesenteric Resection in Rectal Cancer
    Mesenteric Resection in Crohn's disease
    Mesenteric resection in Crohn's disease
    Section VIII: Surgery for Individual Conditions
    Surgical Management of Intestinal Volvulus
    Embryologic Abnormalities of the Mesentery
    Mesenteric Hernia
    Surgical Management of Bands and Adhesions
    Mesenteric Trauma
    Mesenteric Cysts
    Mesenteric Abscess
    Mesenteric Neoplasms
    Mesenteric Artery Thrombosis and Embolism
    Section IX: Future
    Future Research on the Role of the Mesentery in Health and Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gustavo S. Oderich, editor.
    Summary: This book represents the first comprehensive textbook devoted to the standard of care, current guidelines and innovations in the field of mesenteric vascular disease. The book reviews imaging modalities, diagnostic work up, physiologic tests, traditional open surgical techniques and novel endovascular approaches. Technical aspects of both open surgical and endovascular techniques are provided by experts in the field, with illustrations and photographs of key steps for each type of procedure. Results of epidemiologic studies and national databases are summarized, as well as large institutional experiences. An evidence-based approach is used for recommendations regarding best therapies. Diagnostic approaches including imaging and novel physiologic tests, including gastric tonometry and oxygen light spectroscopy are also covered. Mesenteric Vascular Disease: Current Therapy will serve as a very useful resource for clinicians, surgeons, interventionalists, gastroenterologists and researchers dealing with and interested in mesenteric vascular diseases.

    Contents:
    History of Mesenteric Vascular Disease
    Normal and Variant Mesenteric Anatomy
    Pathophysiology
    Epidemiology and Natural History
    Duplex Ultrasound of the Mesenteric Vessels
    Functional Testing in the Diagnosis of Chronic Mesenteric Ischemia
    Non-invasive Arterial Imaging: Computed Tomography and Magnetic Resonance Angiography
    Diagnostic Angiography
    Clinical Presentation, Etiology, and Diagnostic Considerations
    Non-Atherosclerotic Causes of Mesenteric Arterial Disease
    Techniques of Open Mesenteric Reconstructions
    Results of Open Mesenteric Reconstructions
    Techniques of Endovascular Mesenteric Revascularization
    Results of Endovascular Mesenteric Revascularization
    Clinical Presentation, Etiology, and Diagnostic Considerations
    Technique of Open Mesenteric Catheter Embolectomy
    Techniques of Open and Hybrid Mesenteric Revascularization for Acute Mesenteric Ischemia
    Techniques of Endovascular Revascularization for Acute Mesenteric Ischemia
    Second Look Laparotomy, the Open Abdomen, and Temporary Abdominal Closure in Acute Mesenteric Ischemia
    Results of Open and Endovascular Revascularization for Acute Mesenteric Ischemia
    Medical Management of Short Bowel Syndrome and Nutritional Support
    Clinical Presentation, Etiology, and Diagnostic Considerations
    Thrombophilia Testing in Splanchnic Vein Thrombosis
    Treatment of Mesenteric Venous Thrombosis
    Clinical Presentation and Diagnosis
    Management and Results
    Clinical Presentation and Diagnostic Considerations
    Open Surgical Treatment
    Laparoscopic Trans-peritonaeal Approach
    Results of Open and Laparoscopic Median Arcuate Ligament Release
    Clinical Presentation, Etiology, and Diagnostic Considerations of Isolated Visceral Artery Dissections
    Open Surgical and Endovascular Revascularizations of Isolated Visceral Artery Dissections
    Results of Medical, Interventional, and Surgical Treatment
    Clinical Presentation, Etiology, Diagnostic Considerations, Treatment, and Results.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    J. Calvin Coffey, editor.
    Summary: The volume summarizes the most recent advances in our understanding of the mesentery and explains the how these are important in inflammation. It comprises a series of state of the art chapters by leading authorities in each area. It explains how recent advances in our understanding of the mesenteric organ, have advanced the diagnosis and treatment abdominal and systemic conditions including cancer, inflammatory bowel disease and endocrine conditions such as diabetes, and circulatory disorders such as atherosclerosis. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Introduction to ``The Mesentery in Inflammation ́́
    1 Introduction: Inflammation and the Mesentery
    2 Overview of Chapters
    3 The Mesentery
    4 Inflammation of the Mesentery
    5 The Mesenteric Interstitium
    6 The Mesenteric Lymphatic Framework
    7 General Immunology of the Mesentery
    8 Bacterial Translocation
    9 The Effects of Mesenteric Inflammation on Adjoining Intestine
    10 Targeting the Mesentery
    11 Conclusion
    References
    The Development and Anatomy of the Mesentery
    1 Introduction
    2 The Mesentery Redefined 3 The Mesenteric Model of Abdominal Anatomy
    4 Histology of the Mesentery
    5 Vasculature of the Mesentery
    6 The Mesentery and the Immune System
    7 Implications for Our Understanding of Abdominal Inflammation
    8 Implications for Treatment
    9 Implications for Medical Practice in General
    10 Conclusion
    References
    The Interstitium of the Mesentery: Contents and Inter-organ Connections
    1 Introduction
    2 Categories of Interstitial Spaces
    3 Interstitial Spaces of the Mesentery
    3.1 Continuity of Interstitial Spaces Within the Mesentery 3.2 Continuity Between the Mesenteric Interstitium and Extra-Mesenteric Tissues
    4 Resident Cells of the Interstitium
    4.1 Interstitial Lining Cells and Other Stromal Cells
    4.2 Macrophages
    4.3 Mast Cells
    4.4 Cell Derived Exosomes
    5 The Matrix of the Interstitium
    5.1 Extracellular Matrix
    5.2 Fluid Contents of the Interstitium
    6 The Mesenteric Interstitium in Disease
    7 Conclusion
    References
    Mesenteric Organ Lymphatics in Abdominal Inflammation
    1 Introduction
    2 Anatomy of the Mesenteric Lymphatic Vasculature
    3 Developmental Origins of Mesenteric LECs 4 Mesenteric Lymphatic Molecular Regulation
    5 Function of Mesenteric Lymphatics
    6 Mesenteric Lymphatics and Abdominal Inflammation
    6.1 Obesity
    6.2 Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    6.3 Intestinal Infection
    7 Translational Perspectives
    References
    The Immunological Importance of the Mesentery
    1 Phenotypic Findings and Functional Implications
    1.1 Adipocyte Hyperplasia: Immune Nutrition?
    1.2 Only Adipocyte Hyperplasia?
    2 Adipokines
    2.1 Leptin
    2.2 Adiponectin
    3 Adipocytes as Cells of the Innate Immune System
    4 Immune Cell Infiltration and Function 4.1 Macrophages
    4.2 T and B Cells
    4.3 Intestinal Barrier
    5 Working Model
    6 Conclusion
    References
    Bacterial Translocation to the Mesentery
    1 Concept of Bacterial Translocation and Methods of Detection
    1.1 Historical Context
    1.2 Detection Methods
    2 Translocation of the Gut Microbiome in Chronic Inflammation
    2.1 The Leaky Gut Hypothesis
    2.2 Bacterial Translocation Patterns in Distinct Chronic Inflammatory Diseases
    2.3 Microbial Influence on Mesenteric Adipose Immune and Metabolic Function
    2.4 Bacterial Translocation and Creeping Fat
    Digital Access Springer 2023
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC867 .M474 2023
    1
  • Digital
    Giovanni Luca Ceresoli, Emilio Bombardieri, Maurizio D'Incalci, editors.
    Summary: This book offers an updated review of malignant mesothelioma, including the latest advances in our understanding of its genetic control and molecular biology, as well as pre-clinical and clinical research. It also presents state-of-the-art diagnostic approaches and therapeutic options, and an open discussion on the future prospects for patient management. Malignant mesothelioma is an enormous global health problem related to asbestos exposure. Despite the best efforts of scientists and oncologists, the prognosis for those affected remains poor. Due to anatomical characteristics and non-specific symptoms, the diagnosis of mesothelioma at an early stage is often difficult, while surgery and radiotherapy are only of limited use, even if some multimodality approaches seem promising. In turn, medical treatments are sometimes successful in tumor control, but have little impact on overall survival. However, advances in our understanding of the diseaseâ#x80;#x99;s biology, together with the availability of new drugs and combinations, make mesothelioma an essential and highly topical field for pre-clinical and clinical studies. This book is subdivided into four parts: epidemiology and preclinical data, diagnosis, therapy, and extrathoracic mesothelioma. It highlights the progress made in a variety of areas â#x80;#x93; e.g. in vitro and in vivo experimental models, genetics, environment, biomarkers, targeting agents, immunotherapy, metabolic imaging and ongoing clinical trials â#x80;#x93; and describes the standard clinical management of mesothelioma patients, including those with extra-thoracic localizations. Given its scope, the book offers an invaluable tool for researchers, oncologists and clinicians alike.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of mesothelioma
    Asbestos and pathophysiology of mesothelioma
    Screening issues in exposed subjects and early diagnosis
    Genetics and epigenetics of mesothelioma
    Microenvironment and immunology of mesothelioma
    Pre clinical models in mesothelioma
    Pathological diagnosis of mesothelioma
    Tissue and circulating biomarkers in mesothelioma
    Diagnostic imaging of mesothelioma
    Measuring malignant pleural mesothelioma
    Role of metabolic imaging in mesothelioma
    Staging of malignant pleural mesothelioma
    Surgery and multimodality treatment in malignant pleural mesothelioma
    Role of radiotherapy in malignant pleural mesothelioma
    Role of chemotherapy in malignant pleural mesothelioma
    Targeting angiogenesis in mesothelioma
    Targeted therapies in mesothelioma
    Mesothelin-targeting agents in mesothelioma
    Immunotherapy of mesothelioma: vaccines and cell therapy
    Immunotherapy of mesothelioma: immune checkpoints inhibitors
    Peritoneal mesothelioma: diagnosis and management
    Rare localizations of mesothelioma
    Unmet needs and future outlook of mesothelioma management.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Matthew McKay, PhD, Martha Davis, PhD, Patrick Fanning.
    Summary: "Many people assume that good communicators possess an intrinsic talent for speaking and listening to others, a gift that can't be learned or improved. The reality is that communication skills are developed with deliberate effort and practice, and learning to understand others and communicate your ideas more clearly will improve every facet of your life. Messages has already helped thousands of people build communication skills and cultivate better relationships with friends, family members, coworkers, and partners. With this fully revised and updated fourth edition, you'll discover new skills to help you communicate your ideas more effectively and become a better listener. Learn how to: Read body language Develop skills for couples communication Negotiate and resolve conflicts Communicate with family members. Handle group interactions. Talk to children. Master public speaking. Prepare for job interviews. This new edition features a much-needed chapter on digital communication. Effective communication can easily be compromised when you're not able to read your conversation partner's body language, facial expression, or vocal tone. This chapter teaches you how to express yourself well via phone, email, texting, and video--all the skills you need to thrive in the digital age" --Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I: Basic Skills ; Listening ; Self-Disclosure ; Expressing
    Part II: Advanced Skills ; Body Language ; Paralanguage and metamessages ; Hidden agendas ; Transactional Analysis ; Clarifing language
    Part III: Conflict Skills ; Assertiveness training ; Validation strategies ; Negotiation
    Part IV: Social Skills ; Forming accurate first impressions ; Making contact ; Digital communication
    Part V: Family Skills ; Couples skills ; Communicating with children ; Family communications
    Part VI: Public Skills ; Influencing others ; Public speaking ; Interviewing
    Recommended reading
    References
    Digital Access Ebsco 2018
  • Digital
    Mallikarjun B. Hanji.
    Contents:
    Protocol writing for meta-analysis study
    Formulation of research problem
    Location and selection of studies
    Quality assessment of selected studies
    Effect sizes of primary studies
    Preparation of meta-analysis master sheet
    Meta-analysis plots
    Meta-analysis of two studies
    Methods for pooling estimates : fixed effects mode
    Method for pooling estimates : random effects model
    Individual patient data meta-analysis
    Meta-analysis of observational studies
    Additional meta-analysis techniques
    Reporting meta-analysis results
    Implications of results of meta-analysis
    Meta-analysis software
    Running meta-analysis using STATA.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Boris A. Shenderov, Alexander V. Sinitsa, Mikhail M. Zakharchenko, Christine Lang.
    Summary: Aimed at students, researchers, nutritionists, and developers in food technology, this research text addresses the nascent field of metabiotics. Metabiotics are products based on components of cells, metabolites, and signaling molecules released by probiotic strains, engineered to optimize host-specific physiological functions in a way that traditional probiotics cannot. This book examines the history, processes, design, classifications, and functions of metabiotics. It includes an overview of the composition and function of the gut microbiota, and discusses development of target-specific metabiotics. Further coverage includes comparisons to traditional probiotics, as well as probiotic safety and side-effects. Metabiotics: Present State, Challenges and Perspectives provides a complete history and understanding of this new field, the next phase of the probiotic industry.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Introduction
    The Composition and Functions of Human Gut Symbiotic Microbiota
    Contemporary Views on Biotechnological Potential of Symbiotic Microorganisms
    The Digestive Function of Human Gut Microbiota
    Metabolic Relationship Between the Host and Its Gut Microbiota
    Factors and Agents that Modify the Composition and Functions of Symbiotic Microbiota
    Diagnostic Methods for Microecological Imbalance and its Consequences Contemporary Microecological Strategies of Gut Microbiota Modulation for Human Health Preservation, Restoration and Improvement
    Molecular Language of Symbiotic Gut Microorganisms
    Drawbacks and Negative Consequences of Traditional Probiotics Based on Live Microorganisms
    Metabiotics: New Stage of the Probiotic Concept Development
    Methods and Techniques Used for Obtaining and Identifying of Microbial Low Molecular Weight Cellular Compounds, Metabolites and Signaling Molecules
    Classification of Metabiotics and their Brief Description Some New Targets and Approaches to the Construction of Intended-Use Metabiotics
    Modulators of QS-Regulation
    Modulators of Immunity
    Modulators of Energy Metabolism
    Modulators of Antioxidant Status
    Modulators of Intercellular Information Exchange
    Modulators of Neuropsychic and Social Behavior
    Modulators of Epigenome Regulation
    Metabiotics on the Base of Microbial Gas Molecules
    Hybrid Multicomponent Microbial Molecules as a Base for Metabiotics
    Other Contemporary Examples of the Techniques Needed to Create, Maintain and Correct Human Microbial Ecology
    Conclusion Some of the Best-known Metabiotics on the Market of Microecological Products
    Cellular Metabiotics and Metabolite Metabiotics
    Cellular Metabiotics
    Helicobacter and Stomach Health
    Probiotics in Helicobacter Therapy
    The Helinorm/Pylopass Strategy
    The Pylopass Strain
    Characteristics of Pylopass
    Cell Walls Exhibit the Co-Aggregation Sites
    The Power of Metabiotic Formulation
    Clinical Evaluation
    Outlook
    Metabolite Metabiotics
    Clinical Assessment
    Prospects in the Field of Intended-Use Metabiotics Creation
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mariagrazia Stracquadanio, Lilliana Ciotta.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Etiopathogenesis
    Clinical Features
    Psychological implications of PCOS
    Diagnosis and Assessment
    PCOS Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    edited by Louis V. Avioli, Stephen M. Krane.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC930.M46
    2
  • Digital
    Pauline M. Camacho, editor.
    Summary: This concise, case-based text discusses the current state of the art for the diagnosis and management of metabolic bones diseases. Each chapter opens with a unique case presentation and utilizes a consistent format that includes relevant anatomy, physiology, and pathophysiology as well as examination, treatment approaches and clinical outcomes. Topics covered include osteoporosis, rickets and osteomalacia, hypoparathyroidism and pseudohypoparathyroidism, osteogenesis imperfecta, Paget's disease of bone, calcium and phosphorous disorders, hypophosphatasia, sclerotic bone disorders, fibrous and osteochondroplasia, and other malignancies of bone. Written and edited by experts in the field, Metabolic Bone Diseases is a valuable resource for practicing endocrinologists, rheumatologists and orthopedic surgeons, residents and fellows.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Stephan Herzig, editor.
    Summary: The HEP issue on Metabolic Control provides a state-of the art overview over both classical concepts and emerging areas in metabolism and associated disorders. In this context, metabolic control is highlighted at various levels of complexity ranging from transcriptional mechanisms in metabolic pathway control over metabolic communication routes in physiology and pathophysiology to current treatment modalities and options in metabolic disorders, including type 2 diabetes and obesity. Dedicated chapters by leading experts in their fields provide a concise overview over important areas in metabolic research at a molecular level, including the role of the central nervous system in metabolism, inflammation and metabolism, pancreatic hormone signaling, brown adipose tissue, and therapeutic concepts.

    Contents:
    1 Central nervous system control of metabolism
    2 Glucocorticoids and metabolic control
    3 Anti-lipidemic drugs
    4 Genomics and metabolism
    5 cAMP signaling
    6 cGMP and brown adipose tissue
    7 Inflammatory signaling and metabolism
    8 Insulin signaling
    9 Nuclear receptor co-factors in metabolism
    10 Novel treatment options in diabetes
    11 Adipose tissue stem cells
    12 Adipokines
    13 Immune cells and metabolism
    14 Brown adipose tissue in humans
    15 Diabetes and Cancer
    16 Cancer Cell Metabolism
    17 Incretins.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Paul W. Ackermann, David A. Hart.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I Basic Biology and Anatomy
    Chapter 1. Tendon structure and composition
    Thorpe, Screen
    Chapter 2. Blood supply
    Kubu
    Chapter 3. Tendon Innervation
    Karolinska/ Calgary
    Chapter 4. Tendon stem cells
    J. Wang
    Chapter 5. Informing Stem Cell-Based Tendon Tissue Engineering Approaches with Embryonic Tendon Development
    C. Kuo
    Chapter 6. Tendon cell signaling
    A. Banes
    Chapter 7. Methods of assessing human tendon metabolism.
    Kjaer, Magnusson
    Part II Tendon Disorders Associated with Altered Metabolism and Metabolic Disorders
    Chapter 8. Towards an understanding of the genetics of tendinopathy
    September A
    Chapter 9. Tendons involvement in Congenital Metabolic metabolic disorders
    Andia I
    Chapter 10. Hyperuricemia
    Isabel Andia, Abate
    Chapter 11. Influence of Thyroid hormones on tendon homeostasis
    Francesco Oliva
    Chapter 12. Sex hormones and tendon
    Mette Hansen, M. Kjaer
    Chapter 13. Tendon Homeostasis in Hypercholesterolemia
    Louis Soslowsky
    Chapter 14. How Obesity affects tendons
    Michele Abate
    Chapter 15
    Does diabetes affect Tendon healing
    A. Ahmed
    Chapter 16. Metalloproteinase changes in diabetes
    Bento
    Chapter 17. How high glucose levels affect tendon homeostasis
    Snedeker
    Chapter 18. Rehabilitation of tendon problems in patients with diabetes mellitus
    A. Scott
    Chapter 19. Inflammation in tendon disorders
    C. Speed
    Chapter 20. Deep venous thrombosis and tendon healing
    E. Arverud
    Chapter 21. Drug induced tendon disorders
    K. Knobloch
    Chapter 22. Glucocorticoid effects on tendon metabolism
    Dean and Carr
    Chapter 23. Influence of Ageing on tendon homeostasis
    Helen Birch, Clegg PD
    Part III Novel therapies that may affect tendon metabolism
    Chapter 24. Does platelet-rich plasma increase tendon metabolism?
    de Vos
    Chapter 25
    Can shockwave therapy improve tendon metabolism?
    Zwerver. Chapter 26
    Do dietary factors influence tendon metabolism? A. Scott
    Part IV Summary.
    Chapter 27. General overview and summary of concepts
    P. Ackermann, Dave Hart.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Pablo Carbonell.
    Summary: This textbook presents solid tools for in silico engineering biology, offering students a step-by-step guide to mastering the smart design of metabolic pathways. The first part explains the Design-Build-Test-Learn-cycle engineering approach to biology, discussing the basic tools to model biological and chemistry-based systems. Using these basic tools, the second part focuses on various computational protocols for metabolic pathway design, from enzyme selection to pathway discovery and enumeration. In the context of industrial biotechnology, the final part helps readers understand the challenges of scaling up and optimisation. By working with the free programming language Scientific Python, this book provides easily accessible tools for studying and learning the principles of modern in silico metabolic pathway design. Intended for advanced undergraduates and master's students in biotechnology, biomedical engineering, bioinformatics and systems biology students, the introductory sections make it also useful for beginners wanting to learn the basics of scientific coding and find real-world, hands-on examples.

    Contents:
    Part I. Metabolic Pathway Modeling
    Getting on the Path to Engineering Biology
    Genome-Scale Modeling
    Pathway Modeling
    Modeling Chemical Diversity
    Part II. Metabolic Pathway Discovery
    Enzyme Discovery and Selection
    Pathway Discovery
    Pathway Selection
    Part III. Metabolic Pathway Design
    Pathway Design
    Pathway Redesign.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Enrico Ferrazzi, Barry Sears, editors ; foreword by Roberto Romero.
    Contents:
    Part I. Truncal obesity, inflammation, metabolic syndrome: an insight
    Part II. Inflammation and physiology of pregnancy
    Part III. The potential value of nutrition and nutriceutical supplementation to prevent obstetrical complications
    Part IV. Future dietary strategies to reduce inflammation and metabolic syndrome by an healthy eating plate.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Marina Kurian, Bruce M. Wolfe, Sayeed Ikramuddin, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise, state-of-the art review of the surgical treatment of metabolic syndrome and diabetes mellitus. The volume reviews what current practices in surgery and metabolic syndrome and diabetes including the biohormonal effects of the different surgeries. Isolating the effects of the different procedures is critical to the decision tree for type of procedure selected for an individual patient. Specifically for diabetes, this textbook will provide a guide for practitioners to a tailored approach to the treatment. Areas of ongoing research that highlight the minimally invasive approach as well as incorporating what we know of the biochemical results of surgery are presented. Results of established weight loss procedures and ongoing trials are juxtaposed against some of the more novel techniques to ascertain a best practice. Metabolic Syndrome and Diabetes serves as a very useful resource for physicians and researchers dealing with, and interested in, this rising epidemic of metabolic syndrome and diabetes. It provides a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field that will help guide patient management and stimulate investigative efforts.

    Contents:
    Definition, history and management of the metabolic syndrome and Management Gaps
    Extending current definitions of the Metabolic Syndrome
    Understanding Diabetes Mellitus: Pathophysiology
    Medical Approaches to Weight-Centric Management of Obese Patients with Type 2 Diabetes
    Adipocyte Dysfunction Obesity and Insulin resistance (and inflammation in obesity)
    Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus, Bariatric Surgery, and the Microbiome
    History of Metabolic Surgery
    Obesity and Cancer
    Effect of bariatric surgery on Incretin function
    Effect of Bariatric Surgery on Insulin Secretion
    Gastric banding
    Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Gastric Bypass
    Biliopancreatic Diversion with Duodenal Switch
    Ileal Interposition with Sleeve Gastrectomy for the Treatment of Type 2 Diabetes
    Balancing complications and Metabolic benefit
    Neural Modulation in the Treatment of Obesity
    Endolumenal Sleeve
    Endoscopic primary obesity and balloon therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    volume editors, Wieland Kiess, Martin Wabitsch, Claudio Maffeis, Arya M. Sharma.
    Contents:
    Definitions and clinical aspects. Definitions
    Hypothalamic obesity in children
    Causes. Genetics of obesity in childhood and adolescence
    Nutrition
    Sedentary lifestyle
    Socio-economic aspects
    Consequences. Carbohydrate metabolism
    Orthopaedic aspects of obesity in children and adults
    Urogenital complications: renal disease, urolithiasis and lower urinary tract symptoms
    Influences of childhood obesity on pubertal development
    Social aspects and prevention. Urban living conditions: the relation between neighborhood characteristics and obesity in children and adolescents
    Metabolic syndrome and the 'Western diet': science and politics
    An economic perspective on childhood obesity
    Prevention of childhood and adolescent obesity and its barriers
    E-health in overweight and obesity prevention
    Obesity management. Obesity treatment programmes
    Adolescent bariatric surgery: current status in an evolving field
    Beyond weight loss: experiences and insights related to working effectively with families and operating within the health care system to manage pediatric obesity.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    volume editors, Vera Popovic, Marta Korbonits.
    Contents:
    Metabolic syndrome in polycystic ovary syndrome / Pasquali, R.
    Metabolic syndrome in thyroid disease / Iwen, K.A.; Oelkrug, R.; Kalscheuer, H.; Brabant, G.
    Metabolic syndrome in hypopituitarism / Milji, D.; Popovi, V.
    The metabolic syndrome in central hypogonadotrophic hypogonadism / Dwyer, A.A.; Quinton, R.
    Metabolic syndrome in male hypogonadism / Rastrelli, G.; Filippi, S.; Sforza, A.; Maggi, M.; Corona, G.
    Metabolic syndrome in hyperprolactinemia / Andersen, M.; Glintborg, D.
    Metabolic complications of acromegaly / Mercado, M.; Ramirez-Renteria, C.
    Metabolic syndrome in Cushing's syndrome patients / Ferrau, F.; Korbonits, M.
    Metabolic syndrome in parathyroid diseases / Corbetta, S.; Mantovani, G.; Spada, A.
    Metabolic complications in adrenal insufficiency / Ueland, G.A.; Husebye, E.S.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    Thorsten Cramer, Clemens A. Schmitt, editors.
    Contents:
    Metabolic requirements of cellular proliferation
    The role of myc in cancer metabolism
    Metabolic control of inflammation
    Metabolism-targeting therapies
    The role of pH regulation and hypoxia in cancer progression
    Metabolic profiling in breast cancer
    Imaging of tumor metabolism.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Alessandra Sussulini, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Fundamentals and analytical methodologies in metabolomics. Metabolomics: definitions and significance in systems biology
    Collection and preparation of clinical samples for metabolomics
    Nuclear magnetic resonance strategies for metabolic analysis
    Metabolomic strategies involving mass spectrometry combined with liquid and gas chromatography
    Strategies involving mass spectrometry combined with capillary electrophoresis in metabolomics
    part 2. Statistical analysis and data interpretation. Preprocessing and pretreatment of metabolomics data for statistical analysis
    Chemometrics methods and strategies in metabolomics
    Computational strategies for biological interpretation of metabolomics data
    part 3.Applications and future trends of metabolomics in clinical cases. Applications of metabolomics in cancer studies
    Chronic diseases and lifestyle biomarkers identification by metabolomics
    Lipidomics, biomarkers, and schizophrenia: a current perspective
    Spatial metabolite profiling by matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization mass spectrometry imaging
    Single-cell metabolomics
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Jacob T. Bjerrum.
    Contents:
    Metabonomics : analytical techniques and associated chemometrics / Jacob T. Bjerrum
    Sample collection and preparation of biofluids and extracts for NMR spectroscopy / Gwénaëlle Le Gall
    NMR sprectroscopy of biofluids and extracts / Gwénaëlle Le Gall
    High-resolution magic-angle-spinning NMR spectroscopy of intact tissue / Guro F. Giskeødegård, Maria D. Cao, and Tone F. Bathen
    Sample collection and preparation of biofluids and extracts for liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry / Peiyuan Yin [and three others]
    Liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry of biofluids and extracts / Xinjie Zhao [and three others]
    Sample collection and preparation of biofluids and extracts for gas chromatography-mass spectrometry / Abdul-Hamid M. Emwas, Zeyad A. Al-Talla, and Najeh M. Kharbatia
    Gas chromatography-mass spectrometry of biofluids and extracts / Abdul-Hamid M. Emwas [and three others]
    Capillary electrophoresis-mass spectrometry / Masataka Wakayama, Akiyoshi Hirayama, and Tomoyosji Soga
    Preprocessing of raw metabonomic data / Riyas Vettukattil
    Extracting meaningful information from metabonomic data using multivariate statistics / Max Bylesjö
    Combining metabonomics and other -omics data / Mattias Rantalainen
    The strengths and weaknesses of NMR-spectroscopy and mass spectrometry with particular focus on metabolomics research / Abdul-Hamid M. Emwas
    Metabonomics and drug development / Pranov Ramana [and three others]
    Metabonomics and toxicology / Liang Zhao and Thomas Hartung
    Metabonomics and diagnostics / Lucy C. Hicks, Simon J.L. Ralphs, and Horace R.T. Williams
    Metabonomics and systems biology / Vicky De Preter.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Senthilkumar Rajagopal, Murugavel Ponnusamy.
    Summary: This book will provide current understandings about two ubiquitously expressed metabotropic GPCRs, G-coupled purinoreceptor type 2 (P2Y) and Takeda G-protein-coupled bile acid receptor 5 (TGR5). G protein coupled receptors (GPCRs) are the largest family of proteins implicated in majority of cellular responses. The two receptor sub-families play a central role in many physiological functions as well as in many pathological conditions. This book offers up-to-date information on the physiological functions, signaling pathways and regulatory mechanisms of P2Y and TGR5 receptors. In addition, this book provides a comprehensive overview about the abnormalities of P2Y/TGR5 receptors and their contribution in the development and progression of pathological conditions. It also covers the currently available natural, chemical and pharmacological agents targeting these two receptor families and their therapeutic implications in P2Y and TGR5 associated disorders. This book is a valuable source for beginners and researchers to follow the rapidly progressing field of these two GPCR subfamily members.

    Contents:
    Module 1. Overview of G-Protein coupled receptor
    Module 2. TGR5 receptor
    Module 3. P2Y receptor
    Module 4. Therapeutically Targeting TGR5 & P2Y receptors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Saravanan Rajendran, Hassan Karimi-Maleh, Jiaqian Qin, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes recent findings on the use of new nanostructured materials for biofuels, batteries, fuel cells, solar cells, supercapacitors and health biosensors. Chapters describe principles and how to choose a nanomaterial for specific applications in energy, environment and medicine.

    Contents:
    Cellulose photocatalysis for renewable energy production
    Lithium iron phosphate (LiFePO4) as high performance cathode material for lithium ion batteries
    Recent Advances in Hybrid Supercapacitors
    Metal, Metal Oxides And Metal Sulfides Roles In Fuel Cell
    Role of TiO2 in highly efficient solar cells
    Metal Oxides And Sulphides-Based Biosensors For Monitoring And Health Control
    Applications of Metals, Metal Oxides, and Metal Sulfides in Electrochemical Sensing and Biosensing
    Developing Trends in DNA Biosensor and Their Applications
    Electrochemical Sensors Based on Metal Oxide and Sulfide Nanostructures
    Biosensor Devices Based on Metal Oxide Materials.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jennifer K. Chen, Jacob P. Thyssen, editors.
    Summary: This volume has been compiled in response to the ongoing revolution in our understanding of metal contact allergy, and the ensuing challenge this has created for clinicians and others to synthesize large amounts of sometimes contradictory data. It opens by providing a comprehensive overview of the use and regulation of metals in our society, metal properties, and available testing methodologies. Common and uncommon metal allergens and sources of exposure are then reviewed in depth, and detailed sections are devoted to hypersensitivity to metal implants (which may be associated with device failure and/or dermatitis), metal allergy in select patient populations, and less frequently encountered manifestations of metal allergy. The prevalence of metal allergy in the general population is high: up to 17% of people are allergic to nickel, and 1-3% to cobalt and chromium. Environmental sources of metal exposure include jewelry, clothing, electronic devices, coins, leather, diet, and occupational exposure. As metals are ubiquitous, this book will be an indispensable reference text for a wide range of clinicians and investigators, meeting the needs of all who are interested in metal allergy and its diagnosis and management.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Albert J. Shih, Bruce L. Tai, Rui Li.
    Summary: This book introduces state-of-the-art experimental and numerical methods and examples for evaluating the drilling performance of engineering and biological materials, particularly in thermal aspects. The authors use a common pathway to present the technological and analytical methods for both industry (metal) drilling and orthopaedic surgery (bone) drilling research, making this book a resource for both industrial and clinical readers who wish to understand the evolution of technologies, techniques, and challenges in drilling. The authors also focus on advanced engineering materials, such as titanium alloys and high-strength cast irons, which have broad applications in the automotive, aerospace, medical device, and sports industries. This book is a must-read for a broad audience, including engineering students in upper-level undergraduate and graduate courses that involve machining processes; for surgery residents, fellows, and practicing surgeons; and for engineers in the medical device industry who develop new bone cutting tools. Bridges the knowledge on drilling from the manufacturing industry to healthcare; Covers the experimental and modeling aspects of drilling thermal analysis; Includes experimental studies that contain parameters and data that emulate practical production and clinical drilling.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Experimental Analysis of Titanium Drilling
    Chapter 3. Modeling of Drill Temperature and Thermal Stress in Titanium Drilling
    Chapter 4. Analysis of Cast Iron Drilling in Dry and MQL conditions
    Chapter 5. Modeling of Workpiece Temperature and Thermal Expansion in MQL Drilling
    Chapter 6. Experimental Study of Bone Temperature in Drilling
    Chapter 7. Model-Based Approach for Predicting Thermal Damage in Bone Drilling
    Chapter 8. Advancements of Surgical Bone Drills
    a Case study of Notched K-wires.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert Crichton and Roberta Ward.
    Contents:
    Brain function, physiology, and the blood-brain barrier
    Role of metal ions in brain function, metal transport, storage, and homeostasis
    Immune system and neuroinflammation
    Oxidative stress in neurodegenerative diseases
    Aging and mild cognitive impairment, MCI
    Parkinson's disease
    Alzheimer's disease
    Huntington's disease and polyglutamine expansion neurodegenerative diseases
    Friedreich's ataxia and diseases associated with expansion of non-coding triplets
    Creutzfeldt-Jakob and other prion diseases
    Amyotropic lateral sclerosis
    Alcoholic brain damage
    Other neurological diseases
    Therapeutic strategies to combat the onset and progression of neurological diseases.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Yufeng Zheng, Xiaoxue Xu, Zhigang Xu, Junqiang Wang, and Hong Cai.
    Summary: With its comprehensive coverage of recent progress in metallic biomaterials, this reference focuses on emerging materials and new biofunctions for promising applications. The text is systematically structured, with the information organized according to different material systems, and concentrates on various advanced materials, such as anti-bacterial functionalized stainless steel, biodegradable metals with bioactivity, and novel structured metallic biomaterials. Authors from well-known academic institutes and with many years of clinical experience discuss all important aspects, including design strategies, fabrication and modification techniques, and biocompatibility.

    Contents:
    Introduction of the Biofunctions into Traditional Metallic Biomaterials
    Development of Mg-Based Degradable Metallic Biomaterials
    Development of Fe-Based Degradable Metallic Biomaterials
    Development of Zn-Based Degradable Metallic Biomaterials
    Development of Bulk Metallic Glasses for Biomedical Application
    Development of Bulk Nanostructured Metallic Biomaterials
    Titanium Implants Based on Additive Manufacture
    Future Research on Revolutionizing Metallic Biomaterials.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Marco Aurélio Zezzi Arruda, editor.
    Summary: This book covers the new Omics area, Metallomics. As Metallomics is intrinsically a transdisciplinary area, this book is authored by experts in the field on such diverse topics as Environmental, Nuclear, and Human Metallomics. Within these topics metals play important role, as being part of biomolecules, controlling different biochemical process, being signaling agents, being catalyst of biochemical reactions, among others. This volume demonstrates the importance of more investigation about metals and their interactions with biomolecules. As the knowledge in this field is growing and growing daily, then new challenges concerning studies involving Metallomics is appearing, such as comparative metallomics, speciation metallomics, real-time metallomics, new predictions of metals in biomolecules, metalloprotein databank expansion, interactions between metalloprotein-metalloprotein, among others.

    Contents:
    1. Metallomics: The Science of Biometals and Biometalloids
    2. Metallomics Applied to the Study of Neurodegenerative and Mental Diseases
    3. Environmental Metallomics
    4. Metallomics Study in Plants Exposed to Arsenic Mercury, Selenium and Sulphur
    5. Metallomics in Fish
    6. The Use of Stable Isotopic Tracers in Metallomics Studies
    7. Bioimaging Metallomics
    8. Chemical Speciation and Metallomics
    9. Advanced Nuclear and Related Techniques for Metallomics and Nanometallomics
    10. New Frontiers of Metallomics: Elemental and Species-Specific Analysis and Imaging of Single Cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Juan C. Fontecilla- Camps, Yvain Nicolet.
    Contents:
    Advances in Research on Metalloproteins
    Purification of O2-Sensitive Metalloproteins
    Expression and Purification of NifB Protein from Aerobic and Anaerobic Sources
    Techniques for the Production, Isolation and Analysis of Iron-Sulfur Proteins
    Cell-Free Synthesis of the H-cluster: a Model for the In Vitro Assembly of Metalloprotein Metal Centers
    Electrochemistry of Metalloproteins Protein Film Electrochemistry for the Study of E. coli [NiFe]-Hydrogenase-1
    FTIR Spectroscopy of Metalloproteins
    Characterizing Millisecond Intermediates in Hemoproteins Using Rapid-Freeze-Quench Resonance Raman Spectroscopy
    A Practical Guide for Nuclear Resonance Vibrational Spectroscopy (NRVS) of Biochemical Samples and Model Compounds
    Study of Metalloproteins Using Continuous Wave Electron Paramagnetic Resonance (EPR)
    Mssbauer Spectroscopy
    X-Ray Absorption Spectroscopy of Metalloproteins
    X-Ray Crystallographic Studies of Metalloproteins
    Quantum Mechanical Methods for the Investigation of Metalloproteins and Related Bioinorganic Compounds
    Density Functional Theory Broken Symmetry (DFT-BS) Methodology Applied to Electronic and Magnetic Properties of Bioinorganic Prosthetic Groups.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Piotr Dziegiel, Bartosz Pula, Christopher Kobierzycki, Mariusz Stasiolek, Marzenna Podhorska-Okolow.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Metallothioneins : structure and functions
    Metallothionein-3
    The role of metallothioneins in carcinogenesis
    Metallothioneins and immune function.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    James C. Dabrowiak.
    Contents:
    Inorganic chemistry basics
    Metallo-drugs and their action
    Platinum drugs for treating cancer
    Anticancer agents beyond cisplatin
    Responsive metal complexes
    Metal complexes for treating arthritis and diabetes
    Metal complexes for killing parasites, bacteria, and viruses
    Metal ion imbalance in the body
    Metal complexes for detecting disease
    Nanomedicine.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Andrey Yudin.
    Summary: When analyzing the results of diagnostic imaging studies, the radiologist traditionally makes reference to particular features representative of normality or pathology. Most of these features are associated with images of the world around us. This pictorial issue contains nearly 400 illustrations and descriptions of more than 100 classic radiological signs of chest and abdominal diseases that are not named after authors but based on metaphors derived from contemplation of our environment. By correlating the results of computed tomography with these vivid descriptive images, readers will be able to memorize typical and often pathognomonic patterns of disease more quickly and more easily. This book will be of value for both radiology residents and more experienced radiologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Miriam Dwek, Susan A. Brooks, Udo Schumacher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    R. Lor Randall, editor.
    Contents:
    Part One: The Problem
    Bone Metastases: Epidemiology and Societal Effect
    Part Two: Biology of Metastases and Tissue of Origin Considerations
    Pathobiology of Osteolytic and Osteoblastic Bone Metastases
    Biology of Bone Cancer Pain
    Breast Cancer Bone Metastases
    Prostate Cancer Bone Metastasis
    Lung
    Kidney Metastatic Bone Disease
    Thyroid
    Myeloma
    Part Three: Work-Up for Patients with Suspected Metastatic Bone Disease
    Evaluation of the Patient with Carcinoma of Unknown Origin Metastatic to Bone
    Biopsy Considerations
    Part Four: Medical Therapy
    Bisphosphonates, Denosumab and Anabolic Agents in the Treatment of Metastatic Bone Disease
    Biotargeting in Metastatic Bone Disease
    Part Five: Supportive Oncology
    Psychosocial Considerations for Patients with Metastatic Bone Disease
    Pain Management in Metastatic Bone Disease
    When is Hospice Appropriate? The Role for Hospice in Palliating Patients with Bone Metastases
    Part Six: Radiation Oncology
    Current and Emerging Modalities
    Part Seven: Interventional Oncology
    Ablation and Cementation Technologies
    Part Eight: Principles of Orthopaedic Surgical Oncology
    Issues Facing the Established Metastatic Bone Disease Patient, Timing/Indications for Surgery
    Questions to Ask Your Medical Oncology Colleagues
    Consideration of the Temporal Relationship between Surgery and Radiation Therapy
    Role of Surgery in Oligometastatic Disease
    Part Nine: Specific Anatomic Considerations for Surgery
    Metastatic Bone Disease: Pelvis
    Metastatic Bone Disease: Femur
    Metastatic Bone Disease: Femur: Tibia
    Metastatic Bone Disease: Foot
    Metastatic Bone Disease: Femur: Humerus, Scapula
    Metastatic Bone Disease: Forearm, Hand
    Metastatic Bone Disease: Spine
    Part Ten: Emerging Surgical Technologies
    Intraoperative Imaging and Navigation
    Part Eleven: Putting It All Together
    Integrative Approach with the Patient in Mind: A Glance Forward.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by David Schiff and Martin J. van den Bent.
    Summary: "Metastatic Disease of the Nervous System, Volume 149, begins with an overview of the impact and range of direct neoplastic involvement of the central and peripheral nervous system, comprehensively reviewing all aspects of brain metastases, from clinical, radiological and neuropathological manifestations, to the roles of surgery, radiation, systemic and palliative therapy in their management, and the complications of these interventions. The clinical manifestations, diagnosis and treatment of leptomeningeal, dural, spinal epidural and plexus metastases are also covered in detail."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section I. Overview
    Overview of metastatic disease of the central nervous system
    Section II. Brain metastases
    Brain metastases: epidemiology
    Pathogenesis and biology
    Role of the blood-brain barrier in metastatic disease of the central nervous system
    Metastatic diseases of the central nervous system - neuropathological aspects
    Brain metastasis: clinical manifestations, symptom management and palliative care
    Brain metastases: neuroimaging
    The role of surgery for brain metastases from solid tumors
    Brain metastases: fractionated whole brain radiotherapy
    Brain metastases: radiosurgery
    Systemic therapy for brain metastases
    Neurocognitive aspects of brain metastasis
    Section III. Other nervous system metastases
    Leptomeningeal metastasis
    Intracranial dural, calvarial and skull base metastases
    Epidural and intramedullary spinal metastasis: clinical features and role of fractionated radiotherapy
    Management - spinal metastases
    Plexus and peripheral nerve metastasis
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Rex A.W. Marco, editor.
    Summary: This comprehensive text focuses exclusively on the management of metastatic spinal disease, evaluating the most recent literature and providing patient-centered treatment algorithms. Beginning with initial imaging, classification and clinical decision-making, the spine is approached anatomically from the upper cervical to the sacrum, describing the unique considerations and approaches appropriate to each region, such as laminectomy and stabilization, en bloc spondylectomy and resection and reconstruction. Less invasive and minimally invasive approaches are discussed throughout the text. Radiation therapy modalities and other adjuvant treatments are also discussed, as well as reconstructive flap coverage and the management of complications. The spinal column is the most common site of metastatic cancer, and a multidisciplinary approach is required to provide patients with reasonable management options to prevent and treat the disabling symptoms caused by this debilitating condition. This compendium of experience from thought leaders in the treatment of metastatic spine disease will provide spine surgeons, oncologists, radiation oncologists, physiatrists and palliative care specialists with up-to-date information to guide their patients through the multidisciplinary management of metastatic spinal disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Marina G. Kalyuzhnaya, Xin-Hui Xing, editors.
    Summary: This book provides in-depth insights into the most recent developments in different areas of microbial methane and methanol utilization, including novel fundamental discoveries in genomics and physiology, innovative strategies for metabolic engineering and new synthetic approaches for generation of feedstocks, chemicals and fuels from methane, and finally economics and the implementation of industrial biocatalysis using methane consuming bacteria. Methane, as natural gas or biogas, penetrates every area of human activity, from households to large industries and is often promoted as the cleanest fuel. However, one should not forget that this bundle of energy, carbon, and hydrogen comes with an exceptionally large environmental footprint. To meet goals of long-term sustainability and human well-being, all areas of energy, chemicals, agriculture, waste-management industries must go beyond short-term economic considerations and target both large and small methane emissions. The search for new environment-friendly approaches for methane capture and valorization is an ongoing journey. While it is not yet apparent which innovation might represent the best solution, it is evident that methane biocatalysis is one of the most promising paths. Microbes are gatekeepers of fugitive methane in Nature. Methane-consuming microbes are typically small in number but exceptionally big in their impact on the natural carbon cycle. They control and often completely eliminate methane emission from a variety of biological and geothermal sources. The tremendous potential of these microbial systems, is only now being implemented in human-made systems. The book addresses professors, researchers and graduate students from both academia and industry working in microbial biotechnology, molecular biology and chemical engineering.

    Contents:
    Methanotrophy: an evolving field
    Diversity of methanotrophic bacteria
    Methanotrophic Verrucomicrobia: diversity and metabolic potential
    C1 and N cycles
    Metals in methanotrophy
    Pyrophosphate metabolism in C1-utilization
    Systems biology and metabolic modeling of C1-metabolism
    Metabolic Engineering in methanotrophic bacteria
    Synthetic methylotrophy
    Engineering soluble methane monooxygenase for biocatalysis
    Methanol biosynthesis using methanotrophs
    Reversing methanogenesis
    From methanol to value added chemicals via metabolic engineering of methylotrophic cell factories
    Potential for landfill methane utilization
    Mixed methanotrophic consortium for promising applications in environmental bioengineering and biocatalysis
    TEA/LCA of methane utilization
    Cracking "economies of scale": biomanufacturing on methane-rich feedstock
    Methanotrophy goes commercial: challenges and opportunities
    Methanotrophy goes commercial: challenges and opportunities-2.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Eun Yeol Lee, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of the microbiological fundamentals and biotechnological applications of methanotrophs: aerobic proteobacteria that can utilize methane as their sole carbon and energy source. It highlights methanotrophs pivotal role in the global carbon cycle, in which they remove methane generated geothermally and by methanogens. Readers will learn how methanotrophs have been employed as biocatalysts for mitigating methane gas and remediating halogenated hydrocarbons in soil and underground water. Recently, methane has also attracted considerable attention as a potential next-generation carbon feedstock for industrial biotechnology, because of its abundance and low price. Methanotrophs can be used as biocatalysts for the production of fuels, chemicals and biomaterials including methanobactin from methane under environmentally benign production conditions. Sharing these and other cutting-edge insights, the book offers a fascinating read for all scientists and students of microbiology and biotechnology.

    Contents:
    Methanotroph Ecology, Environmental Distribution and Functioning
    Enrichment and Isolation of Aerobic and Anaerobic Methanotrophs
    The Biochemistry of Methane Monooxygenases
    Multi-omics Understanding of Methanotrophs
    Diversity, Physiology, and Biotechnological Potential of Halo(alkali)philic Methane-Consuming Bacteria
    Metabolic Engineering of Methanotrophs for the Production of Chemicals and Fuels
    Methanobactin: A Novel Copper-Binding Compound Produced by Methanotrophs
    Environmental Applications of Methanotrophs.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Yinduo Ji.
    Contents:
    Clinical, epidemiologic, and laboratory aspects of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections / Elizabeth L. Palavecino
    Community-associated methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus case studies / Madeleine G. Sowash and Anne-Catrin Uhlemann
    Rapid methods for detection of MRSA in clinical specimens / Elizabeth L. Palavecino
    Immunofluorescence microscopy for the detection of surface antigens in methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) / Yekaterina Timofeyeva, Ingrid L. Scully, and Annaliesa S. Anderson
    Internal transcribed spacer (ITS)-PCR identification of MRSA / Shin-ichi Fujita
    Pulsed-field gel electrophoresis typing of Staphylococcus aureus isolates / Yiping He, Yanping Xie, and Sue Reed
    Multilocus sequence typing (MLST) of Staphylococcus aureus / Nicholas A. Saunders and Anne Holmes
    Staphylococcal cassette chromosome mec (SCCmec) analysis of MRSA / Teruyo Ito ... [and 6 others]
    Genetic interruption of target genes for investigation of virulence factors / Adhar C. Manna
    Molecular analysis of staphylococcal superantigens / Wilmara Salgado-Pabón, Laura C. Case-Cook, and Patrick M. Schlievert
    Investigation of Staphylococcus aureus adhesion and invasion of host cells / Junshu Yang and Yinduo Ji
    Investigation of biofilm formation in clinical isolates of Staphylococcus aureus / James E. Cassat, Mark S. Smeltzer, and Chia Y. Lee
    Transcriptomic analysis of Staphylococcus aureus using microarray and advanced next-generation RNA-seq technologies / Ting Lei, Aaron Becker, and Yinduo Ji
    Proteomic aproach to investigate pathogenicity and metabolism of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus / Patrice Franc̦ois ... [and 3 others]
    Metabolomic investigation of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus / Ting Lei ... [and 3 others]
    Treatment of infections due to resistant Staphylococcus aureus / Gregory M. Anstead, Jose Cadena, and Heta Javeri
    Anti-infective drug development for MRSA / Anu Daniel
    Animal models in drug development for MRSA / Andrea Marra.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    G183 .A52 1963
    1
  • Digital
    Raphael L.C. Araújo, Rachel P. Riechelmann, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces and discusses the most important aspects of clinical research methods and biostatistics for oncologists, pursuing a tailor-made and practical approach. Evidence-based medicine (EBM) has been in vogue in the last few decades, particularly in rapidly advancing fields such as oncology. This approach has been used to support decision-making processes worldwide, sparking new clinical research and guidelines on clinical and surgical oncology. Clinical oncology research has many peculiarities, including specific study endpoints, a special focus on survival analyses, and a unique perspective on EBM. However, during medical studies and in general practice, these topics are barely taught. Moreover, even when EBM and clinical cancer research are discussed, they are presented in a theoretical fashion, mostly focused on formulas and numbers, rather than on clinical application for a proper literature appraisal. Addressing that gap, this book discusses more practical aspects of clinical research and biostatistics in oncology, instead of relying only on mathematical formulas and theoretical considerations. Methods and Biostatistics in Oncology will help readers develop the skills they need to understand the use of research on everyday oncology clinical practice for study design and interpretation, as well to demystify the use of EBM in oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Digital Access Wiley v. 11-, 2000-
    VOLUMES LISTED OUT OF ORDER. LOOK FOR PUBLICATION DATE.
  • Digital/Print
    Michael F. Drummond, Mark J. Sulpher, Karl Claxton, Greg L. Stoddart, George W. Torrance.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    edited by Indra Neil Sarkar.
    Summary: Seeking to cross the bridge among overview, theory, and practice, this book incorporates both methodological approaches and their potential application in the domains associated with biomedical informatics.The multi-contributor book is useful for (1) those coming from a domain seeking biomedical informatics approaches for addressing specific needs; and, (2) current biomedical informaticians seeking a foundational background for methods that might be utilized in practical scenarios germane to their ongoing research.A unique characteristic of the text is its balance between foundational coverage of core topics in biomedical informatics with practical "in-the-trenches" scenarios. Contributors represent leading experts from the biomedical informatics field: individuals who have demonstrated effective use of methodology in real-world, high-quality data applications. Contains appendices that function as primers on: (1) Unix; (2) Ruby; (3) Databases; and (4) Web Services.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Prescott, David M.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH631 .P929
    85
  • Digital
    edited by Renata Basto and Wallace F. Marshall.
    Contents:
    Imaging centrosomes and cilia in the mouse kidney / Masato Hoshi, Jinzhi Wang, Sanjay Jain, Moe R. Mahjoub
    Ependymal cell differentiation, from monociliated to multiciliated cells / Nathalie Delgehyr, Alice Meunier, Marion Faucourt, Montserrat Bosch Grau, Laetitia Strehl, Carsten Janke, Nathalie Spassky
    Observing planar cell polarity in multiciliated mouse airway epithelial cells / Eszter K. Vladar, Yin Loon Lee, Tim Stearns, Jeffrey D. Axelrod
    Imaging and analyzing primary cilia in cardiac cells / Nicolas Diguet, Jean-Francois Le Garrec, Tommaso Lucchesi, Sigolene M. Meilhac
    Cilia in photoreceptors / Linjing Li, Manisha Anand, Kollu Nageswara Rao, Hemant Khanna
    Analysis of primary cilia in the developing mouse brain / Judith T.M.L. Paridaen, Wieland B. Huttner, Michaela Wilsch-Brauninger
    In vivo investigation of cilia structure and function using Xenopus / Eric R. Brooks, John B. Wallingford
    A quantitative approach to study endothelial cilia bending stiffness during blood flow mechanodetection in-vivo / Francesco Boselli, Jacky G. Goetz, Gilles Charvin, Julien Vermot
    Quantitative description of fluid flows produced by left-right cilia in zebrafish / Craig Fox, M. Lisa Manning, Jeffrey D. Amack
    Efficient live fluorescence imaging of intraflagellar transport in mammalian primary cilia / Hiroaki Ishikawa, Wallace F. Marshall
    Analysis of soluble protein entry into primary cilia using semipermeabilized cells / David K. Breslow, Maxence V. Nachury
    Methods for imaging individual cilia in living echinoid embryos / Robert L. Morris, Hans W. Pope, Adam N. Sholi, Leah M. Williams, Chelsea R. Ettinger, Gwendolyn M. Beacham, Tatsushi Shintaku, Zachary D. Abbott, Elyse M. Doherty
    The planarian Schmidtea mediterranea as a model for studying motile cilia and multiciliated cells / Cyril Basquin, Anne-Marie Orfila, Juliette Azimzadeh
    Quantitative analysis of flagellar proteins in Drosophila sperm tails / Teresa Mendes Maia, Perrine Paul-Gilloteaux, Renata Basto
    Imaging cilia in Drosophila melanogaster / Jennifer Vieillard, Jean-Luc Duteyrat, Elisabeth Cortier, Benedicte Durand
    Studying G protein-coupled receptors: Immunoblotting, immunoprecipitation, phosphorylation, surface labeling, and cross-linking protocols / Kasturi Pal, Hemant Badgandi, Saikat Mukhopadhyay
    Image analysis of Caenorhabditis elegans ciliary transition zone structure, ultrastructure, molecular composition and function / Anna A. W. M. Sanders, Julie Kennedy, Oliver E. Blacque
    Genetic and genomic approaches to identify genes involved in flagellar assembly in Chlamydomonas reinhardtii / Huawen Lin, Susan K. Dutcher
    Axonemal motility in Chlamydomonas / Ken-ichi Wakabayashi, Ritsu Kamiya
    Posttranscriptional control over rapid development and ciliogenesis in marsilea / Stephen M. Wolniak, Thomas C. Boothby, Corine M. van der Weele
    Total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy of intraflagellar transport in tetrahymena thermophila / Yu-Yang Jiang, Karl Lechtreck, Jacek Gaertig
    Ciliary heterogeneity within a single cell : the paramecium model / Anne Aubusson-Fleury, Jean Cohen, Michel Lemullois
    Imaging intraflagellar transport in trypanosomes / Julien Santi-Rocca, Nicolas Chenouard, Cécile Fort, Thibault Lagache, Jean-Christophe Olivo-Marin, Philippe Bastin
    Scanning and three-dimensional electron microscopy methods for the study of trypanosoma brucei and leishmania mexicana flagella / Eva Gluenz, Richard John Wheeler, Louise Hughes, Sue Vaughan.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Print
    edited by Joseph Larner, Stephen L. Pohl.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Laboratory methods, pts. A-C
    v. 2. Clinical methods.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC660 .M49
    4
  • Digital/Print
    Abelson, John N.; Colowick, Sidney P.; Kaplan, Nathan Oram; Simon, Melvin I.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP601 .M49
    495
  • Digital
    Dennis, Edward A.; Dennis, Martha G.; Dewey, Virginia C.
    Contents:
    v. 7 (1964). Volumes I through VI / prepared by Virginia C. Dewey (ix, 266 p.)
    v. 33 (1975). Volumes I-XXX / edited by Martha G. Dennis, Edward A. Dennis (xxv, 1078 p.)
    v. 75 (1982). Volumes 31, 32 and 34-60 (xxv, 1078 p.)
    v. 95 (1985). Volumes 61-74, 76-80 (xxviii, 402 p.)
    v. 120 (1986). Volumes 81-94 and 96-101
    v. 140 (1988). Volumes 102-119 and 121-134
    v. 175 (1990). Volumes 135-139, 141-167
    v. 199 (1993). Volumes 168-174, 176-194
    v. 229 (1995). Volumes 195-198 and 200-227
    v. 265 (1996). Volumes 228, 230-262
    v. 285 (1998). Volumes 263, 264, 266-289
    v. 320 (2000). Volumes 290-319
    v. 355 (2002). Subject index to volumes 33, 75, 95, 120, 140, 175, 199, 229, 265, 285 and 320.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    Fulltext (Index to v. 1-6) Indexes to v. 1-<320>
    ScienceDirect
    Fulltext (Index to v. 1-30) Indexes to v. 1-<320>
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    Fulltext (Index to v. 290-319) Indexes to v. 1-<320>
  • Digital
    George Rutherford, editor.
    Summary: This book describes the variety of direct and indirect population size estimation (PSE) methods available along with their strengths and weaknesses. Direct estimation methods, such as enumeration and mapping, involve contact with members of hard-to-reach groups. Indirect methods have practical appeal because they require no contact with members of hard-to-reach groups. One indirect method in particular, network scale-up (NSU), has several strengths over other PSE methods: It can be applied at a province/country level, it can estimate size of several hard-to-reach population in a single study, and it is implemented with members of the general population rather than members of hard-to-reach groups. The book discusses methods to collect, analyze, and adjust results and presents methods to triangulate and finalize PSEs.

    Contents:
    Review of size estimation methods
    Methods to estimate the average social network size
    Estimating the size of hidden groups
    Data smoothing, extrapolation, and triangulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Dorfman, Ralph I.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Chemical determinations
    v. 2. Bioassay
    v. 3. & 4. Steroidal activity in experimental animals and man, Part A & B.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F801.H7 D6
    5
  • Print
    edited by Thomas Weimbs.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    edited by Dylan M. Owen.
    Contents:
    Introduction to membrane lipids /Richard M. Epand
    Introduction : membrane properties (good) for life /Marek Cebecauer
    Introduction to fluorescence probing of biological membranes /Alexander P. Demchenko ... [et al.]
    Assembly and use of tethered bilayer lipid membranes (tBLMs) /Charles Cranfield ... [et al.]
    Preparation of detergent-resistant membranes (DRMs) from cultured mammalian cells /Deborah A. Brown
    Isolation of giant plasma membrane vesicles for evaluation of plasma membrane structure and protein partitioning /K. R. Levental and I. Levental
    Asymmetric giant lipid vesicle fabrication /Peichi C. Hu and Noah Malmstadt
    Cholesterol depletion using Methyl-[Beta]-cyclodextrin /Saleemulla Mahammad and Ingela Parmryd
    Comparative LC-MS based profiling approach to analyze lipid composition in tissue culture systems /G. Ekin Atilla-Gokcumen and Ulrike S. Eggert
    Imaging membrane order using environmentally sensitive fluorophores /G.W. Ashdown and Dylan M. Owen
    3D super-resolution imaging by localization microscopy /Astrid Magenau and Katharina Gaus
    Electron microscopy methods for studying plasma membranes /Alison J. Beckett and Ian A. Prior
    Measuring cytoskeleton and cellular membrane mechanical properties by atomic force microscopy /Charles Roduit ... [et al.]
    Fluorescence linear dichroism imaging for quantifying membrane order /Richard K. P. Benninger
    Scanning fluorescence correlation spectroscopy on biomembranes /Eduard Hermann, Jonas Ries, and Ana J. García-Sáez
    X-ray diffraction of lipid model membranes /Arwen I. I. Tyler, Robert V. Law, and John M. Seddon
    Solid state NMR of lipid model membranes /Arwen I. I. Tyler ... [et al.]
    Fluorescence recovery after photobleaching (FRAP) : acquisition, analysis, and applications /Michael Carnell, Alex Macmillan, and Renee Whan
    Laurdan spectral phasor method to explore membrane micro-heterogeneity and lipid domains in live cells /Ottavia Golfetto, Elizabeth Hinde, and Enrico Gratton
    Cholesterol behavior in asymmetric lipid bilayers : insights from molecular dynamics simulations /Semen O. Yesylevskyy and Alexander P. Demchenko
    Computer simulations of phase separation in lipid bilayers and monolayers /Svetlana Baoukina and D. Peter Tieleman.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Bennett, P. M.; Bergan, T.; Brown, Alistair J. P.; Colwell, R. R.; Craig, Alister G.; Dorrell, Nick; Grigorova, R.; Grinsted, J.; Hoheisel, Jörg D.; Kabelitz, Dieter; Kaufmann, S. H. E.; Ketley, Julian; Mayer, Frank; Norris, J. R.; Oren, Aharon; Paul, John H.; Pothoulakis, Charalabos; Rainey, Fred A.; Read, D. J.; Ribbons, Douglas W.; Salmond, George; Sansonetti, P. J.; Savidge, Tor; Smith, Margaret C. M.; Sockett, R. Elizabeth; Stansfield, Ian; Stark, Michael J. R.; Tuite, Mick; Varma, A.; Williams, Peter; Wren, Brendan; Zychlinksy, Arturo.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR65 .N59
    39
  • Digital
    edited by Vicente Andres, Beatriz Dorado.
    Contents:
    Use of mouse models in atherosclerosis research / Godfrey S. Getz and Catherine A. Reardon
    Cytokines and immune responses in murine atherosclerosis / Pascal J. H. Kusters and Esther Lutgens
    Intravital microscopy for atherosclerosis research / Remco T. A. Megens and Oliver Soehnlein
    Noninvasive molecular imaging of mouse atherosclerosis / Martina A. McAteer and Robin P. Choudhury
    Oil red O and hematoxylin and eosin staining for quantification of atherosclerosis burden in mouse aorta and aortic root / M. Jesús Andrés-Manzano, Vicente Andrés, and Beatriz Dorado
    Isolation, culture, and polarization of murine bone marrow-derived and peritoneal macrophages / Inés Pineda-Torra ... [et al.]
    Isolation of mouse primary aortic endothelial cells by selection with specific antibodies / Pedro Molina-Sánchez and Vicente Andrés
    Isolation and culture of aortic smooth muscle cells and in vitro calcification assay / Ricardo Villa-Bellosta and Magda R. Hamczyk
    Immunostaining of macrophages, endothelial cells, and smooth muscle cells in the atherosclerotic mouse aorta / Prashanthi Menon and Edward A. Fisher
    Immunostaining of lymphocytes in mouse atherosclerotic plaque / Anton Gisterå and Daniel F. J. Ketelhuth
    Flow cytometric analysis of immune cells within murine aorta / Breanne N. Gjurich, Parésa L. Taghavie-Moghadam, and Elena V. Galkina
    In vitro differentiation of naïve CD4+ T cells : a tool for understanding the development of atherosclerosis / Salvador Iborra and Jose M. González-Granado
    Quantification of apoptosis in mouse atherosclerotic lesions / Nichola L. Figg and Martin R. Bennett
    Quantification of cellular proliferation in mouse atherosclerotic lesions / José J. Fuster
    Quantification of in vitro macrophage cholesterol efflux and in vivo macrophage-specific reverse cholesterol transport / Joan Carles Escolà-Gil ... [et al.]
    In vitro macrophage phagocytosis assay / Magda R. Hamczyk, Ricardo Villa-Bellosta, and Vicente Andrés
    Glucose and insulin tolerance tests in the mouse / Ángela Vinué and Herminia González-Navarro
    Wire myography to study vascular tone and vascular structure of isolated mouse arteries / Lara del Campo and Mercedes Ferrer
    Pressure myography to study the function and structure of isolated small arteries / Olav L. Schjørring, Rune Carlsson, and Ulf Simonsen
    Generation of aorta transcript atlases of wild-type and apolipoprotein E-null mice by laser capture microdissection-rased mRNA expression microarrays / Changjun Yin ... [et al.]
    Analysis of gene and protein expression in atherosclerotic mouse aorta by western blot and quantitative real-time PCR / José Rivera-Torres
    Bone marrow transplantation in mice to study the role of hematopoietic cells in atherosclerosis / Vinatha Sreeramkumar and Andrés Hidalgo
    Tandem stenosis to induce atherosclerotic plaque instability in the mouse / Yung Chih Chen, Jennifer Rivera, and Karlheinz Peter
    Detection of intraplaque hemorrhage in mouse atherosclerotic lesions / Judith C. Sluimer, Marion J. Gijbels, and Sylvia Heeneman
    Mechanical stabilization of mouse carotid artery for in vivo intravital microscopy imaging of atherogenesis / Raphaël Chèvre
    Intravital microscopy in the cremaster muscle microcirculation for endothelial dysfunction studies / Cristina Rius and María J. Sanz
    Fluorescent molecular tomography for in vivo imaging of mouse atherosclerosis / Alicia Arranz ... [et al.]
    In vivo 18F-FDG-PET imaging in mouse atherosclerosis / Jesús Mateo ... [et al.]
    Magnetic resonance imaging of the atherosclerotic mouse aorta / Jesús Mateo ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Didier Reinhardt and Anil K. Sharma.
    Summary: This book compiles various methodologies used in understanding interactions within the rhizosphere. An in-depth understanding of the rhizosphere is essential to developing successful strategies for future sustainable agriculture. The book summarizes methods and techniques used to study the mechanisms involved in mutualistic symbioses and pathogenic interactions of plants with various microbial organisms including fungi, bacteria, and oomycetes. Each chapter discusses different methodologies used in rhizosphere biology, while also providing real-world experimental data and trouble-shooting tips. Interested researchers will also find a wealth of literature references for further research. As the first comprehensive manual and compilation of methods and techniques used in rhizosphere biology, the book represents an essential resource for all researchers who are newcomers to soil microbiology experimentation.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors; Part I: Root Symbioses;
    1: Synthetic Plasmids to Challenge Symbiotic Nitrogen Fixation Between Rhizobia and Legumes; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Formation of Effective Nodules on Legume Roots; 1.1.2 Genes of Rhizobia Modulating Nodule Formation and Invasion; 1.1.3 From Specific to Promiscuous Symbioses; 1.1.4 Are Many Keys Responsible for ``Much Harmony?́́; 1.2 A Forward Genetic Approach to Study Nodulation Genes; 1.2.1 pMSy
    m2: A Small Replicon That Confers Nodulation to Recipient Bacteria 1.3 pMSy
    m2: A Successful Step Towards Constructing Synthetic Symbiotic RepliconsReferences;
    2: In Vivo Analysis of Rhizosphere Enzyme Activities by the Use of Plastic Syringes; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Description of the Method and Discussion; 2.3 Conclusions and Outlook; References;
    3: Characterization of Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Communities in Roots of Vineyard Plants; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Approaches, Techniques and Results; 3.2.1 Root Sampling in Vineyard; 3.2.2 DNA Extraction; 3.2.3 Amplification of AMF Phylogenetic Marker 3.2.4 High-Throughput Sequencing, Data Processing and Community Analysis3.3 Discussion/Conclusions; References;
    4: Molecular Methods for Research on Actinorhiza; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Actinorhizal Plants; 4.1.2 The Actinomycete Frankia; 4.1.3 Development of Actinorhizae, the Actinorhizal Nodules; 4.1.4 Specific Issues; 4.2 Approaches, Techniques, and Results; 4.2.1 Plant Side; 4.2.1.1 Growing Actinorhizal Plants; 4.2.1.2 Nodulation Experiments; Nodulation in Hydroponics; Spot Inoculation; Split Root Culture System; 4.2.1.3 Functional Genomics; Nucleic Acid Extraction 4.3 Conclusions and OutlookReferences;
    5: Molecular and Functional Characterization of Beneficial Bacteria Associated with AMF Spores; 5.1 Introduction; 5.1.1 Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi; 5.1.2 Bacteria Associated with AMF Spores and Their Functional Roles; 5.2 Approaches, Techniques, and Results; 5.2.1 Fungal Material and Spore Collection; 5.2.2 Culture-Independent Approaches for the Detection of Bacteria Strictly Associated with AMF Spores; 5.2.2.1 Techniques; 5.2.2.2 Results; 5.2.3 Culture-Dependent Approaches for the Quantification of Bacteria Associated with AMF Spores Plant Genomic Resources4.2.1.4 Genetic Transformation of Actinorhizal Plants; Agrobacterium tumefaciens-Mediated Transformation of Actinorhizal Plants (Stable); Agrobacterium rhizogenes-Mediated Transformation of Actinorhizal Plants (Hairy Root); 4.2.1.5 Imaging the Early Stages of Frankia Colonization and Associated Host Responses in Living Tissues; 4.2.2 Bacterial Side; 4.2.2.1 Frankia Cultivation and Isolation; 4.2.2.2 Molecular and ``Omics ́́Tools to Study the Bacterial Partner Frankia; 4.2.3 Molecular Tools Used to Analyze Abiotic Stresses on Actinorhizal Plants
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Volker Gurtler, Gangavarapu Subrahmanyam.
    Summary: "The book "Methods in Silkworm Microbiology" is the first ever publication that provides in-depth reviews on the latest progresses about silkworm - pathogen interactions, diseases and management practices for sustainable development of sericulture. Different molecular and immunodiagnostic methods for the detection of pathogens have been comprehensively addressed. Most recent advancements on the role of Micro RNAs in silkworm and pathogen interactions are provided with suitable illustrations. Recent technological advances and emerging trends in exploring silkworm gut microbial communities towards translation research, particularly to understand microbiome functions have been highlighted. Information on various immune mechanisms of silkworm against invading pathogens is summarized. The book further highlights the silkworm gut microbiota as a potential source for biotechnological applications."--publisher's web page, viewed July 08, 2021.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    edited by J. Michael Oakes, Jay S. Kaufman.
    Contents:
    Advancing methods in social epidemiology / Jay S. Kaufman and J. Michael Oakes
    The measurement of socioeconomic status / J. Michael Oakes and Kate E. Andrade
    Measuring and analyzing 'race', racism, and racial discrimination / Saffron Karlsen and James Yzet Nazroo
    Measuring poverty / David M. Betson and Jennifer L. Warlick
    Health inequalities : measurement and decomposition / Sam Harper and John Lynch
    A conceptual framework for measuring segregation and its association with population outcomes / Sean F. Reardon
    Measures of residential community contexts / Patricia O'Campo Ph.D. and Margaret O'Brien Caughy
    Community-based participatory research : rationale and relevance for social epidemiology / Paula M. Lantz, Barbara A. Israel, Amy J. Schulz, and Angela G. Reyes
    Social network analysis for epidemiology / David A. Shoham and Lynne C. Messer
    Fieldwork with in-depth interviews : how to get strangers in the city to tell you their stories / Melody L. Boyd and Stefanie DeLuca
    Experimental social epidemiology : controlled community trials / Peter J. Hannan
    Propensity score matching for social epidemiology / J. Michael Oakes and Pamela Jo Johnson
    Longitudinal approaches to social epidemiologic research / Magdalena Cerdá and Katherine M. Keyes
    Fixed effects and difference-in-differences / Erin C Strumpf, Sam Harper, and Jay S Kaufman
    Fixed versus random effects models for multilevel and longitudinal data / Ashley Schempf Hirai, and Jay S. Kaufman
    Mediation analysis in social epidemiology / Arijit Nandi and Tyler J. VanderWeele
    A roadmap for estimating and interpreting population intervention parameters / Jennifer Ahern and Alan E. Hubbard
    Natural experiments and instrumental variables analyses in social epidemiology / Maria Glymour, Stefan Walter, and Eric J. Tchetgen
    Using causal diagrams to understand common problems in social epidemiology / M. Maria Glymour.
  • Digital
    edited by Stuart C. Feinstein and Nichole E. Lapointe.
    Summary: Methods in Tau Cell Biology, Volume 141, the latest release in the Methods in Cell Biology series, looks at methods involved in tau cell biology. Edited by leaders in the field, this volume provides proven, state-of-art techniques and relevant historical background and theory that aids researchers with tactics for efficient design and effective implementation of experimental methodologies. Topics of note in this updated volume include sections on Recombinant tau expression and purification, In vitro MT dynamics and MT ends, Methods related to investigating tau structure and MT bundling, Neurite outgrowth and retraction, and Methods related to studying tau fragmentation.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Ormond A. Macdougald.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    editor, Ana Laura Ibáñez.
    Summary: Pursuing a multidisciplinary approach, this book highlights current challenges in, and potential solutions to, environmental water management in Mexico. It includes an essential review of current literature and state of the art research, providing a one-stop resource for researchers, graduate students and environmental water managers alike. The result of a cooperation between 35 researchers from seven Mexican academic institutions, two Federal Commissions and one international organization, the book links science to practice for living organisms and their environment, while also addressing anthropogenic effects on our water ecosystems. Particularly the book addresses the following subjects: Biodiversity in inland waters, physical and chemical characterization of inland waters, physico-chemical characterization of Mexican coastal lagoons, microbiota in brackish ecosystems, diversity associated with southern Mexico's pacific coral reefs, fry fish stockings in aquatic epicontinental systems, a review of tuna fisheries in Mexico, fishery resource management challenges stemming from climate change, aquatic invasive alien species, harmful algal blooms, and aquatic protected areas, related ecological and social problems and the importance for fisheries' yield.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Abbreviations; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Physical and Chemical Characterization of Inland Waters; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Mexican Territory; 1.2.1 Geography; 1.2.2 Climate; 1.3 Water Administration by the Government; 1.4 Background Studies; 1.4.1 National/Regional Scale; 1.4.2 Rivers; 1.4.3 Trans-Mexican Volcanic Belt; 1.4.4 Michoacán; 1.4.5 Yucatan Peninsula; 1.4.6 Water Bodies of Other Areas; 1.4.7 Exceptional Lakes; 1.5 Water Management; References; Chapter 2: Biodiversity in Inland Waters; 2.1 History; 2.1.1 Freshwater Ecoregions of the World 2.1.2 Priority Hydrological Regions2.1.3 Gaps and Omissions Analysis in Conservation of Epicontinental Aquatic Biodiversity of Mexico; 2.1.4 The National Wetland Inventory; 2.1.5 The Ramsar Convention on Wetlands: Mexico; 2.1.6 National Wetland Policy; 2.1.7 State Biodiversity Studies and Strategies; 2.1.8 Environmental Flow and Water Reserves (WWF-FGRA-CONAGUA); 2.2 Biodiversity; 2.2.1 Main Aquatic Ecosystems; 2.2.1.1 Lotic
    Rivers and Streams Systems; 2.2.1.2 Lentic
    Lakes and Ponds Systems; 2.2.1.3 Wetlands; 2.2.2 Biological Richness; 2.2.2.1 Lake Chapala, Jalisco 2.2.2.2 Cuatro Ciénegas, Coahuila2.2.2.3 Cenotes of the Yucatán Peninsula; 2.2.2.4 Oases of the Baja California Peninsula; 2.2.2.5 Lake Alchichica, Puebla; References; Web Sites; Chapter 3: Physicochemical Characterization of Mexican Coastal Lagoons, Current Status, and Future Environmental Scenarios; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Information Analysis; 3.2.1 Temperature; 3.2.2 Salinity; 3.2.3 pH; 3.2.4 Oxygen; 3.2.5 Nutrients; 3.2.6 N:P Ratio; 3.2.7 Chlorophyll a; 3.2.8 Trophic Status and Eutrophication; 3.3 Future Environmental Scenarios; 3.4 Final Considerations; References 5.6 Future Research AgendasReferences; Chapter 6: Fish Fry Stocking in Epicontinental Aquatic Systems: The Production Policy; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Recent History of Fisheries Policies; 6.3 Species Used in Freshwater Stocking; 6.4 Distribution of Tilapia and Carp Stocking from 2001 to 2013; 6.5 Fish Fry Stocking Versus Inland Production; 6.5.1 Fish Stocking Versus Inland Fish Production at the National Level from 1974 to 2014; 6.5.2 Fish Stocking Versus Inland Fish Production at the Geoeconomic Level from 2001 to 2013; 6.6 Freshwater Fisheries Policies; 6.7 Conclusions; References Chapter 4: Microbiota in Brackish Ecosystems: From Water Quality to Ecological Processes4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Microbial Ecology; 4.2.1 Microbial Diversity; 4.2.2 Biogeochemical Cycles; 4.2.3 Microbiota and Contaminants; 4.3 Sanitary Microbiology; 4.3.1 Microbiological Indicators in Coastal Lagoons of Mexico; 4.3.2 Pathogenic Bacteria in Coastal Lagoons of Mexico; 4.4 Vulnerability; References; Chapter 5: Biodiversity Associated with Southern Mexican Pacific Coral Systems; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Environmental Setting; 5.3 Coral Communities and Reefs; 5.4 Biodiversity; 5.5 Biodiversity Drivers
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alfredo Ortega-Rubio, editor.
    Summary: This book presents valuable and recent lessons learned regarding the links between natural resources management, from a Socio-Ecological perspective, and the biodiversity conservation in Mexico. It address the political and social aspects, as well as the biological and ecological factors, involved in natural resources management and their impacts on biodiversity conservation. It is a useful resource for researchers and professionals around the globe, but especially those in Latin American countries, which are grappling with the same Bio-Cultural heritage conservation issues.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Part I: Public Policies;
    Chapter 1: Biodiversity Conservation inMexico: Assessing the Institutional Capacity for Implementing Nagoya Protocol and Aichi Targets; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Study Area; 1.1.2 Background; 1.2 Methodology; 1.3 Results; 1.3.1 Biodiversity and Ecosystems Status; 1.3.2 Human Settlements; 1.3.3 Management Plan of Each NPA; 1.3.4 Effectiveness AssessmentThrough the Implementation of the Annual Operation Plan; 1.3.5 Biodiversity Conservation Status; 1.3.6 NPA Effectiveness for Nagoya Protocol and Aichi Targets Implementation 1.4 Conclusion References;
    Chapter 2: Are Current Actions for Conservation in Mexico Enough? A Review of the Proximate and Ultimate Threats; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Proximal or Direct Threats to Biodiversity; 2.2.1 Loss of Habitats; 2.2.2 Overexploitation or Extraction of Organisms; 2.2.3 Invasive Species; 2.2.4 Pollutants; 2.2.5 Climate Change; 2.3 Ultimate or Indirect Threats to Biodiversity; 2.3.1 Population Growth; 2.4 Strategies for Conservation; 2.5 Conclusions; References 4.2.2 The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development; 4.2.3 Strategic Plan for Biodiversity (SPB) 2011-2020 and the Aichi Targets; 4.3 The Legal Framework for Biodiversity Conservation in Mexico; 4.3.1 The Constitution; 4.3.2 The General Law for Ecological Equilibrium and Environmental Protection (LGEEPA) and its Regulations; 4.3.3 The General Law for Wildlife (LGVS); 4.3.4 The General Law for Sustainable Forest Development (LGDFS); 4.3.5 The Federal Law for the Sea; 4.3.6 Other Laws; 4.3.7 The Proposal of General Law forBiodiversity 4.4 Federal Strategies and Programs for Biodiversity Conservation; 4.5 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 5: Public Mexican Corporations' Sustainability Indicators: Measuring the Profit Benefits of Protected Natural Areas Programs for Socially Responsible Investors; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Literature Review; 5.3 Empirical Test of the Impact of NPAP's in the Profits and SRI Stock Prices; 5.3.1 Data Processing; 5.4 Tests Results Review; 5.4.1 ROI Panel Regression; 5.5 Percentage Stock Price Variation or VAR_P Panel Regression Model; 5.6 Corollary of Results; 5.7 Conclusions; References
    Chapter 3: Patrimonialism, Natural Resource Management, and Civil Service in Mexico: Lessons Learnt from the Last 30 Years; 3.1 Introduction: Mexico in Crisis; 3.2 Patrimonialism and the Case of Mexico; 3.3 Professional Ideal-Type and the Absence of Civil Service in the Environmental Sector; 3.4 Mexican Government in Two Contexts: Other Countries and Mexican Nonprofit Organizations; References;
    Chapter 4: Public Policies and Biodiversity Conservation inMexico; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 International Framework for Biodiversity Conservation; 4.2.1 The Convention on Biological Diversity
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Juan J. Morrone.
    Summary: This book presents an evolutionary biogeographic analysis of the Mexican Transition Zone, which is situated in the overlap of the Nearctic and Neotropical regions. It includes a comprehensive review of previous track, cladistic and molecular biogeographic analyses and is illustrated with full color maps and vegetation photographs of the respective areas covered. Given its scope, the book will be of interest to students and researchers whose work involves systematic and biogeographic analyses of plant and animal taxa of the Mexican Transition Zone or other transition zones of the world, and to ecologists working in biodiversity conservation, who will be able to appreciate the evolutionary relevance of the Mexican Transition Zone for establishing conservation areas.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. What is a Biogeographic Transition Zone?
    Chapter 2. What is Evolutionary Biogeography?
    Chapter 3. A Historical Perspective of the Mexican Transition Zone
    Chapter 4. Biogeographic Regionalization of the Mexican Transition Zone
    Chapter 5. The Biotic Assembly of the Mexican Transition Zone
    Chapter 6. Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by Hanna K. Gaggin, James L. Januzzi].
    Summary: Preparing for the cardiology board examination is an intensely stressful period and traditionally relies on the participant searching through their own references, whether that be the large textbooks, small handbooks and their own notes. Good books are generally too long and time-consuming, while shorter books are either insubstantial in content or rely too much on the views of one author. The key elements for a successful reference for those taking their boards are a balanced proportion of essential content alongside rare but frequently tested topics, the wisdom of experts in the field, a practical questions session at the end of every topic and additional visuals not possible on the two-dimensional page. In the MGH Cardiology Board Review, the Editors have compiled the expertise of over 72 experienced authors from the Mass General in a succinct volume, applying methods thoroughly tested in the Board Review Conference. In addition, two very important sections are included on ECGs and images, contents of which are derived from the board examination answer keys, the very ones that readers are expected to know. Plans on how to best approach the board examination preparation and what additional resources to go to are provided. In short, this book has all the strengths to ensure your success on the boards exam.

    Contents:
    History and physical examination
    Cardiac noninvasive Imaging: chest radiography, Cardiovascular magnetic resonance & computed tomography of the heart
    Acute coronary syndrome
    Chronic coronary artery disease
    Hypertension
    Lipoprotein disorders
    Diabetes mellitus and the metabolic syndrome
    Nuclear cardiology and exercise stress testing
    Cardiac catheterization, coronary arteriography and intravascular diagnostics
    Vascular disease and venous thromboembolism
    Diseases of the aorta
    Cardiovascular disease in women and pregnancy
    Basic statistics
    Diagnosis and management of acute heart failure
    Chronic and end-stage heart failure
    Valvular heart disease
    Dilated, restrictive, infiltrative and hypertrophic cardiomyopathies
    Pericardial Disease and hemodynamics
    Tumors of the Heart
    Myocarditis
    Adult congenital heart disease (ACHD)
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Supraventricular arrhythmias
    Ventricular arrhythmias and defibrillators
    Bradycardia and pacemakers/CRT
    Syncope
    Ischemic stroke, muscular dystropy and Friedreich's ataxia
    Coma after cardiac arrest: management and neurological prognostication
    Infective endocarditis, device infections, and cardiac manifestations of HIV
    Perioperative cardiovascular management
    Cardiac manifestations of rheumatologic diseases
    Cardiovascular disease in endocrine disorders
    Pharmacology
    ACLS
    Imaging studies section (Echocardiograms, ventriculograms, aortogram and angiograms
    Electrocardiography.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Hanna K. Gaggin, James L. Januzzi, Jr.
    Summary: This comprehensively revised new edition prepares the reader for the cardiology board examination, as well as provide a concise review of the essentials of general cardiology and the less common but clinically relevant topics in a dynamic and time-efficient manner, augmenting existing learning. It uses board-style questions and answers at the end of each topic, enabling readers to test their learning and commit key concepts to long-term memory. Instructive figures and tables are used to consolidate teaching points. This book also contains practical tips from recent board exam takers and other resources in order to make best use of the reader's limited time. In the MGH Cardiology Board Review, the Editors have compiled the expertise of over 60 experienced authors in a succinct volume, applying methods thoroughly tested in Board Review. In addition, two very important sections on ECGs and images are included, contents of which are derived from the board examination answer keys, the very ones that readers are expected to know. Plans on how to best approach board examination preparation and what additional resources to go to are provided. In short, this book has all the strengths to ensure your success on the boards exam. .

    Contents:
    History and Physical Examination
    Acute Coronary Syndrome
    Chronic Coronary Artery Disease
    Systemic Hypertension
    Lipoprotein Disorders
    Diabetes Mellitus and the Metabolic Syndrome
    Exercise Stress Testing and Nuclear Cardiology
    Cardiac Catheterization, Coronary Arteriography and Intravascular Imaging
    Supraventricular Arrhythmias
    Sudden Cardiac Death, Syncope, Ventricular Arrhythmias and Defibrillators
    Bradycardia and Pacemakers/CRT
    Diagnosis and Management of Acute Heart Failure Chronic and End-Stage Heart Failure
    Cardiomyopathies and Myocarditis
    Pericardial Disease
    Pulmonary Hypertension
    Hemodynamics and Right Heart Catheterization
    Aortic and Pulmonic Valvular Heart Disease Mitral and Tricuspid Valvular Heart Disease
    Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    Peripheral Vascular Disease and Venous Thromboembolism
    Diseases of the Aorta.-&n bsp;Cardiac Critical Care and Hypotension
    Perioperative Cardiovascular Management-cardiac and non-cardiac Cardiovascular Disease in Women & Pregnancy
    Cardio-oncology and Tumors of the Heart
    Geriatric Cardiovascular Disease
    Cardiovascular Management and Cardiovascular Screening in Athletes and High Risk Professionals
    Stroke
    Neurological Disease
    Infective Endocarditis and device infections
    Cardiac manifestation of HIV
    Rheumatology
    Endocrine disorders
    Renal disorders
    Injury and poisoning
    Pharmacology
    Heart healthy diet and nutrition
    ACLS
    Basic Statistics
    Electrocardiography
    Cardiac Noninvasive Imaging: Chest Radiography, Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance and Computed Tomography of the Heart
    Imaging Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Federico Garrido.
    Summary: This book is about the escape strategies used by cancer cells to avoid the immune response of the host. The main characters of this story are the "Antigen Presenting Molecules" and the "T Lymphocytes". The former are known as the Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC): the H-2 and the HLA molecules. The latter are a subgroup of white cells travelling all over our body which are capable to distinguish between "self and non self". Readers will know from the inside about the history of the HLA genetic system and will discover how T lymphocytes recognize and destroy cancer cells. One of the key important questions is: Why tumors arise, develop and metastasize? This book tries to answer this question and will explain how cancer cells become invisible to killer T lymphocytes. The loss of the HLA molecules is a major player in this tumor escape mechanism. Cancer immunotherapy is aimed at stimulating T lymphocytes to destroy tumor cells. However, the clinical response rate is not as high as expected. The molecular mechanisms responsible for MHC/HLA antigen loss play a crucial role in this resistance to immunotherapy. This immune escape mechanism will be discussed in different types of tumors: lung, prostate, bladder and breast...ect. as well as melanoma and lymphoma. This book will be useful to Oncologists, Pathologists and Immunologist that will enter this fascinating area of research. It will be also interesting for biologist, doctoral students and medical residents interested in "Tumor Immunology".

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Mhc/Hla Class I Loss In Cancer Cells
    Hla Class-I Expression And Cancer Immunotherapy
    Hla Class-Ii Expression In Human Tumors
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    editors, David L. Brown, Gregory H. Borschel, Benjamin Levi.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD118 .M53 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Zilong Yu, Luo Zhang, Demin Han, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a complete overview of two-dimension and three-dimension images of structures in normal and man-made minimal lesions in temporal bone. First chapters present a series of two-dimension reconstructions of the temporal bone made via micro-CT scanning on axial, coronal and sagittal view just as HRCT showed. Subsequent chapters address three-dimension reconstruction of the temporal bone, and some models of man-made lesions in the temporal bone were reconstructed via micro-CT scanning. Last chapter discusses differences between micro-CT and high resolution CT scan of temporal bone. This atlas is a valuable reference for otolaryngology & head and neck surgeons, radiologists, and related researchers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Principles and Conditions of Micro-CT
    Chapter 2. Two-Dimension Reconstruction of Temporal Bone on Axial View
    Chapter 3. Two-Dimension Reconstruction of Temporal Bone on Coronal View
    Chapter 4. Two-Dimension Reconstruction of Temporal Bone on Sagittal View
    Chapter 5. Two-Dimension Reconstruction of Stapes
    Chapter 6. Two-Dimension Reconstruction of Cochlea
    Chapter 7. Three-Dimension Reconstruction of Temporal Bone
    Chapter 8. Two-Dimension Observation of Man-Made Tiny Lesion Models in Temporal Bone
    Chapter 9. Three-Dimension Observation of Man-Made Tiny Lesion Models in Temporal Bone
    Chapter 10. Comparison between Micro-CT and High Resolution CT Scan of Temporal Bone.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Md. Asraful Alam and Zhongming Wang.
    Summary: This book addresses microalgae, which represent a very promising biomass resource for wastewater treatment and producing biofuels. Accordingly, microalgae are also an expanding sector in biofuels and wastewater treatment, as can be seen in several high-profile start-ups from around the globe, including Solix Biofuels, Craig Venter's Synthetic Genomics, PetroSun, Chevron Corporation, ENN Group etc. In addition, a number of recent studies and patent applications have confirmed the value of modern microalgae for biofuels production and wastewater treatment systems. However, substantial inconsistencies have been observed in terms of system boundaries, scope, the cultivation of microalgae and oil extraction systems, production costs and economic viability, cost-lowering components, etc. Moreover, the downstream technologies and core principles involved in liquid fuel extraction from microalgae cells are still in their early stages, and not always adequate for industrial production. Accordingly, multilateral co-operation between universities, research institutes, governments, stakeholders and researchers is called for in order to make microalgae biofuels economical. Responding to this challenge, the book begins with a general introduction to microalgae and the algae industry, and subsequently discusses all major aspects of microalgal biotechnology, from strain isolation and robust strain development, to biofuel development, refinement and wastewater treatment.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Part I: Microalgae Strain and Culture Technology;
    Chapter 1: Recent Trends in Microalgae Research for Sustainable Energy Production and Biorefinery Applications; 1 Microalgae Research Outlook; 2 Rationale of Microalgae Biorefinery; 3 Sustainability Prospects of Microalgae Bioprocesses; 3.1 Strain Isolation and Selection; 3.2 Cultivation; 3.3 Harvesting; 4 Microalgae Sustainability Through Technology Integration; 4.1 Biogas Industry Waste for Microalgae Feed and Single-Cell- Protein Synthesis; 4.2 Microalgae Technology Integration with Microbial Fuel Cell 2.2.4.3 Exploration of New Types or Modified PBRs3 Design Principle; 3.1 Light; 3.2 CO2/O2 Balance and Gas Exchange; 3.3 Temperature; 3.4 pH; 3.5 Mixing; 3.6 Other Considerations; 3.6.1 Sterility (Species Control) and Clean Ability; 3.6.2 Material Selection; 4 CFD of Open Pond and Closed Bioreactors; 4.1 General Description; 4.2 Bioreactor Modelling; 5 Process Management; 5.1 Temperature Control; 5.2 Feeding Strategy; 5.3 Measurement and Control; 6 Maintenance and Cleaning of Pond/PBRs; 7 Advances in the PBR System and Manufacturers; 8 Conclusion: Challenges and Future Prospects; References 4.3 Microalgae in Bio-hydrogen Technology4.4 Microalgae Coculture System; 4.5 Extremophile Microalgae; 5 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 2: The Culture Technology for Freshwater and Marine Microalgae; 1 Introduction; 2 Nutritional Requirements of Culturing Media; 2.1 Impact of Nitrogen on Growth and Lipid Productivity; 2.2 Impact of Phosphorus on Growth and Metabolite Content; 2.3 Impact of Carbon on Microalgae Cultivation; 2.4 Impact of Inoculum Size on Lipid Productivity; 3 Maintenance of Cultivation Systems: Challenges and Opportunities; 4 Media Recycling and Utilization 5 Strategies to Control Biological Contaminants in Culture5.1 Algicidal Bacteria; 5.2 Viral Contaminants; 5.3 Fungi; 5.4 Zooplanktonic Grazers; 5.5 Toxic Freshwater and Marine Algal Species; 6 Conclusion and Future Perspective; References;
    Chapter 3: Open Pond Culture Systems and Photobioreactors for Microalgal Biofuel Production; 1 Introduction; 2 Types of Microalgal PBRs; 2.1 Open Pond Culture Systems; 2.2 PBRs; 2.2.1 VC-PBRs (Wang et al. 2012); 2.2.2 FP-PBRs; 2.2.3 T-PBRs; 2.2.4 Other Types of PBRs; 2.2.4.1 Membrane PBRs (MPBRs); 2.2.4.2 Plastic Bag PBRs
    Chapter 4: Standard Techniques and Methods for Isolating, Selecting and Monitoring the Growth of Microalgal Strain1 Introduction; 2 Strain Isolation and Screening Technique; 2.1 Screening Criteria and Methods; 2.2 Sample Collection; 2.3 Single-Cell Isolation by Micropipette; 2.4 Single-Cell Isolation via Streak Plate Technique; 2.5 Dilution Techniques; 2.6 Gravity Separation: Centrifugation and Settling; 3 Monitoring of Microalgal Growth; 3.1 Cell Counting by Microscope; 3.1.1 Haemocytometer; 3.1.2 Sedgewick Rafter Counting Cell; 3.1.3 Palmer-Maloney Slide; 3.2 Coulter Counter
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Md. Asraful Alam, Jing-Liang Xu, Zhongming Wang, editors.
    Summary: "Microalgae Biotechnology for Food, Health and High Value Products" presents the latest technological innovations in microalgae production, market status of algal biomass-based products, and future prospects for microalgal applications. It provides stimulating overviews from different perspectives of application that demonstrate how rapidly the commercial production of microalgae-based food, health and high value products is advancing. It also addresses a range of open questions and challenges in this field. The book highlights the latest advances of interest to those already working in the field, while providing a comprehensive overview for those readers just beginning to learn about the promise of microalgae as a sustainable source of both specialty and commercial products. It offers a valuable asset for commercial algae producers, algae product developers, scientific researchers and students who are dedicated to the advancement of microalgae biotechnology for applications in health, diet, nutrition, cosmetics, biomaterials etc.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Microalgae in Food Product Development
    Chapter 1. Food and high value products from microalgae: market opportunities and challenges
    Chapter 2. Algae as a mainstream food ingredient: demand and supply perspective
    Chapter 3. Microalgae pigments: a source of natural food color
    Chapter 4. Algal biotechnology: a sustainable route for omega-3 fatty acids and carotenoids production
    Part 2. Microalgae in Health Product Development
    Chapter 5. Microalgae in human health and medicine
    Chapter 6. Astaxanthin production from microalgae
    Chapter 7. Microalgae nutraceuticals: the role of lutein in human health
    Part 3. Microalgae for Cosmetic Formulations
    Chapter 8. Algae and Aging
    Chapter 9. Extracts and bioactives from microalgae (sensu stricto): opportunities and challenges for a new generation of cosmetics
    Part 4. Other High Value Application
    Chapter 10. Microalgae as Vaccine Delivery System to Aquatic Organisms
    Chapter 11. Microalgal as a sustainable source for bioplastic
    Chapter 12. Microalgae as biofertillizer in modern agriculture
    Part 5. Biomass Production
    Chapter 13. Microalgae biomass production, drying and storage
    Chapter 14. Microalgal carbohydrate and proteins: synthesis, extraction, application and challenges
    Chapter 15. Pretreatment and lipid extraction from wet microalgae: Challenges, potential and application for industrial scale application.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Christon J. Hurst, editor.
    Summary: This collection of essays discusses fascinating aspects of the concept that microbes are at the root of all ecosystems. The content is divided into seven parts, the first of those emphasizes that microbes not only were the starting point, but sustain the rest of the biosphere and shows how life evolves through a perpetual struggle for habitats and niches. Part II explains the ways in which microbial life persists in some of the most extreme environments, while Part III presents our understanding of the core aspects of microbial metabolism. Part IV examines the duality of the microbial world, acknowledging that life exists as a balance between certain processes that we perceive as being environmentally supportive and others that seem environmentally destructive. In turn, Part V discusses basic aspects of microbial symbioses, including interactions with other microorganisms, plants and animals. The concept of microbial symbiosis as a driving force in evolution is covered in Part VI. In closing, Part VII explores the adventure of microbiological research, including some reminiscences from and perspectives on the lives and careers of microbe hunters. Given its mixture of science and philosophy, the book will appeal to scientists and advanced students of microbiology, evolution and ecology alike.

    Contents:
    Part I. Recognizing the Role of Microorganisms in our World. Our Living World Rests upon a Foundation of Microorganisms: The Constant Struggle for Habitat and Niche ; Darwin's Science's Impact on the Evolution of the Microbiological Sciences ; Microbes and Marine Sediments: A Lifelong Relationship on Earth's Biosphere ; The Democracy of Dirt: Relating Micro-Scale Dynamics to Macro-Scale Ecosystem Function
    Part II. Microbial Life Persists Within Even the Most Extreme Environments. The Concept of Evanescent Microbial Ecosystems in Earth's Atmosphere ; When the Vital Signs of Microbial Life Go Cold, Does That Mean the Pulse Is Gone? Microbial Life Persists at the Limits of Cryoenvironments on Earth ; Lithotrophic ("Stone Eating") Microbes Provide the Foundation for Deep Subsurface Ecosystems
    Part III. Understanding the Core Values of Microbial Metabolism. Miraculous Fixation of Molecular Nitrogen from the Atmosphere ; Mutagens, Radicals, Rocket Fuel and Laughing Gas: Stringing Metabolic Modules to Survive on Nitrogenous Poisons ; The Grand Microbial Variety Show
    Part IV. Microbes Established and Sustain Life. Microbes' Many Roles in Climate Change: Contribution, Consequence, Mitigation, and Model System ; The Revolutionary Potential of the Hidden Half of Nature in Agriculture and Medicine ; Microscale Carbon Cycling Between Bacteria and Algae under the Sun
    Part V. The Basic Aspects of Microbial Symbioses. Discovering the Symbiotic Nature of Microbial Life: Summarizing Milestone Publications from 1866 through 1947 ; Microscopic World and the Phenomenon of Symbiosis in the Natural Environment ; Symbiosis in a Rapidly Changing World ; Diversity-Function Relationships and the Underlying Ecological Mechanisms in Host-Associated Microbial Communities ; Darwinian Medicine: We Evolved to Require Continuing Contact with the Microbiota of the Natural Environment. Evolution Turns the Inevitable into a Necessity ; Biochemistry and Molecular Biology of the Enzyme ACC Deaminase ; The Diazotroph as an Endophyte and How a Diazotroph Interacts with Its Plant Host ; The Hologenome Hypothesis and Its Application to Plant-Microbe Interactions on an Evolutionary Scale ; Beneficial Role of Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria in Bioremediation of Heavy Metal(loid) Contaminated Agricultural Fields ; Defensive Microbiomes: A Widespread Phenomenon in Nature ; Coevolution of Molluscs and Their Microbes ; Invisible Interactions between Microorganisms
    Part VI. Microbial Symbiosis as a Driving Force in Evolution. The Game of Evolution Is Won by Competitive Cheating ; The Importance of Being Symbiont and the Role of Symbiosis as a Driving Force in Evolution ; Viruses, Underestimated Drivers of Ecology and Evolution of Life ; Coevolution of Bryophytes and their Associated Microorganisms
    Part VII. The Adventure of Microbiology Research.- BUBBLES in the MUD: A Reminiscence and Perspective ; Salty, Alkali-Laced Tales (Mostly True) from the Great Basin Desert, California and Nevada.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ashok Kumar, Swati Sharma, editors.
    Summary: Microbial enzymes play a vital role in maintaining soil health and removing pollutants from contaminated land. Soil microflora is closely associated with maintaining soil fertility, and the use of chemical pesticides, fertilizers and other volatile sprays in agriculture threatens the health ofthe microbial population in the soil. Every single particle of healthy soil contains millions of bacteria, which interact with the nutrients available, sustaining the nutrient cycle and making this microflora an essential component of life on earth. How do microbes help in the nutrient cycle? Either by intracellular digestion of macromolecules and converting these into smaller units in their metabolic pathways, or by secreting enzymes into the extracellular environment to facilitate the conversion of complex macromolecules into micro-molecules that can be easily absorbed by other living species. To meet demands for energy and food for the growing global population, it is important to protect agricultural land from contamination and maintain its productivity. Heavy metal ions from contaminated land canenter crops, fish or aquatic organismsvia contaminated water, and theseare then taken up by the human body, where they can accumulate and alter the normal microflora. The microbiological component of the soil is ahighly complex system and is still not fully understood. How do microbes survive in the changing physicochemical environment of soil?. This book helps readers understand the mechanism, various routes of microbialsoil remediation, the interactionsof different genera, and how microbial enzymes support the sustainable restoration of healthy soil.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Let's protect our earth: Environmental challenges and implications
    Chapter 2. Microbes and Processes in Bioremediation of Soil
    Chapter 3. Unique microorganisms inhabit natural extreme soils
    Chapter 4. Effect of Pollution on Physical & Chemical Properties of Soil
    Chapter 5. Role of soil microbiome and enzyme activities in plant growth nutrition and ecological restoration of soil health
    Chapter 6. Marine microbes in Bioremediation: Current status and future trends
    Chapter 7. Role of Microbial Hydrolases in Bioremediation
    Chapter 8. Laccases for soil bioremediation
    Chapter 9. Environmental fate of organophosphate residues from agricultural soils to fresh farm produce: Microbial interventions for sustainable bioremediation strategies
    Chapter 10. Secreted Microbial Enzymes for Organic Compound Degradation
    Chapter 11. Role of microbes in degradation of chemical pesticides
    Chapter 12. Biodegradation of Pesticides in Brazil and other Tropical Countries: Experimental and in silico Studies
    Chapter 13. Microbial Degradation of Phenolic Compounds.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Anita Sharma, editor.
    Summary: This book sheds new light on ways to alleviate biotic and abiotic stress in plants, using signaling molecules of plant growth promotory rhizobacteria. Further, it elaborates on the different types of stress and strategies used by plants under various stress conditions. The respective sections describe the importance of the microbiome for the overall health of plants and how exploring plant-microbe communication and signaling pathways could offer a promising avenue for future research. The book also discusses how rhizobacteria could be exploited in stress alleviation and sustainable agriculture, and addresses omics strategies for stress response and mitigation. Thanks to clearly annotated references, the book also supports and encourages readers to further explore the topics discussed.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Rhizospheric engineering for sustainable agriculture
    Chapter 2. Stress alleviation in plants using sar and isr: current views on stress signalling network
    Chapter 3. Plant - microbe interaction: a sustainable strategy to elevate salinity tolerance in plants
    Chapter 4. Concepts and application of plant-microbe interaction in remediation of heavy metals
    Chapter 5. Abiotic stress: its outcome and tolerance in plants
    Chapter 6. Physiological and molecular aspects of retrieving environmental stress in plants by microbial interactions
    Chapter 7. Plant-microbe interactions: an insight into the underlying mechanisms to mitigate diverse environmental stresses. Chapter 8. Omics technology: role and future in providing biotic and abiotic stress tolerance to plants. Chapter 9. Role of arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi in amelioration of drought stress in crop plants. Chapter 10. Drought stress tolerance: an insight to resistance mechanism and adaptation in plants. Chapter 11. Phytoremediation: a synergistic interaction between plants and microbes for removal of unwanted chemicals/contaminants. Chapter 12. Involvement of synergistic interactions between plants and rhizospheric microbes for the removal of toxic /hazardous contaminants
    Chapter 13. Understanding the role of microbes and plants in the management of heavy metal stress: a current perspective. Chapter 14. Ros signalling under oxidative stress in plants
    Chapter 15. Bacterial antagonists effective against soil borne and foliar pathogens.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editors, Caitlin S.M. Cowan, Brian E. Leonard.
    Summary: "In the past decade, a revolution has occurred in neuroscience research with the (re)discovery of the impact of the gut microbiome on physical and mental health and psychiatric disorders. This book discusses the impact of the microbiome on different aspects of brain function, ranging from changes in the immune and endocrine systems to changes in cognition and behavior, highlighting advances in psychopharmacology and biological psychiatry. It should be of interest to psychiatrists, neurologists, and neuroscientists"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Microbiome-Gut-Brain Axis in Neurocognitive Development and Decline / Cowan, C.S.M., Cryan, J.F.
    Maternal Exposure to Adversity : Impact on the Gut Microbiota-Brain Axis, Inflammation and Offspring Psychiatric Outcomes / Rajasekera, T.A., Gur, T.L.
    Gut Microbiota as a Mediator of Host Neuro-Immune Interactions : Implications in Neuroinflammatory Disorders / Caputi, V., Popov, J., Giron, M.C., O'Mahony, S.
    The Effect of Microbiota on Behaviour / Champagne-Jorgensen, K., McVey Neufeld, K.-A.
    Is Anxiety Associated with Gut Microbiota? / Foster, J.A.
    Production of Psychoactive Metabolites by Gut Bacteria / Wiley, N., Cryan, J.F., Dinan, T.G., Ross, R.P., Stanton, C.
    Diet and Mental Health / Loughman, A., Staudacher, H., Rocks, T., Ruusunen, A., Marx, W., O'Neil, A., Jacka, F.
    Psychotropic Drugs and the Microbiome / Cussotto, S., Clarke, G., Dinan, T.G., Cryan, J.F.
    Psychobiotics : Evolution of Novel Antidepressants / Dinan, T.G., Butler, M.I., Cryan, J.F.
    Digital Access Karger 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Prem Lal Kashyap, Alok Kumar Srivastava, Shree Prakash Tiwari, Sudheer Kumar.
    Summary: "Microbes and climate are major influences on crop growth, and therefore significantly influence the quality, productivity, and sustainability of food production systems. Global warming is projected to significantly impact agriculture in terms of temperature, precipitation, chilling and glacial run-off etc. Microbes can be both beneficial and detrimental in agriculture; the array of functions they perform under stressed/limited conditions are currently underestimated. Agriculture is affected by the crop microbiome, nutrient cycling microbes, endophytes, and mycorrhizae, as well as pests and disease. Agricultural sustainability has always been highly dependent on the relationships between these factors. Various microorganisms can thrive under extreme conditions - extreme temperatures, extreme pH, high saline concentrations and pressures, etc. As a result, they provide excellent models for understanding the stress tolerance, adaptation and response mechanisms that can be subsequently engineered into crop plants to cope with climate change induced stresses. Use of these microorganisms may alleviate stresses in crop plants, which in turn opens a new and emerging application in agriculture. While there is an abundance of information on this topic, there is not yet a comprehensive volume pulling current research together. This text will be authored by leaders in the field and edited to ensure conciseness and clarity. Chapters will cover a broad range of agriculturally important crops, impact of climate change on crops as well as biotechnologically and environmentally relevant microbes; the text will serve as a springboard for novel research findings and new applications in the field"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The role of the phytomicrobiome in maintaining biofuel crop production in a changing climate / Gayathri Ilangumarana, John R. Lamonta, and Donald L. Smitha
    The impact of agriculture on soil microbial community composition and diversity in Southeast Asia / Binu M. Tripathi, Itumeleng Moroenyane, and Jonathan M. Adams
    Climate change impact on plant diseases : opinion, trends, and mitigation strategies / Moni Gupta, Deepika Sharma, and Sachin Gupta
    Microalgae : potential agent for carbon dioxide mitigation / Preeti Singh, Rahul Kunwar Singh, Dhananjay Kumar
    Photosynthetic microorganisms and bioenergy prospects : challenges and potential / Balkrishna Tiwari, Sindhunath Chakraborty, Ekta Verma, and Arun Kumar Mishra
    Amelioration of abiotic stresses in plants through multi-faceted beneficial microorganisms / Usha Chakraborty, Bishwanath Chakraborty, Jayanwita Sarkar
    Role of methylotrophic bacteria in climate change mitigation / Manish Kumar, Raghvendra Saxena, Rajesh Singh Tomar, Pankaj K. Rai, and Diby Paul Conservation agriculture for climate change resilience : a microbiological perspective / Raj Pal Meena and Ankita Jha
    Archaeal community structure : resilience to climate change / Manesh Thomas, K.K. Pal, and Rinku Dey
    Mycorrhiza
    helping plants to navigate environmental stresses / Raghvendra Pratap Singh, Geetanjali Manchanda, Mian Nabeel Anwar, Jun Jie Zhang, and Yue Zhang Li
    Endophytic microorganisms : future tool to climate resilient agriculture / R. Dey, Kamal Krishna Pal, Thomas M., D.N. Sherathia, V.B. Mandaliya, R.A. Bhadania, M.B. Patel, P. Maida, D.H. Mehta, B.D. Nawade V. Patel
    Bacillus thuringiensis : genetic engineering for insect pest management / Gothandapani Sellamuthu, Prabhakaran Narayanasamy, and Jasdeep Chatrath Padaria
    Microbial nanotechnology for climate resilient agriculture / Prem Lal Kashyap, Shikha Sharma, Poonam Jasrotia, Sudheer Kumar, Alok Kumar Srivastava.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Md. Aslam Khan, Wasim Ahmad, editors.
    Summary: The focus of this book is on the potential of entomopathogens in agroecosystem functioning. Entomopathogens are natural enemies of insect pests and have been regularly isolated around the world for pest management purposes. Employing entomopathogens to combat insect pests of agricultural importance has gained momentum due to ecofriendly approaches applied. Although they play a critical role in IPM they remain relatively underutilized despite their many advantages over other biological and chemical products. The different chapters throw light on topics such as soil-borne entomopathogens and their molecular phylogeny; ascomycota and IPM; conidial thermotolerance; oxidative stress for mycoinsecticide enhancement; cytotoxic factors of entomopathogenic bacteria and insect haemocytes; EPN and non-target arthropods; granuloviruses and IPM; entomopathogens with other pest management options; synergism and antagonism among entomopathogen and chemical insecticides. Microbes for Sustainable Insect Pest Management, Volume 1: An Eco-friendly Approach, along with the forthcoming Volume 2: Secondary Metabolites, Hydrolytic Enzymes & Nanoparticles, provide detailed accounts on the safe use of entomopathogens for sustainable management of insect pests. Together, they aim at providing solid foundations for the students, teachers, and researchers interested in eco-friendly management of important insect crop pests.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Synthetic Chemical Insecticides: Environmental and Agro Contaminants; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Background and History; 1.3 Environmental Contaminants; 1.4 Impact on Human Health; 1.5 Resistance Among Insect Pests; 1.6 Effects on Non -Target Organisms; 1.7 Effects on Beneficial Arthropods; 1.8 Pesticides Degradation; 1.9 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Soil-Borne Entomopathogenic Bacteria and Fungi; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Soil-Borne Entomopathogenic Bacteria; 2.2.1 Isolation; 2.2.2 Mechanism of Action; 2.3 Soil-Borne Entomopathogenic Fungi 2.3.1 Entomophthorales (Entomopthoromycotina: Entomophthoromycetes)2.3.2 Hypocreales (Pezizomycotina: Sordariomycetes); 2.4 Current Status as Biopesticides; 2.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Molecular Phylogeny of Entomopathogens; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Molecular Phylogenetics and its Importance; 3.3 Entomopathogenic Viruses; 3.3.1 Origin, Natural History and Geographical Distribution; 3.3.2 Taxonomy and Evolution; 3.3.3 Genomics and Phylogeny; 3.4 Entomopathogenic Bacteria (EB); 3.4.1 Origin, Natural History and Geographical Distribution; 3.4.2 Taxonomy and Evolution 3.4.3 Genomics and Phylogeny3.5 Entomopathogenic Fungi (EF); 3.5.1 Origin, Natural History and Geographical Distribution; 3.5.2 Taxonomy and Evolution; 3.5.3 Genomics and Phylogeny; 3.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Potential of Entomopathogenic Bacteria and Fungi; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Bacterial History and Diversity; 4.2.1 Gram Positive: Firmicutes and Actinobacteria; 4.2.1.1 Bacillaceae; 4.2.1.2 Paenibacillaceae; 4.2.1.3 Clostridiaceae; 4.2.1.4 Streptomycetaceae; 4.2.1.5 Pseudonocardiaceae; 4.2.2 Gram-Negative: Proteobacteria; 4.2.2.1 Enterobacteriaceae; 4.2.2.2 Pseudomonadaceae 4.2.2.3 Coxiellaceae4.2.2.4 Neisseriaceae; 4.2.2.5 Burkholderiaceae; 4.3 Soil Habitat and Pathogenesis of Bacteria; 4.4 Fungal History and Diversity; 4.4.1 Oomycota (Kingdom: Chromista); 4.4.2 Microsporidia; 4.4.3 Chytridiomycota; 4.4.4 Blastocladiomycota; 4.4.5 Zygomycota; 4.4.6 Entomophthoromycota; 4.4.7 Basidiomycota; 4.4.8 Ascomycota; 4.5 Soil Habitat and Pathogenesis of Entomophthorales and Hypocreales; 4.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Ascomycota and Integrated Pest Management; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Biology and Taxonomy; 5.3 Mode of Action; 5.3.1 Beauveria spp.; 5.3.2 Isaria spp. 5.3.3 Metarhizium spp. 5.3.4 Lecanicillium spp.; 5.3.5 Nomuraea rileyi; 5.3.6 Hirsutella thompsonii; 5.3.7 Aschersonia spp.; 5.4 Ascomycetes in IPM Programmes; 5.4.1 Beauveria spp.; 5.4.2 Lecanicillium lecanii; 5.4.3 Metarhizium spp.; 5.4.4 Nomuraea sp.; 5.4.5 Isaria spp.; 5.4.6 Aschersonia sp.; 5.4.7 Hirsutella spp.; 5.5 Ascomycetes as Mycoinsectides; 5.6 Genetic Modifications to Enhance Virulence; 5.6.1 Augmenting Virulence; 5.6.2 Tolerance to Abiotic Stresses
    UV Radiation and Heat; 5.7 Conclusion and Future Prospects; References; Chapter 6: Thermotolerance of Fungal Conidia
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Md. Aslam Khan, Wasim Ahmad, editors.
    Summary: The search for new strategies of pest control with safer molecules is currently of great importance and interest. Microbe-mediated biological crop protection is an attractive and promising technology with no concern for a negative impact on the environment and biodiversity. Microbial hydrolytic enzymes such as proteases, chitinases, lipases, etc. are attractive for this purpose. They present toxic properties and act synergistically to control pest attacks. Also, some metabolites, that microorganisms produce for their survival or defense, can be explored and exploited for plant protection. The focus of this Volume is on the potential of microbial hydrolytic enzymes and their metabolites in agroecosystem functioning. Subsequent chapters review topics such as microbial hydrolytic enzymes as powerful management tools, chitinases in IPM of agro-horticultural crops, metabolites as pesticides and the importance of the metabolites of entomopathogenic fungi, metabolites and virulence factors. Other topic as include: microbial-based nanoparticles, recombinant DNA technologies to improve the efficacy of microbial insecticides, the effects of entomopathogens on insect predators and parasitoids, and the management of major vegetable insect pests. This volume provides detailed accounts on the safe use of microbial products for sustainable management of insect pests. Its aim is to build solid foundations for the students, teachers, and researchers interested in eco-friendly management of important insect crop pests.

    Contents:
    1. Microbial Hydrolytic Enzymes: Powerful Weapons Against Insect Pests (F. C. Lopes, A. H. S. Martinelli, E. O. John, R. Ligabue-Braun)
    2. Microbial Hydrolytic Enzymes: Powerful Weapons Against Insect Pests (Ajinath Dukare, Sangeeta Paul, Asha A.D., Nivetha N., Chetana Aggarwal and Pratap Divekar)
    3. Hydrolytic Enzymes and Integrated Pest Management (Tariq Ahmad and Ajaz Rasool)
    4. Microbial Metabolites as Pesticides (Surendra K. Dara)
    5. Unraveling the Importance of Metabolites from Entomopathogenic Fungi in Insect Pest Management (Amit Paschapur, Subbanna A.R.N.S., Ashish Kumar Singh, Jeevan B., Stanley J., Rajashekhar H., Mishra K.K.)
    6. Toxic Secondary Metabolites and Virulence Factors Expression by Entomopathogenic Fungi during Insect Infection and Potential Impact as a Tool for Pest Management (M. Constanza Mannino, Belén Davyt-Colo and Nicolás Pedrini)
    7. Microbial-based Nanoparticles as Potential Approach of Insect Pest Management (Nivetha, N., Asha, A. D., Bandeppa, Jyoti Kumar Thakur, Ajinath S. Dukare, Bishwajeet Paul and Sangeeta Paul)
    8. Role of Recombinant DNA Technology to Improve the Efficacy of Microbial Insecticides (Ugur Azizoglu, and Salih Karabörklü)
    9. Effects of Entomopathogens on Insect Predators and Parasitoids (Amin Sedaratian-Jahromi)
    10. Biological Management of Major Vegetable Insect Pests with macro- and microorganisms (Jaydeep Halder and Atanu Seni)
    11. Biorational Approaches for the Management of Insect Pests of Vegetable Crops (Amandeep Kaur and Ravinder Singh Chandi).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Vivek Kumar, Manoj Kumar, Ram Prasad, editors.
    Summary: The book discusses ways to overcome the side effects of using hydrocarbon-based products as energy sources. Hydrocarbons produce raw crude oil waste of around 600,000 metric tons per annum, with a range of uncertainty of 200,000 metric tons per year. The various chapters in this book focus on approaches to reduce these wastes through the application of potential microbes, in a process called bioremediation. The book is a one-stop reference resource on the methods, mechanisms and application of the bio-composites, in the laboratory and field. Focusing on resolving a very pressing environmental issue, it not only provides details of existing challenges, but also offers deeper insights into the possibility of solving problems using hydrocarbon bioremediation.

    Contents:
    Microbial Consortia and Biodegradation of Petroleum Hydrocarbons in Marine Environments
    Biosurfactants in Improving Bioremediation Effectiveness in Environmental Contamination by Hydrocarbons
    Bioremediation of Petroleum Hydrocarbon in Seawater: Oil Spill Plume Modelling Approaches
    Hydrocarbon Degradation Assessment: Biotechnical Approaches Involved
    Microbes and Petroleum bioremediation
    Microbial Degradation of Petroleum Hydrocarbons: Technology and Mechanism
    Biosurfactant Enhanced Petroleum Oil Bioremediation
    Modeling Applications in Bioremediation of Hydrocarbon Pollutants
    Biodegradation of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs) by Microbes Isolated from the Marine Sponge Biemna fortis (Topsent 1897)
    A Comprehensive Review on the Bioremediation of Oil Spills
    The Small-Scale Microbial Processes for Remediation of Sediments Contaminated with Hydrocarbons
    Enzyme Activities in Contaminated Soil with Hydrocarbons
    Microbial Degradation of Petroleum Hydrocarbons
    Microbial Bioremediation of Petroleum Hydrocarbon: An Overview
    Microbial Degradation of Hydrocarbons in the Ecosystem
    Microbial Degradation of Hydrocarbons in the Environment: An Overview
    Plant-Microbe Association for Bioremediation of Hydrocarbon Substrates
    Bioaugmentation of Petroleum Hydrocarbon in Contaminated Soil : A Review
    Petroleum Microbiology under Extreme Conditions
    Microbial Degradation of Petroleum Hydrocarbons: An Overview
    Oil Spill Removal by Mycoremediation
    Treatment of Oily Waste Water Using Hydrogels
    Biosurfactants Produced by Microbacterium sp., isolated from Aquatic Macrophytes in Hydrocarbon-Contaminated area in the Rio Negro, Manaus, Amazonas
    Novel and Cost Effective Technologies for Hydrocarbon Bioremediation
    Role of Filamentous Fungi to Remove Petroleum Hydrocarbons from Environment
    Petroleum Biodegrading Property of Microbial Consortia from a contaminated site
    The Role of Microbes towards Biodegradation of Hydrocarbons
    Hydrocarbon Degradation
    A Review on the Bioremediation of Petroleum Hydrocarbons: Current State-of-the-Art.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Gianfranco Donelli.
    Contents:
    Methods for dynamic investigations of surface-attached in vitro bacterial and fungal biofilms / Claus Sternberg, Thomas Bjarnsholt, and Mark Shirtliff
    Aqueous two-phase system technology for patterning bacterial communities and biofilms / Mohammed Dwidar, Shuichi Takayama, and Robert J. Mitchell
    Quorum sensing in gram-positive bacteria : assay protocols for Staphylococcal agr and Enterococcal fsr systems / Akane Shojima and Jiro Nakayama
    Advanced techniques for in situ analysis of the biofilm matrix (structure, composition, dynamics) by means of laser scanning microscopy / Thomas R. Neu and John R. Lawrence
    Multiplex fluorescence in situ hybridization (M-FISH) and confocal laser scanning microscopy (CLSM) to analyze multispecies oral biofilms / Lamprini Karygianni, Elmar Hellwig, and Ali Al-Ahmad
    Field emission scanning electron microscopy of biofilm-growing bacteria Involved in nosocomial infections / Claudia Vuotto and Gianfranco Donelli
    Experimental approaches to investigating the vaginal biofilm microbiome / Marc M. Baum, Manjula Gunawardana, and Paul Webster
    Imaging bacteria and biofilms on hardware and periprosthetic tissue in orthopedic infections / Laura Nistico, Luanne Hall-Stoodley, and Paul Stoodley
    Animal models to evaluate bacterial biofilm development / Kim Thomsen, Hannah Trøstrup, and Claus Moser
    Animal models to investigate fungal biofilm formation / Jyotsna Chandra, Eric Pearlman, and Mahmoud A. Ghannoum
    Nonmammalian model systems to investigate fungal biofilms / Marios Arvanitis ... [et al.]
    Microbiological methods for target-oriented screening of biofilm inhibitors / Livia Leoni and Paolo Landini
    In vitro screening of antifungal compounds able to counteract biofilm development / Marion Girardot and Christine Imbert
    Biofilm matrix-degrading enzymes / Jeffrey B. Kaplan
    Efficacy evaluation of antimicrobial drug-releasing polymer matrices / Iolanda Francolini, Antonella Piozzi, and Gianfranco Donelli
    Antibiotic polymeric nanoparticles for biofilm-associated infection therapy / Wean Sin Cheow and Kunn Hadinoto
    Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of antibiotics in biofilm infections of Pseudomonas aeruginosa in vitro and in vivo / Wang Hengzhuang, Niels Høiby, and Oana Ciofu
    Contribution of confocal laser scanning microscopy in deciphering biofilm tridimensional structure and reactivity / Arnaud Bridier and Romain Briandet
    Chip calorimetry for evaluation of biofilm treatment with biocides, antibiotics, and biological agents / Frida Mariana Morais, Friederike Buchholz, and Thomas Maskow
    Bacteriophage attack as an anti-biofilm strategy / Sanna Sillankorva and Joana Azeredo
    Photodynamic therapy as a novel antimicrobial strategy against biofilm-based nosocomial infections : study protocols / Francesco Giuliani
    Capturing air-water interface biofilms for microscopy and molecular analysis / Margaret C. Henk
    Biofilm-growing bacteria involved in the corrosion of concrete wastewater pipes : protocols for comparative metagenomic analyses/ Vicente Gomez-Alvarez
    Culture-independent methods to study subaerial biofilm growing on biodeteriorated surfaces of stone cultural heritage and frescoes / Francesca Cappitelli, Federica Villa, and Andrea Polo
    Biofilms of thermophilic bacilli isolated from dairy processing plants and efficacy of sanitizers / Sara A. Burgess, Denise Lindsay, and Steve H. Flint.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Joginder Singh, Deepansh Sharma, Gaurav Kumar, Neeta Raj Sharma, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive overview of the use of microorganisms and microbial metabolites as a future sustainable basis of agricultural, environmental and industrial developments. It provides a holistic approach to the latest advances in the utilization of various microorganism bioprospecting including their wide range of applications, traditional uses, modern practices, and designing strategies to harness their potential. In addition, it highlights advanced microbial bioremediation approaches, including genetic manipulation, metagenomics analysis and bacteriophage-based sensors for the detection of food-borne pathogens. Lastly, it elaborates on the latest advances regarding the role of microbes in the sustainable development of various industrial products.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; About the Editors; Part I: Microorganisms for Sustainable Agriculture and Environmental Applications;
    1: Small at Size, Big at Impact: Microorganisms for Sustainable Development; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Origin of Life and Microbes: Billion-Years-Old Connection; 1.3 Diversity of Microbial World; 1.4 Remarkable Survival and Adaptability of Microorganisms; 1.5 How Microbes Affect Nature and Life; 1.6 Human Microbiome; 1.7 Microbe-Plant Interactions; 1.8 Beneficial Roles and Uses of Microorganisms; 1.8.1 Microbial Cell Factories; 1.8.2 Fermented Foods and Probiotics 1.8.3 Industrial Products from Microbes1.8.4 Antibiotics and Biotherapeutics; 1.9 Conclusion and Future Directions; References;
    2: Bioherbicidal Concept: A Novel Strategy to Control Weeds; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Bioherbicide: Concepts and Approaches; 2.3 Mechanism of Herbicide Resistance Among Weeds; 2.4 Features Required for Probable Bioherbicide; 2.5 Steps in Bioherbicide Development; 2.6 Formulation of Mycoherbicide; 2.6.1 The Liquid Formulations; 2.6.2 Solid or Granular Formulations; 2.7 Constraints in Bioherbicide Development; 2.8 Successful Bioherbicides; References
    3: Endophytic Microorganisms as Bio-­inoculants for Sustainable Agriculture3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Plants and Associated Endophytes; 3.3 Endophytes in Sustainable Agriculture; 3.3.1 Actinomycetes; 3.3.2 Bacteria; 3.3.3 Fungi; 3.4 Conclusion and Future Prospects; References;
    4: Endophytes: A Gold Mine of Enzyme Inhibitors; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Endophytes: A Potential Resource of Bioactive Metabolites; 4.3 Enzyme Inhibitors; 4.3.1 Angiotensin Converting-Enzyme (ACE) Inhibitors; 4.3.2 Acetylcholinesterase Inhibitors; 4.3.3 Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitor 5.3 Types of Bioremediation5.3.1 In Situ Bioremediation; 5.3.1.1 Biosparging; 5.3.1.2 Bioventing; 5.3.1.3 Bioaugmentation; 5.3.2 Ex Situ Bioremediation; 5.4 Phytoremediation; 5.4.1 Phytodegradation; 5.4.2 Phytovolatilization; 5.4.3 Phytostabilization; 5.4.4 Phytoextraction; 5.4.5 Rhizofiltration; 5.5 System of Microbial Remediation; 5.5.1 Cadmium (Cd); 5.5.2 Chromium (Cr); 5.5.3 Arsenic (As); 5.5.4 Lead (Pb); 5.5.5 Copper (Cu); 5.5.6 Zinc (Zn); 5.5.7 Cobalt (Co); 5.5.8 Nickel (Ni)
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Jayanta Kumar Patra, Gitishree Das, Han-Seung Shin, editors.
    Summary: This edited book, is a collection of 25 chapters describing the recent advancements in the application of microbial technology in the food and pharmacology sector. The main focus of this book is application of microbes, food preservation techniques utilizing microbes, probiotics, seaweeds, algae, enzymatic abatement of urethane in fermentation of beverages, bioethanol production, pesticides, probiotic biosurfactants, drought tolerance, synthesis of application of oncolytic viruses in cancer treatment, microbe based metallic nanoparticles, agro chemicals, endophytes, metabolites, antibiotics etc. This book highlighted the significant aspects of the vast subject area of microbial biotechnology and their potential applications in food and pharmacology with various topics from eminent experts around the World. This book would serve as an excellent reference book for researchers and students in the Food Science, Food Biotechnology, Microbiology and Pharmaceutical fields.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors; Part I: Application of Microbial Technology in Food;
    Chapter 1: Recent Food Preservation Techniques Employed in the Food Industry; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Basis of Food Preservation; 1.1.2 Major Food Preserving Technologies; 1.1.2.1 Low Temperature; 1.1.2.2 Reduction of Water Activity; 1.1.2.3 Vacuum and Modified-Atmosphere Packaging; 1.1.2.4 Acidification; 1.1.2.5 Uses of Food Preservatives; 1.1.2.6 Heat; 1.1.2.7 Physical Preservation Technologies; 1.1.3 Novel and Traditional Food Preserving Technology. 1.2 Recent Food Preservation Techniques Employed1.2.1 Novel Techniques of Food Preservation Based on Freezing; 1.2.1.1 High Pressure Freezing and Thawing; 1.2.1.2 Progressive Freeze Concentration (PFC); 1.2.1.3 Osmo-Dehydrofreezing; 1.2.1.4 Freezing in Ice Slurry and Immersion Freezing; 1.2.1.5 Use of Antifreeze Proteins (AFP); 1.2.2 Novel Techniques of Thermal Food Preservation; 1.2.2.1 High Temperature: Short Time (HTST) Pasteurization; 1.2.2.2 Non Thermal Food Preservation Techniques; 1.2.2.2.1 Irradiation; 1.2.2.2.2 Ultrasound; 1.2.2.2.3 Electrical Methods. 1.2.2.2.4 Ultrafiltration1.2.2.2.5 Anti-Microbials; 1.2.2.2.6 High Hydrostatic Pressure; 1.3 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Metagenomic Insights into Environmental Microbiome and Their Application in Food/Pharmaceutical Industry; 2.1 Introduction; 2.1.1 Metagenomics; 2.1.2 Metagenomics in Food and Pharmaceutical Industries; 2.2 Metagenomics in Food Industry; 2.2.1 Metagenomics of Probiotic and Prebiotic Foods; 2.2.2 Metagenomics for Detection of Foodborne Pathogens; 2.2.3 Antimicrobial Resistant Genes from Food and Food Products; 2.3 Metagenomics for Pharmaceutical Application. 2.3.1 Predicting Novel Antimicrobial Resistant Genes2.3.2 Screening Pharmaceutically Important Novel Compounds; 2.4 Overview of Metagenome Derived Enzymes for Food and Pharmaceutical Application; 2.4.1 Lipases; 2.4.2 Esterases; 2.4.3 Proteases; 2.4.4 β-Lactamases; 2.4.5 Other Pharmaceutically Important Enzymes; 2.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Changing Paradigm of Probiotics from Functional Foods to Biotherapeutic Agents; 3.1 What Are Probiotics?; 3.2 Probiotics as Bio-therapeutic Agents; 3.3 Gastrointestinal Cancer; 3.4 Obesity; 3.5 Diabetes; 3.6 Mental Health. 3.7 Probiotic Based Drug Delivery Systems3.8 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Microbial Valorization of Chitinous Bioresources for Chitin Extraction and Production of Chito-Oligomers and N-Acetylglucosamine: Trends, Perspectives and Prospects; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Chitin Extraction and Subsequent Generation of Chitosan, Oligosaccharides and Monosaccharides; 4.2.1 Chitin Extraction from Crustacean Shells; 4.2.1.1 Chemical Extraction; 4.2.1.2 Biological Reclamation; 4.2.1.2.1 Enzymatic Deprotenization; 4.2.1.2.2 Fermentative Deprotenization; 4.2.1.2.2.1 Lactic Acid Fermentation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ajar Nath Yadav, Ali Asghar Rastegari, Vijai Kumar Gupta, Neelam Yadav, editors.
    Summary: Our country's cultural legacy is one of the worlds most diverse, drawing millions of visitors every year to our convents and monuments, and to our museums, libraries, concert halls and festivals. In addition, it is a dynamic trigger of economic activity and jobs. Among the various scientific branches, microbial biotechnology offers an innovative and precise approach to the complexity of problems that restorers face in their daily work. This book discusses a range of topics, including the biodiversity of microbial communities from various cultural heritage monuments, microbial biotechnological cleaning techniques, the role of bacterial fungal communities for the conservation of cultural heritage, and microbial enzymes and their potential applications as biorestoration agents. Written by internationally recognized experts, and providing up-to-date and detailed insights into microbial biotechnology approaches to cultural heritage monuments, the book is a valuable resource for biological scientists, especially microbiologists, microbial biotechnologists, biochemists and microbial biotechnologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    1: Microbial Community Present on the Reverse Side of a Deteriorated Canvas
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Biodeterioration of Paintings
    1.3 Microbial Communities in Biodeterioration
    1.3.1 Algae and Cyanobacteria
    1.3.2 Fungi as Biodeteriogens of Canvas Paintings
    1.3.3 Bacteria as Biodeteriogens of Canvas Paintings
    1.4 Conclusion and Future Prospects
    References
    2: Microbial Biocleaning Technologies for Cultural Heritage: Current Status and Future Challenges 2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Biocleaning Technologies
    2.2.1 Role of Sulphates
    2.2.2 Role of Nitrates
    2.2.3 Role of Organic Matter
    2.3 Chemical Degradation
    2.4 Preventive Care
    2.5 Cleaning Methods
    2.6 Repair and Restoration Techniques
    2.6.1 Sistine Chapel
    2.7 Conclusion and Future Prospects
    References
    3: Role of Bacterial Communities to Prevent the Microbial Growth on Cultural Heritage
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Common Organisms Involved in the Biodeterioration
    3.3 Type of Damage Identification
    3.3.1 Cultural Heritage and Damage Type 3.3.2 Type of Conservation Treatment
    3.4 Current Scenario Concerning Use of Microorganisms in Preservation of Cultural Heritage
    3.5 Certain Chemical Compounds, Role of Microbes and Literature Available About Managing Them
    3.5.1 Microbial CaCO3 for Strength Improvement of Stony Monuments
    3.5.2 Microbial CaCO3 for Surface Consolidation
    3.5.3 Microbial CaCO3 for Self-healing of Cracks in Concrete
    3.6 Control of Biodeteriorating Agents
    3.6.1 Preventive Methods
    3.6.2 Role of Natural Biocides to Prevent Microbial Growth on Cultural Heritage (Biocontrol Methods) 3.6.3 Biocleaning and Biocidal Methods
    3.6.3.1 Organic Matter
    3.6.3.2 Nitrates
    3.6.4 Routine Maintenance of Buildings
    3.6.5 Housekeeping
    3.6.6 Documentation of Collections
    3.7 Factors Influencing Biodeterioration
    3.8 Conclusion and Future Prospects
    References
    4: Entomogenous Fungi and the Conservation of the Cultural Heritage
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Impendence to Cultural Heritage
    4.3 Fungal Mechanisms in Deterioration of Cultural Heritage (Mycodeterioration)
    4.3.1 Entomopathogenic Fungi
    4.4 Mechanisms Comprising Mycodeterioration of Paintings 4.4.1 Mural Paintings
    4.4.2 Canvas Paintings
    4.5 Mechanisms Comprising Mycodeterioration of Textual Heritage
    4.5.1 Papyrus
    4.5.2 Parchment
    4.5.3 Paper
    4.6 Mechanisms Comprising Mycodeterioration of Fabric
    4.6.1 Textiles
    4.6.2 Cellulose Fibres
    4.6.3 Wool Fibres
    4.6.4 Silk Fibres
    4.7 Mechanisms Comprising Mycodeterioration of Stone
    4.8 Conservation of Cultural Heritage
    4.8.1 Mechanical Methods
    4.8.1.1 Physical Methods
    4.8.1.2 Chemical Methods
    4.8.1.3 Biological Methods
    4.9 Cleaning Agents
    4.9.1 Cleaning Agents for Paper and Painting Heritage
    4.9.2 Modern Chemical Agents for the Conservation and Restoration of Cultural Heritage.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nicolas Derome, editor.
    Summary: This book sheds light on the major functions of microbial communities in aquaculture ecosystems, showing that by recycling nutrients, degrading organic matter and preventing disease outbreaks, a variety of microbes are truly beneficial to a wide range of aquaculture industries. It discusses how deteriorating environmental quality enables some microbial strains to trigger disease, describes the development of highly sustainable tools to improve water quality, and identifies crucial factors that endanger microbial homeostasis in aquaculture ecosystems. The book also covers post-antibiotic approaches for preventing and treating opportunistic microbial infections based on harnessing environmental and fish-associated microbial communities. Furthermore, it explores how manipulating and engineering these complex microbial communities using bio-agents such as probiotics, phages, natural nutritional additives, or with fine-tuned biofilters will open the door for new ways to develop a more sustainable and cost-effective aquaculture industry. Including an accessible presentation of modern high-throughput sequencing technology to identify host-microbial interactions in aquaculture ecosystems, this book is a valuable resource for scientists, aquaculture and fishery experts, sustainability enthusiasts and scholars in the areas of biology and marine agriculture.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; The Rise and Fall of Antibiotics in Aquaculture; 1 A Brief History of Antibiotics; 1.1 Discovery of Antibiotics; 1.2 First Steps in the Use of Antibiotics in Aquaculture; 2 The Phenomenon of Antibiotic Resistance; 2.1 Why Does a Bacterium Become Resistant?; 2.2 How Does a Bacterium Become Resistant?; 2.3 The Role of Aquaculture in Antibiotic Resistance; 3 Adverse Effects of Antibiotherapy on Fish Microbiota; 3.1 Roles of the Microbiota in Fish Health; 3.2 Collateral Targeting of the Microbiota by Antimicrobial Compounds; 3.3 Over-elicitation of Inflammatory Responses 1 The Enemy of My Enemy Is My Friend2 The Biology of Phages; 3 Phagotherapy in the Digital Age: What if We Could Make a Custom Phage?; 4 Phage Therapy in Aquaculture; 5 Toward Phagotherapy to Control Furunculosis; 6 Keep Going Until Efficient Phagotherapy; References; Controlling Factors for Community Assembly in Developing Cod Larvae (Gadus morhua); 1 Introduction; 2 Effect of Live Feed Diets on Cod Larval Microbiota; 2.1 Summary of Research Results; 3 Effect of Water Treatment and Water Microbiota on Microbiota and Gene Expression in Cod Larvae; 3.1 Summary of Research Results 2.1 Atlantic Salmon (Salmo salar)2.1.1 Compositional Shifts During Freshwater-Seawater Migration; 2.1.2 Influence of the Diet and Protein Sources; 2.1.3 Antibiotherapy; 2.1.4 Captivity; 2.2 Rainbow Trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss); 2.2.1 Influence of Nutrition; 2.2.2 Diet-Immunity Interactions; 2.2.3 Pathogen Inhibition; 2.3 Brook Charr (Salvelinus fontinalis); 2.3.1 Microbiota Structure and the Stress Response; 2.3.2 Symbiont-Based Therapeutic Tools Against Opportunistic Pathogens; 3 An Overview of High-Throughput Methods and Their Contribution to Microbiota Studies 3.1 Whole-Genome Sequencing (for Specific Microbes)3.2 Metabarcoding (Who Is There?); 3.3 Metagenomics (What Are They Doing?); 4 Future Perspectives for Microbiota Modulation; 4.1 Host-Microbiota Interactions in Light of the One Health Perspective; 4.2 Fine-Grained Modulation Using Dietary Supplements; 4.2.1 Probiotics; 4.2.2 Prebiotics and Synbiotics; 4.2.3 Phage Therapy; 4.3 Coarse-Grained Modulation: The Case of K-Selection; 4.4 Toward Real-Time Microbiota Monitoring; 5 Conclusion; References; Would Bacteriophages Be a New Old Complement to Antibiotics in Aquaculture? 3.4 Permanent Alteration of the Microbiota3.5 Increased Carrying Capacity for Resistant and/or Pathogenic Bacteria; 4 Aquatic Pathogens Resistant to Antibiotics: The Case of Aeromonas salmonicida; 5 Antibiotic Alternatives and the One Health Perspective; 6 Conclusion; References; Host-Microbiota Interactions and Their Importance in Promoting Growth and Resistance to Opportunistic Diseases in Salmonids; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Salmonid Aquaculture and Related Stressors; 1.2 Host-Microbiota Interactions and Their Involvement in Health; 2 An Overview of Salmonid Microbiomes
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Shan-Ho Chou, Nicolas Giuliani, Vincent T. Lee, Ute Römling, editors.
    Summary: This book explores the broad and diverse biological and physiological impacts of established and newly discovered cyclic di-nucleotide second messenger signaling systems, while also providing descriptions of the intriguing biochemical characteristics of multiple turnover enzymes and receptors. The respective chapters discuss the commonalities and diversity of cyclic di-GMP, cyclic di-AMP and recently discovered cyclic GMP-AMP signaling systems in manifold Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria. The global human pathogens Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Vibrio cholerae, Salmonella typhimurium, Escherichia coli and Streptococcus pneumoniae, the facultative human pathogen Pseudomonas aeruginosa, global plant pathogens as exemplified by Xanthomonas campestris and Burkholderia spp., and the omnipresent probiotic Lactobacilli, as well as environmentally important photoautotrophic cyanobacteria, the multicellular Myxococcus xanthus, and chemolithotrophic Acidithiobacillus are among the representatives of the microbial kingdom that are described. In turn, the various aspects of bacterial physiology affected by these signaling systems- e.g. biofilm formation and dispersal, the cell cycle, motility, virulence, production of antimicrobials, fundamental metabolism and osmohomeostasis - are discussed in detail in the context of different microorganisms. Dedicated chapters focus on the population diversity of cyclic dinucleotide signaling systems, their tendency to be horizontally transferred, the cyclic di-GMP signaling system in the social amoeba Dictyostelium, honorary cyclic (di)nucleotides, and the development of strategies for interfering with cyclic dinucleotide signaling in order to manipulate microbial behavior. Taken together, the chapters provide an authoritative source of information for a broad readership: beginners and advanced researchers from various disciplines; individuals seeking a broad overview of cyclic di-nucleotide signaling; and those who want to learn more about specific aspects. Also featuring reviews with a forward-looking perspective, the book offers a valuable source of inspiration for future research directions.

    Contents:
    Part I: Biochemistry/Structural Biology
    Enzymes
    Chapter 1: Cyclic Dinucleotide Signaling In Mycobacteria
    Chapter 2: Structure and regulation of EAL domain proteins
    Chapter 3: Insights into the molecular basis of biofilm dispersal from crystal structures of di-domain containing proteins
    Chapter 4: Structure and function of HD-GYP phosphodiesterases
    Chapter 5: A unified catalytic mechanism for c-di-NMP hydrolysis by DHH/DHHA1 phosphodiesterases
    Chapter 6: Enzymatic degradation of linear dinucleotide intermediates of cyclic dinucleotides
    Part II: Biochemistry/Structural Biology
    Receptors
    Chapter 7: Detection of cyclic dinucleotide binding proteins
    Chapter 8: Non-canonical c-di-GMP binding modes
    Part III: Biochemistry/Structural Biology
    Sensing
    Chapter 9: Sensory domains that control cyclic di-GMP-modulating proteins: a critical frontier in bacterial signal transduction
    Part IV: Cyclic di-AMP biochemistry and physiology
    Chapter 10: Metabolic regulation by cyclic di-AMP signaling
    Chapter 11: Osmoregulation via cyclic-di-AMP signaling
    Part V: Population diversity
    Chapter 12: Measuring individual cell c-di-GMP: Identifying population diversity and c-di-GMP heterogeneity.-Part VI: Cyclic di-GMP and exopolysaccharide regulation
    Chapter 13: Activation of bacterial cellulose biosynthesis by cyclic-di-GMP
    Chapter 14: The Regulation of Alginate Biosynthesis viaC-di-GMPSignaling
    Part VII: Environmental bacteria
    Chapter 15: Cyclic di-GMP Signaling in Bacillus subtilis
    Chapter 16: C-di-GMP signaling systems in the Gram-positive Bacillus cereus group
    Chapter 17: Cyclic-di-AMP in Bacillus subtilisbiofilm formation.-Chapter 18: Regulation by c-di-GMP in Myxococcusxanthus
    Chapter 19: Light-regulated nucleotidesecond messenger signalingin cyanobacteria
    Chapter 20: C-di-GMP-dependent regulation of antibiotic biosynthesis in Lysobacter
    Chapter 21: Cyclic di-GMP signalingin extreme acidophilic bacteria
    Part VIII: Pathogens
    Chapter 22: Signals modulating cyclic di-GMP pathways in Vibrio cholera
    Chapter 23: Cyclic di-GMP regulation of gene expression
    Chapter 24: Cyclic di-GMP signaling in Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium
    Chapter 25: Cyclic di-GMP signaling in the phytopathogen Xanthomonas campestris pv. Campestris
    Chapter 26: Cyclic di-AMP in Mycobacterium tuberculosis
    Chapter 27: Cyclic di-AMP signaling in Streptococcus pneumonia
    Part IX: Gram-negative bacteria
    Chapter 28: Regulation of cyclic-di-GMP signaling in Pseudomonas aeruginosa
    Chapter 29: Unconventional Cyclic di-GMPSignalling in Escherichia coli
    Chapter 30: Cyclic di-GMP in Burkholderia spp
    Chapter 31: Cyclic di-GMP and the regulation of biofilm dispersion
    Part X: Cyclic di-GMP signaling in eukaryotes
    Chapter 32: Cyclic-di-GMP activates adenylate cyclase A and protein kinase A to induce stalk formationin Dictyostelium
    Part XI: Interference Strategies
    Chapter 33: Targeting cyclic di-nucleotide signaling with small molecules
    Part XII: Novel cyclic di-nucleotides
    Chapter 34: Cyclic di-GMP signaling gone astray: cGAMP signaling via Hypr GGDEF and HD-GYP enzymes
    Chapter 35: Microbial cyclic GMP-AMP signaling pathways.-Part XIII: Honorary cyclic nucleotides
    Chapter 36: 2',3'-cyclic mononucleotide metabolism and possible roles in bacterial physiology
    Part XIV: Horizontal gene transfer
    Chapter 37: Horizontal transfer of c-di-GMP associated genes. Theoretical underpinnings and future perspectives.-Part XV: Conclusion
    Chapter 38: Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Shiwani Guleria Sharma, Neeta Raj Sharma, Mohit Sharma, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the application of microbes in all fields of biology. There is an urgent need to understand and explore new microbes, their biological activities, genetic makeup and further opportunities for utilizing them. The book is divided into sections, highlighting the application of microbes in agriculture, nanotechnology, genetic engineering, bioremediation, industry, medicine and forensic sciences, and describing potential future advances in these fields. It also explores the potential role of microbes in space and how they might support life on a different planet.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Microbial ecosystem and anthropogenic impacts
    Part 1. Microbes in Agriculture
    Chapter 2. Recent advances in Plant-microbe interaction
    Chapter 3. Microbes in crop production: Formulation and Application
    Chapter 4. Microorganisms improving food quality and safety
    Chapter 5. Microbes in Soil and their Metagenomics
    Part 2. Microbes in Nanotechnology
    Chapter 6. Microbial cell factories in nanotechnology
    Chapter 7. Nanotechnology and food microbiology
    Part 3. Microbes in Genetic Engineering
    Chapter 8. Bioengineered microbes in disease therapy
    Chapter 9. Benefits and biohazards of microbial recombinants
    Part 4. Microbial Enzymes & Applications
    Chapter 10. Extremophile Microorganisms and Their Industrial Applications
    Chapter 11. Innovative techniques for improving microbial enzyme production
    Chapter 12. Microbial enzymes from in vitro to market
    Part 5. Microbes in Bioremediation
    Chapter 13. Microbial clean up strategy for polluted water
    Chapter 14. Microbial clean up strategy for eating garbage
    Part 6. Microbes in Industries
    Chapter 15. Microbes in Food and beverage industry
    Chapter 16. Microbes in pharmaceutical industry
    Chapter 17. Industrial Potential of Microbial Enzymes
    Part 7. Microbes in Medicine
    Chapter 18. Living medicines for health and disease management
    Chapter 19. Fighting microbes with microbes
    Chapter 20. Impact of Human Microbiome on health
    Part 8. Microbes in Forensic Science
    Chapter 21. An Introduction to Microbial forensics
    Chapter 22. Microbial Forensics: A new boon to Legal Justice
    Part 9. Microbes in Space
    Chapter 23. Microbes supporting life off-planet.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Tulasi Satyanarayana, Bhavdish Narain Johri and Subrata Kumar Das.
    Summary: This book discusses microbial diversity in various habitats and environments, its role in ecosystem maintenance, and its potential applications (e.g. biofertilizers, biocatalysts, antibiotics, other bioactive compounds, exopolysaccharides etc.). The respective chapters, all contributed by renowned experts, offer cutting-edge information in the fields of microbial ecology and biogeography. The book explains the reasons behind the occurrence of various biogeographies and highlights recent tools (e.g. metagenomics) that can aid in biogeography studies by providing information on nucleic acid sequence data, thereby directly identifying microorganisms in various habitats and environments. In turn, the book describes how human intervention results in depletion of biodiversity, and how numerous hotspots are now losing their endemic biodiversity, resulting in the loss of many ecologically important microorganisms. In closing, the book underscores the importance of microbial diversity for sustainable ecosystems.

    Contents:
    Volume 1. Microbial Diversity in Normal & Extreme Environments Section I: Introduction to microbial diversity 1. Emerging concepts in bacterial taxonomy by Ch. V. Ramana 2. Bioinformatics Tools for Microbial Diversity Analysis by M. Krishna Mohan 3. Application of genomics to understand the pathogenic microbial diversity by Subrata K. Das 4. Fungal Diversity; Global perspectives and Ecosystem Dynamics by B.N. Johri Section II: Microbes in normal and extreme environments 5. Marine microbial diversity for sustainable development by Anil Kumar 6. Diversity of microbes in hot springs and their sustainable use by Subrata K. Das 7. Thermophilic fungal diversity in sustainable development by Bijender Singh 8. Microbiome of the deep terrestrial subsurface by Pinaki Sar 9. Marine fungal diversity
    the present status and future challenges by V.V. Sharma 10. Diversity of iron and sulphur oxidisers in sulphide mine leachates by S.R. Dave 11. Distribution and bio-prospecting potentials of actinobacteria from Indian mangrove ecosystems by Syed Dastager 12. Gut microbiome and its impact on human health by Syed Dastager 13. Cyanobacterial diversity and production of value-added proteases by S.N. Bagchi 14. Utility of microbial diversity in mitigating climate change by Anjana Sharma 15. Microbial diversity in waste treatment by I.S. Thakur 16. Cyanobacteria as future biofuel: Facts and Figments by Ashish K. Bhatnagar 17. Halocin diversity among halophilic archaea and their potential applications by Santosh Tiwari 18. Microbial Diversity and Dynamics in Hydrocarbon Resource Environments (HRE) by Akhil Agrawal 19. Mining human microbiome for therapeutics by Yogesh Souche 20. Microbiome as source of novel bioactive compounds by Rakesh Sharma 21. Conclusions 22. Subject index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Tulasi Satyanarayana, Subrata Kumar Das, Bhavdish Narain Johri, editors.
    Summary: This volume comprehensively reviews recent advances in our understanding of the diversity of microbes in various types of terrestrial ecosystems, such as caves, deserts and cultivated fields. It is written by leading experts, and highlights the culturable microbes identified using conventional approaches, as well as non-culturable ones unveiled with metagenomic and microbiomic approaches. It discusses the role of microbes in ecosystem sustainability and their potential biotechnological applications. The book further discusses the diversity and utility of ectomycorrhizal and entomopathogenic fungi and yeasts that dwell on grapes, it examines the biotechnological applications of specific microbes such as lichens, xylan- and cellulose-saccharifying bacteria and archaea, chitinolytic bacteria, methanogenic archaea and pathogenic yeasts.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Soil and Agroecosystem
    Chapter 1. Cave microbiome for human welfare
    Chapter 2. 2. Diversity of nitrogen fixing symbiotic rhizobia with special reference to Indian Thar Desert
    Chapter 3. Soil microbiota and sustainable Jhum agroecosystem
    Chapter 4. Diversity in Type III secreting systems (T3SS) in Legume-Rhizobial symbiosis
    Chapter 5. Microbe based novel biostimulants for sustainable crop production
    Chapter 6. Ectomycorrhizal diversity and tree sustainability
    Chapter 7. Diversity of AM fungi in relation to sustainable plant production systems
    Chapter 8. Microbial diversity on grapes and other fruits: Role and significance in fermentation
    Chapter 9. Harnessing entomopathogenic fungi for enhanced farm productivity and profitability
    Chapter 10. Bioactive molecules obtained from microbes of the Sundarbans
    Chapter 11. Microbiome engineering in rhizosphere: Potential in improving food security
    Chapter 12. Dynamics of plant-microbiome and its effect on the plant traits
    Part 2. Diversity of Specific microbial Groups
    Chapter 13. Phylogenetic diversity of lichen photobionts, its coevolution with mycobionts, and potential bioprospects
    Chapter 14. Diversity in xylan-degrading prokaryotes and their bioprospects
    Chapter 15. Diversity in cellulose degrading microbes and their cellulases: role in ecosystem sustainability and potential applications
    Chapter 16. New paradigm in degradation of lignocellulosic biomass and discovery of novel microbial strains
    Chapter 17. Secondary metabolism in Trichoderma- chemical and genomic diversity
    Chapter 18. Diversity of chitinase producing bacteria and their possible role in plant pest control
    Chapter 19. Diversity in endophytic microbes and their bioactive compounds
    Chapter 20. Wild edible mushroom of North West Himalaya
    their nutritional, neutraceutical and sociobiological Aspects
    Chapter 21. Methanogens for humanwelfare: more boon than bane
    Chapter 22. Genetic diversity in pathogenic yeasts.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    María Eugenia Farías, editor.
    Summary: The Central Andean Altiplane represents a unique extreme environment due to its high altitude, closed basins that modulate the salt pans and saline wetlands surrounded by deserts, as well as the considerable influence of volcanic activity. UV radiation, arsenic content, high salinity, alkalinity and low dissolved oxygen levels, together with extreme daily temperature fluctuations and oligotrophic conditions, shape an environment that resembles the early Earth and, even more, extraterrestrial conditions. By developing simple biofilms stratified microbial mats or complex microbialites, extreme microbial ecosystems, colonize and thrived in different environments like salt flats, wetlands, lakes volcano vents, geysers and deserts. This book presents our current understanding of these amazing ecosystems, providing a basis for their protection and sustainable utilization. The main audience for this book included researchers and graduate students as well as professionals working in the government, mining industry and similar activities. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    [I]. General considerations: Origin and evolution of the Central Andes : deserts, salars, lakes, and volcanoes / Ricardo N. Alonso, Walter Rojas
    Modern microbial mats and endoevaporite systems in Andean lakes : a general approach / María Eugenia Farías, Luis Alberto Saona Acuña. [II]. Preandean and Andean Atacama Desert : life at limits: The desert polyextreme environment and endolithic habits / Jacek Wierzchos, Carmen Ascaso, Octavio Artieda, María Cristina Casero
    Preandean Atacama desert endolithic microbiology / María Cristina Casero, Victoria Meslier, Jacek Wierzchos, Jocelyne DiRuggiero
    Desert biosignatures / Petr Vítek, Jacek Wierzchos
    Microbial characterization of Andean peatland's soil / Carolina Belfiore, Ana Paula Santos, Alejandra Leonor Valdez, Manuel Contreras Leiva, María Eugenia Farías. [III]. Life in Andean volcanoes and fumaroles: Of microbes and mummies : tales of microbial activity and inactivity at 6000 m a.s.l. / Steven K. Schmidt, Preston Sowell, Zachary R. Schubert, Lara Vimercati, Adam J. Solon, Dorota L. Porazinska et al.
    A unique natural laboratory to study polyextremophile microorganisms : Diamante Lake as a window to the origin of life / Tatiana Stepanenko, Mariana N. Soria, Luis Alberto Saona Acuña, Agustina I. Lencina, María Eugenia Farías. [IV]. Evaporitic microbial ecosystems at salars : living in the salt: Microbial communities composition, activity, and dynamics at Salar de Huasco : a polyextreme environment in the Chilean Altiplano / Cristina Dorador, Verónica Molina, Martha Hengst, Yoanna Eissler, Marcela Cornejo, Camila Fernández et al.
    Prokaryotic diversity at the hypersaline Laguna Tebenquiche in the Salar de Atacama, Chile / Ana Beatriz Fernández, Pieter T. Visscher, María Cecilia Rasuk, Manuel Contreras Leiva, María Eugenia Farías
    Complete characterization of stratified ecosystems of the Salar de Llamara (Atacama Desert) / María Cecilia Rasuk, Manuel Contreras Leiva, Daniel Kurth, María Eugenia Farías
    Microbial diversity in Athalassohaline Argentinean salterns / Merit del Rocío Mora-Ruiz, Carlos Díaz-Gil. [V]. Carbonatic microbialites at Central Andean lakes: Characterization of microbialites and microbial mats of the Laguna Negra hypersaline lake (Puna of Catamarca, Argentina) / Flavia Jaquelina Boidi, Estela Cecilia Mlewski, Fernando Javier Gomez, Emmanuelle Gérard
    Extreme microbiology at Laguna Socompa : a high-altitude Andean lake (3570 m a.s.l.) in Salta, Argentina / Virginia Helena Albarracín, Fátima Silvina Galván, María Eugenia Farías
    Mats and microbialites from Laguna La Brava / María Cecilia Rasuk, Pieter T. Visscher, Manuel Contreras Leiva, María Eugenia Farías
    The carbonate system in hypersaline lakes : the case of Laguna Negra (in the Puna Region of Catamarca, Argentina) / Fernando Javier Gomez, Flavia Jaquelina Boidi, Estela Cecilia Mlewski, Emmanuelle Gérard. [VI]. Generalities and particularities of microbial ecosystems at the Central the Andes: Integral prospection of Andean microbial ecosystem project / María Eugenia Farías, Patricio G. Villafañe, Agustina I. Lencina
    Linear megaplasmids spreading in the Andean resistome / Martin Wagenknecht, María Florencia Pérez, Julián Rafael Dib
    Arsenic and its biological role : From early Earth to current Andean microbial ecosystems / Luis Alberto Saona Acuña, Mariana N. Soria, Patricio G. Villafañe, Tatiana Stepanenko, María Eugenia Farías.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    editor, Mark Lyte.
    Contents:
    Microbial Endocrinology: An Ongoing Personal Journey
    New Trends and Perspectives in Evolutionary Considerations of Neurotransmitters in Microbial, Plant and Animal Cells
    Catecholamine-directed Epithelial Cell Interactions With Bacteria in the Intestinal Mucosa
    Modulation of the Interaction of Enteric Bacteria with Intestinal Mucosa
    Dietary Catechols and their Relationship to Microbial Endocrinology
    Mechanisms by Which Catecholamines Induce Growth in Gram-Negative and Gram-Positive Human Pathogens
    Molecular Profiling: Catecholamine Modulation of Gene Expression in Escherichia coli O157:H7 and Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium
    Microbial Endocrinology of Pseudomonas aeruginosa
    Interkingdom Chemical Signaling in Enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli O157:H7
    Role of Microbial Endocrinology in Periodontal Disease
    Staphylococci, Catecholamine Inotropes and Hospital-Acquired Infections
    Experimental Design Considerations for In Vitro Microbial
    The Role of the Microbiome in the Relationship of Asthma and Affective Disorders
    Psychological Stress, Immunity and Effects on Indigenous Flora
    Microbiome to Brain: Unraveling the Multidirectional Axes of Communication
    Mycologic Endocrinology.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Mark Lyte, John F. Cryan, editors.
    Summary: "The field of microbial endocrinology is expressly devoted to understanding the mechanisms by which the microbiota (bacteria within the microbiome) interact with the host ("us"). This interaction is a two-way street and the driving force that governs these interactions are the neuroendocrine products of both the host and the microbiota. Chapters include neuroendocrine hormone-induced changes in gene expression and microbial endocrinology and probiotics. This is the first in a series of books dedicated to understanding how bi-directional communication between host and bacteria represents the cutting edge of translational medical research, and hopefully identifies new ways to understand the mechanisms that determine health and disease"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Basic concepts underlying the microbiota-gut-brain axis. Microbial endocrinology and the microbiota-gut-brain axis / Mark Lyte
    Utilizing "omics" tools to study the complex gut ecosystem / Anthony Fodor
    The enteric nervous system and gastrointestinal innervation: integrated local and central control / John B. Furness, Brid P. Callaghan, Leni R. Rivera, and Hyun-Jung Cho
    Intestinal barrier function and the brain-gut axis / Carmen Alonso, María Vicario, Marc Pigrau, Beatriz Lobo, and Javier Santos
    Vagal pathways for microbiome-brain-gut axis communication / Paul Forsythe, John Bienenstock, and Wolfgang A. Kunze
    The brain-gut axis in health and disease / Yasser Al Omran and Qasim Aziz
    part 2. Mechanistic factors influencing the microbiota-gut-brain axis. Gastrointestinal hormones and their targets / Jens F. Rehfeld
    Microbiome, HPA axis and production of endocrine hormones in the gut / Nobuyuki Sudo
    Neuropeptides and the microbiota-gut-brain axis / Peter Holzer and Aitak Farzi
    Bacterial neuroactive compounds produced by psychobiotics / Rebecca Wall, John F. Cryan, R. Paul Ross, Gerald F. Fitzgerald, Timothy G. Dinand, and Catherine Stanton
    Multidirectional chemical signalling between mammalian hosts, resident microbiota, and invasive pathogens: neuroendocrine hormone-induced changes in bacterial gene expression / Michail H. Karavolos and C.M. Anjam Khan
    Influence of stressor-induced nervous system activation on the intestinal microbiota and the importance for immunomodulation / Michael T. Bailey
    part 3. The microbiota-gut-brain axis in health and disease. The effects of inflammation, infection and antibiotics on the microbiota-gut-brain axis / Premysl Bercik and Stephen M. Collins
    Microbiota, inflammation and obesity / Yolanda Sanz and Angela Moya-Pérez
    Microbiota, immunoregulatory old friends and psychiatric disorders / Graham A.W. Rock, Charles L. Raison, and Christopher A. Lowry
    Microbiota-gut-brain axis and cognitive function / Mélanie G. Gareau
    The impact of microbiota on brain and behavior: mechanisms & therapeutic potential / Yuliya E. Borre, Rachel D. Moloney, Gerard Clarke, Timothy G. Dinan, and John F. Cryan
    Neuroimaging the microbiome-gut-brain axis / Kirsten Tillisch and Jennifer S. Labus
    The future of probiotics for disorders of the brain-gut axis / Eamonn M.M. Quigley and Fergus Shanahan
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Naveen Kumar Arora, Jitendra Mishra, Vaibhav Mishra, editors.
    Summary: "Microbial Enzymes: Roles and applications in industry" offers an essential update on the field of microbial biotechnology, and presents the latest information on a range of microbial enzymes such as fructosyltransferase, laccases, amylases, lipase, and cholesterol oxidase, as well as their potential applications in various industries. Production and optimisation technologies for several industrially relevant microbial enzymes are also addressed. In recent years, genetic engineering has opened up new possibilities for redesigning microbial enzymes that are useful in multiple industries, an aspect that the book explores. In addition, it demonstrates how some of the emerging issues in the fields of agriculture, environment and human health can be resolved with the aid of green technologies based on microbial enzymes. The topics covered here will not only provide a better understanding of the commercial applications of microbial enzymes, but also outline futuristic approaches to use microbial enzymes as driver of industrial sustainability. Lastly, the book is intended to provide readers with an overview of recent applications of microbial enzymes in various industrial sectors, and to pique researchers interest in the development of novel microbial enzyme technologies to meet the changing needs of industry.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Fructosyltransferase Enzymes for Microbial Fructan Production
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Fructan Diversity and Function
    1.3 Biosynthesis of Fructans
    1.4 Microbial Fructan Production
    1.4.1 Enzymatic Production
    1.4.1.1 Whole-Cell Synthesis
    1.4.1.2 Production with Isolated Enzymes
    1.4.1.3 Production by Hydrolysis of Fructans
    1.4.2 Immobilization Technology
    1.5 Microbial Fructosyltransferases
    1.5.1 Mechanism of Action
    1.5.1.1 Enzyme Structure and Function
    1.5.1.2 Physicochemical Properties 1.5.2 Substrate Specificity
    1.5.2.1 Role of Active Site in Substrate Specificity
    1.5.2.2 Donor and Acceptor Specificities Among Microorganisms
    1.5.2.3 Cofactor Requirements in Substrate Preference
    1.5.2.4 Specificity in Structure
    1.5.3 Reaction Specificity
    1.5.3.1 Effect of pH and Ionic Strength
    1.5.3.2 Effect of Temperature
    1.5.3.3 Effects of Substrate and Enzyme Concentrations
    1.5.3.4 Effects of Solvents
    1.5.3.5 Effect of Inhibitors
    1.5.3.6 Effect of Reaction Time
    1.6 Industrial Applications of Microbial Fructosyltransferases 1.6.1 Applications of Inulin Produced by Microbial Inulosucrases
    1.6.1.1 Food Industry
    1.6.1.2 Medicine
    1.6.1.3 Pharmaceuticals
    1.6.1.4 Animal Feed
    1.6.2 Applications of Levan Produced by Microbial Levansucrases
    1.6.2.1 Food Industry
    1.6.2.2 Medicine
    1.6.2.3 Pharmaceuticals
    1.6.2.4 Cosmetics
    1.6.2.5 Bioseparation
    1.6.2.6 Packaging
    1.6.2.7 Aquaculture
    1.7 Conclusion
    References
    2: Exploitation of Saccharomyces cerevisiae Enzymes in Food Processing and Preparation of Nutraceuticals and Pharmaceuticals
    2.1 Introduction 2.2 Enzyme Production
    2.2.1 Overall Enzyme Production Process
    2.2.2 Cell Disruption and Purification Methods for Enzymatic Fraction Recovery
    2.3 Biotechnological Tools for Improving Enzyme Properties
    2.4 S. cerevisiae Enzymes
    2.4.1 Pectinases
    2.4.2 Chitinases
    2.4.3 Invertases
    2.4.4 Catalases
    2.4.5 Tannases
    2.4.6 Amylases
    2.4.7 Inulinases
    2.4.8 Cellulases
    2.4.9 Lipases
    2.4.10 Laccases
    2.4.11 Proteases
    2.5 Recent Applications of S. cerevisiae Enzymes
    2.5.1 Dairy Products
    2.5.2 Beverages (Wine, Beer, Juices) 2.5.3 Sweeteners
    2.5.4 Bakery
    2.5.5 Protein Hydrolysates/Autolysates
    2.5.6 Cosmeceuticals
    2.5.7 Biofuel Industry
    2.6 Conclusion
    References
    3: Laccase: Recombinant Expression, Engineering and Its Promising Applications
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Cloning and Expression of Fungal and Mushroom Laccases
    3.3 Cloning and Expression of Actinobacterial Laccases
    3.4 Cloning and Expression of Bacterial Laccases
    3.5 Laccase Engineering
    3.6 Multifaceted Applications of Recombinant Laccases
    3.7 Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Vijay Tripathi, Pradeep Kumar, Pooja Tripathi, Amit Kashore, editors.
    Summary: "In recent decades, significant advances in new methodologies like DNA sequencing and high-throughput sequencing have been used to identify microorganisms and monitor their interactions with different environments. Microbial genomics techniques are opening new approaches to microbiology by revealing how microorganisms affect human beings and the environment. This book covers four major areas: 1) Environmental microbial genomics, 2) Microbial genomics in human health, 3) Microbial genomics in crop improvement and plant health protection, and 4) Genome analysis of microbial pathogens. Within these areas, the topics addressed include: microbial genome diversity, evolution, and microbial genome sequencing; bioinformatics and microarray-based genomic technologies; functional genomics of bioremediation of soil and water from organic and inorganic pollutants and carbon management; functional genomics of microbial pathogens and relevant microorganisms; functional genomics of model microorganisms; and applied functional genomics. Given its scope, the book offers a comprehensive source of information on the latest applications of microorganisms and microbial genomics to enhance the sustainability of agriculture and the environment."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Functional genomics and System biology approach in bioremediation of soil and water from organic and inorganic pollutants
    2. Mycorrhiza and plant disease control
    3. Mycovirus and the genome of plant fungi pathogen
    4. Bacterial Pan-genomics
    5. Phyllosphere and its potential role in sustainable agriculture
    6. Functional genomics and systems biology approach for understanding Agroecosystems
    7. Advancements in Microbial Genome Sequencing and Microbial Community Characterization
    8. Bioinformatics and microarray-based technologies to Viral genome sequence analysis
    9. Application of whole genome sequencing (WGS) approach against identification of foodborne bacteria
    10. Functional metagenomics for rhizospheric soil in agricultural systems
    11. Microbial genomics in carbon management and energy production
    12. Microbial genome diversity and microbial genome sequencing
    13. Molecular Techniques for the Identification and Genotyping of Microorganisms
    14. RNA-guided CRISPR-Cas9 System for Removal of Microbial Pathogens
    15. Biosorption-cum-bioaccumulation of heavy metals from industrial effluent by brown algae-Deep insight
    16. Linking microbial genomics to renewable energy production and global carbon management
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Vijay Tripathi, Pradeep Kumar, Pooja Tripathi, Amit Kishore, Madhu Kamle, editors.
    Summary: Today, microbiology is a rapidly growing discipline in the life sciences, and the technologies are evolving on a virtually daily basis. Next-generation sequencing technologies have revolutionized microbial analysis, and can help us understand the biology and genomic diversity of various bacterial species with significant impacts on agro-ecosystems. In addition, advances in molecular biology and microbiology techniques hold the potential to improve the productivity and sustainability of agriculture and forestry. This new volume addresses the role of microbial genomics in understanding the living systems that exist in the soil and their interactions with plants, an aspect that is also important for crop improvement. The topics covered focus on a deeper and clearer understanding of how microbes cause diseases, the genome-based development of novel antibacterial agents and vaccines, and the role of microbial genomics in crop improvement and agroforestry. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for researchers and students of agriculture and infectious biology.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Shared microbiome in different ecosystems: a meta-omics perspective
    Chapter 2: Application of molecular and sequencing techniques in analysis of microbial diversity in agroecosystem
    Chapter 3: Bioinformatics Resources for Microbial Research in Biological Systems
    Chapter 4: Applications of microarray-based technologies in identifying disease-associated single nucleotide variations
    Chapter 5: Impact of microbial genomics approaches for novel antibiotic target
    Chapter 6: Next Generation Sequencing (NGS) platforms: An Exciting Era of Genome Sequence Analysis
    Chapter 7: Annotation of Biological Network of Fungus Saccharomyces cereviseae Using Cytoscape in System Biology
    Chapter 8: Recent Advances in Microbial Genome Sequencing
    Chapter 9: Functional genomics of Microbial Pathogens for Crop Improvement
    Chapter 10: Role of microbial genomics in plant health protection and soil health maintenance
    Chapter 11: Role of Microbial genomics in Crop improvement
    Chapter 12: Current Status and Future Prospects of Omics Tools In Climate Change Research
    Chapter 13: Plant and Microbial genomics in Crop improvement
    Chapter 14: Alkaline Protease: A tool to manage solid waste and its utility in detergent industry
    Chapter 15: Heavy metal toxicity and possible functional aspects of microbial diversity in heavy metal contaminated sites
    Chapter 16: Bioremediation of nutrients and heavy metals from wastewater by microalgal cells: mechanism and kinetics
    Chapter 17: Meta-omics in detection of silkworm gut microflora diversity.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Dhananjaya Pratap Singh, Vijai Kumar Gupta, Ratna Prabha.
    Summary: Microbial communities and their functions play a crucial role in the management of ecological, environmental and agricultural health on the Earth. Microorganisms are the key identified players for plant growth promotion, plant immunization, disease suppression, induced resistance and tolerance against stresses as the indicative parameters of improved crop productivity and sustainable soil health. Beneficial belowground microbial interactions with the rhizosphere help plants mitigate drought and salinity stresses and alleviate water stresses under the unfavorable environmental conditions in the native soils. Microorganisms that are inhabitants of such environmental conditions have potential solutions for them. There are potential microbial communities that can degrade xenobiotic compounds, pesticides and toxic industrial chemicals and help remediate even heavy metals, and thus they find enormous applications in environmental remediation. Microbes have developed intrinsic metabolic capabilities with specific metabolic networks while inhabiting under specific conditions for many generations and, so play a crucial role. The book Microbial Interventions in Agriculture and Environment is an effort to compile and present a great volume of authentic, high-quality, socially-viable, practical and implementable research and technological work on microbial implications. The whole content of the volume covers protocols, methodologies, applications, interactions, role and impact of research and development aspects on microbial interventions and technological outcomes in prospects of agricultural and environmental domain including crop production, plan-soil health management, food & nutrition, nutrient recycling, land reclamation, clean water systems and agro-waste management, biodegradation & bioremediation, biomass to bioenergy, sanitation and rural livelihood security. The covered topics and sub-topics of the microbial domain have high implications for the targeted and wide readership of researchers, students, faculty and scientists working on these areas along with the agri-activists, policymakers, environmentalists, advisors etc. in the Government, industries and non-government level for reference and knowledge generation.

    Contents:
    1.50 Years of Development of Beneficial Microbes for Sustainable Agriculture and Society: Progress and Challenges Still to be Met: Part of the Solution To Global Warming and 'Hothouse Earth
    2. Metabolomics Approaches in Microbial Research: Current Knowledge and Perspective towards the Understanding of Microbe Plasticity
    3. Is PGPR an Alternative for NPK Fertilizers in Sustainable Agriculture
    4. Soil: Microbial Cell Factory for Assortment with Beneficial Role in Agriculture
    5. Insights Into the Unidentified Microbiome: Current Approaches and Implications
    6. Interactions in Soil-Microbe-Plant System: Adaptation to Stressed Agriculture
    7. Microbe-mediated Tolerance in Plants against Biotic and Abiotic Stresses
    8. Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Colonization and Activation of Plant Defence Responses against Phytopathogens
    9. Microbes as Resource of Biomass, Bioenergy and Biofuel
    10. Microbe-Mediated Reclamation of Contaminated Soils: Current Status and Future Perspectives
    11. Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR) and Fungi (PGPF): Potential Biological Control Agents of Diseases and Pests
    12. Biofortification: A Promising Approach Towards Eradication of Hidden Hunger
    13. Microbes in Foods and Feed Sector
    14. New Edge Agricultural Bioinputs
    15. Microbial Bio-production of Proteins and Valuable Metabolites
    16. 2, 4-diacetylphloroglucinol: A Novel Biotech Bioactive Compound for Sgriculture
    17. Coral Reef Microbiota and Its Role in Marine Ecosystem Sustainability
    18. Diversity and Ecology of Ectomycorrhizal Fungi in the Western Ghats
    19. Halotolerant PGPR Bacteria: Amelioration for Salinity Stress
    20. Microbial Degradation of Nitro-Aromatic Pesticide: Pendimethalin
    21. Nisin Production with Aspects on Its Practical Quantification.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Dhananjaya Pratap Singh, Vijai Kumar Gupta, Ratna Prabha, editors.
    Summary: Microbial communities and their functions play a crucial role in the management of ecological, environmental and agricultural health on the Earth. Microorganisms are the key identified players for plant growth promotion, plant immunization, disease suppression, induced resistance and tolerance against stresses as the indicative parameters of improved crop productivity and sustainable soil health. Beneficial belowground microbial interactions with the rhizosphere help plants mitigate drought and salinity stresses and alleviate water stresses under the unfavorable environmental conditions in the native soils. Microorganisms that are inhabitants of such environmental conditions have potential solutions for them. There are potential microbial communities that can degrade xenobiotic compounds, pesticides and toxic industrial chemicals and help remediate even heavy metals, and thus they find enormous applications in environmental remediation. Microbes have developed intrinsic metabolic capabilities with specific metabolic networks while inhabiting under specific conditions for many generations and, so play a crucial role. The book Microbial Interventions in Agriculture and Environment is an effort to compile and present a great volume of authentic, high-quality, socially-viable, practical and implementable research and technological work on microbial implications. The whole content of the volume covers protocols, methodologies, applications, interactions, role and impact of research and development aspects on microbial interventions and technological outcomes in prospects of agricultural and environmental domain including crop production, plan-soil health management, food & nutrition, nutrient recycling, land reclamation, clean water systems and agro-waste management, biodegradation & bioremediation, biomass to bioenergy, sanitation and rural livelihood security. The covered topics and sub-topics of the microbial domain have high implications for the targeted and wide rea dership of researchers, students, faculty and scientists working on these areas along with the agri-activists, policymakers, environmentalists, advisors etc. in the Government, industries and non-government level for reference and knowledge generation.

    Contents:
    1. Microbial Inoculants for Sustainable Crop Management
    2. Manufacturing and Quality Control of Inoculants from the Paradigm of Circular Agriculture
    3.Microbial Biological Control of Diseases and Pests., 3.PGPR Inoculation and Chemical Fertilization of Cereal Crops, How do the Plants and Their Rhizosphere Microbial Communities Response?
    4. PGPR Inoculation and Chemical Fertilization of Cereal Crops, How do the Plants and Their Rhizosphere Microbial Communities Response?
    5. Biological Treatment: A Response to the Accumulation of Biosolids
    6. Microbial Bioconversion of Agricultural Wastes for Rural Sanitation and Soil Carbon Enrichment
    7. Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPRs): Functions and Benefits
    8. Functional Diversity of Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria: Recent Progress and Future Prospects
    9. Microbial Augmentation of Salt Affected Soils: Emphasis on Haloalkalitolerant PGPR
    10. Impact of Plant Associated Microbial Communities on Host Plants under Abiotic Stresses
    11. Alleviating Drought Stress of Crops through PGPR: Mechanism and Application
    12. Fertilizer Nitrogen as a Significant Driver of Rhizosphere Microbiome in Rice Paddies
    13. Environmental Remediation: Microbial and Non-Microbial Prospects
    14. Tree ecosystem: Microbial Dynamics and Functionality
    15. Engineering Rhizobacterial Functions for the Improvement of Plant Growth and Disease Resistance
    16. Impact Assessment of Microbial Formulations in Agricultural Soil
    17. Harnessing the Microbial Interactions in Rhizosphere and Microbiome for Sustainable Agriculture
    18. Plant Microbiome Interaction and the Effects of Biotic and Abiotic Components in Agroecosystem
    19. Plant-Microbial Communication
    New Facets for Sustainable Agriculture.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Dhananjaya Pratap Singh, Ratna Prabha, editors.
    Summary: Microbial communities and their multi-functionalities play a crucial role in the management of soil and plant health, and thus help in managing agro-ecology, the environment and agriculture. Microorganisms are key players in N-fixation, nutrient acquisition, carbon sequestration, plant growth promotion, pathogen suppression, induced systemic resistance and tolerance against stresses, and these parameters are used as indicators of improved crop productivity and sustainable soil health. Beneficial belowground microbial interactions in the rhizosphere help plants combat abiotic challenges in the unfavourable environmental conditions of native soils. These microorganisms and their products offer potential solutions for agriculture in problematic areas since they are able to degrade xenobiotic compounds, pesticides and toxic chemicals and help remediate heavy metals in the rhizosphere and so make deteriorated soils suitable for crop production. This book compiles the latest research on the role of microbes in the rhizosphere and agro-ecology, covering interaction mechanisms, microbe-mediated crop production, plant and soil health management, food and nutrition, nutrient recycling, land reclamation, clean water systems, agro-waste management, biodegradation, bioremediation, biomass and bioenergy, sanitation and rural livelihood security. It is a comprehensive reference resource for agricultural activists, policymakers, environmentalists and advisors working for governments, non-governmental organizations and industries, helping them update their knowledge of this important, but often neglected, research area.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Role of Microorganisms for Managing Climate Change Impacts
    Chapter 2. Microbial interventions in soil and plant health for improving crop efficiency
    Chapter 3. Fusariam wilts of chickpea, pigeonpea and lentil and their management
    Chapter 4. Application of Arbuscular Mycorrhizae in Soil Management
    Chapter 5. Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPRs): A Fruitful Resource
    Chapter 6. Microbes for Bioremediation of Heavy Metals
    Chapter 7. Plant growth promoting endophytic bacteria and their potential to improve agricultural crop yields
    Chapter 8. Importance and Utilization of Plant Beneficial Rhizobacteria in Agriculture
    Chapter 9. Potash Solubilizing Bacteria (KSB)
    Chapter 10. Seed biopriming with potential microbial inoculants as sustainable options for stress management in crops
    Chapter 11. Cropping Systems Effect on Soil Biological Health and Sustainability
    Chapter 12. Influence Of Endophytic Bacteria On Growth Promotion And Protection Against Diseases in Associated Plants
    Chapter 13. Agricultural perspectives of Mycorrhizal glomalin as 'soil fertility determinants
    Chapter 14. Perspectives of Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria in Conferring Salinity Tolerance in Crop
    Chapter 15. Microbe- Mediated Biotic and Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Crop Plants
    Chapter 16. Application of microbial products for enhancing the nutritional quality of agricultural produce
    Chapter 17. Microbial products: Protein, enzyme, secondary metabolites and chemicals
    Chapter 18. Microbial products and biotechnological applications thereof: proteins, enzymes, secondary metabolites & valuable chemicals
    Chapter 19. Systems and Synthetic biology approach to understand the importance of Pathogen- Host interaction
    Chapter 20. Microbes Mediated Nutrient Use Efficiency in Pulse Crops
    Chapter 21. Omics-data Integration in Microbial Research for Agricultural and Environmental Applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Wolfgang Karl Hofbauer, Georg Gärtner.
    Summary: This book provides a detailed overview of the microorganisms that form the initial growth on the exterior facades of buildings. It deals with the ecophysiological properties that characterize the basic conditions under which these microorganisms can occur on facades. In addition to an identification key for the types and forms of microorganisms, this book provides a detailed description of the individual organisms, stating their ecological range. Furthermore, the various ecological parameters are discussed in short chapters. Measures to prevent and combat the colonization of facades with microorganisms are also addressed. Specialists (architects, construction experts), builders, scientists and master students can find all the information they need on facade algae and fungi here. The authors Dr. Wolfgang Karl Hofbauer is chief scientist (taxonomy, ecophysiology and genetics) of the department Environment, Sensors and Hygiene at the Fraunhofer Institute for Building Physics. His professional research areas are taxonomy and ecophysiology of organisms on building surfaces, about which he did his doctorate in 2008, genetic barcoding of building relevant (micro)organisms and greening of building surfaces. Retired Prof. Dr. Dr.h.c Georg Gartner worked and researched at the University of Innsbruck on the cultivation and taxonomy of soil-and airborne. algae for many years. In 2012, Prof. Gartner was awarded an honorary doctorate by Sofia University for his services to the cooperation in algal studies between the botanical institutes of the University of Innsbruck and the University of Sofia.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Facades colonized by aerophytic microorganisms
    Facades as a functional part of a building
    The environment facade
    History of aerobiology, in respect of research on man-made surfaces
    Tools/Methods
    Experimental investigations and the assessment of primary growth of microorganisms on modern buiding structures
    Assessment of starter germ load of materials. Germ counts for specimens
    Culture based taxonomic analysis
    Taxonomy
    Pre-culture investigation
    Sample collection and preparation
    Establishment of pure cultures
    Background concentrations
    Air germ measurement
    Sedimentation
    Germ load of precipitation
    Ecophysiologic data
    Testing methods in respect of ths susceptibility of building products against colonisation by microorganisms
    Aerophytic organisms colonizing facades: their diversity and taxonomy with recognition of ecophysiological characteristics
    Regnum Eubacteria non oxygen phosynthetic active groups
    Regnum Archaea
    Division Rhodophyta Class Rhodophyceae
    Division Stramenopiles (Heterokonta), Class Bacillariophyceae
    Division Stramenopiles (Heterokonta), Class Xanthophyceae
    Division Stramenopiles (Heterokonta), Class Eustigmatophyceae
    Division (Infraregnum) Chlorophyta, Class Chlorophyceae
    Division (Infraregnum) Streptophyta
    Class Bryopsida Musci
    Class Pteridopsida
    Subregnum Eumycota
    Division Archemycota
    Class Zygomycetes
    Division Ascomycota
    Class Ascomycetes
    Division Basidiomycota
    Class Basidiomycetes
    Form of organisation Lichenes
    Formgroup Ascolichenes
    Synopsis
    Summary
    Acknowledgements
    Glossary 1
    Glossary 2 (important technical terms)
    Literature.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Pankaj Kumar Arora, editor.
    Summary: Xenobiotic compounds including pesticides, nitrophenols, pyridine, polycyclic aromatic compounds and polychlorinated biphenyls are widely spread in environment due to anthropogenic activities. Most of them are highly toxic to living beings due to their mutagenic and carcinogenic properties. Therefore, the removal of these compounds from environment is an essential step for environmental sustainability. Microbial remediation has emerged as an effective technology for degradation of these xenobiotic compounds as microorganisms have unique ability to utilize these compounds as their sole source of carbon and energy. The primary goal of this book is to provide detailed information of microbial degradation of many xenobiotic compounds in various microorganisms.

    Contents:
    Microbial Degradation of Pyridine and Pyridine Derivatives
    Anaerobic Biodegradation of Pesticides
    DNA Stable Isotope Probing to Examine Organisms Involved in Biodegradation
    Enzymatic Bioremediation: Current Status, Challenges of Obtaining Process, and Applications
    Biotransformation of Heavy Crude Oil and Biodegradation of Oil Pollution by Arid Zone Bacterial Strains
    Catalytic Promiscuity of Aromatic Ring-Hydroxylating Dioxygenases and Their Role in the Plasticity of Xenobiotic Compound Degradation
    Aromatic Compounds and Biofilms: Regulation and Interlinking of Metabolic Pathways in Bacteria
    Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs): Environmental Fate, Challenges and Bioremediation
    Bioremediation of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs): Current Practices and Outlook
    Microbes Are Essential Components of Arsenic Cycling in the Environment: Implications for the Use of Microbes in Arsenic Remediation
    Biodegradation of Synthetic Pyrethroid Insecticides
    Microbial Degradation of Polyethylene: Recent Progress and Challenges
    Biodegradation of Polychlorinated Biphenyls
    Role of Macrofungi in Bioremediation of Pollutants
    Microemulsions as a Novel Tool for Enhancing the Bioremediation of Xenobiotics
    An Overview of Nitro Group-Containing Compounds and Herbicides Degradation in Microorganisms
    Distillery Effluent: Pollution Profile, Eco-friendly Treatment Strategies, Challenges and Future Prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ram Prasad, editor.
    Summary: Microbial Nanobionics: Volume 1, State of the Art, discusses a wide range of microbial systems and their utilization in biogenic synthesis of metallic nanoparticles. The rich biodiversity of microbes makes them excellent candidates for potential nanoparticle synthesis biofactories. Through a better understanding of the biochemical and molecular mechanisms of the microbial biosynthesis of metal nanoparticles, the rate of synthesis can be better developed and the monodispersity of the product can be enhanced. The characteristics of nanoparticles can be controlled via optimization of important parameters, such as temperature, pH, concentration and pressure, which regulate microbe growth conditions and cellular and enzymatic activities. Large scale microbial synthesis of nanoparticles is a sustainable method due to the non-hazardous, non-toxic and economical nature of these processes. The applications of microbial synthesis of nanoparticles are wide and varied, spanning the industrial, biomedical and environmental fields. Biomedical applications include improved and more targeted antimicrobials, biosensing, imaging and drug delivery. In the environmental fields, nanoparticles are used for bioremediation of diverse contaminants, water treatment, catalysis and production of clean energy. With the expected growth of microbial nanotechnology, this volume will serve as a comprehensive and timely reference.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ram Prasad, editor.
    Summary: Microbial Nanobionics: Volume 2, Basic Research Applications continues the important discussion of microbial nanoparticle synthesis with a focus on the mechanistic approach of biosynthesis towards nanobionics. This volume also explores the toxicity of nanomaterials in microbes and their effect on human health and the environment. Special Emphasis is given to the use of polymeric nanomaterials in smart packing for the food industry and agricultural sector. The future of nanomaterials for detection of soil microbes and their interactions and tools for environmental remedies is also comprehensively covered. The rich biodiversity of microbes make them excellent candidates for potential nanoparticle synthesis biofactories. Through a better understanding of the biochemical and molecular mechanisms of the microbial biosynthesis of metal nanoparticles, the rate of synthesis can be better developed and the monodispersity of the product can be enhanced. The characteristics of nanoparticles can be controlled via optimization of important parameters, such as temperature, pH, concentration and pressure, which regulate microbe growth conditions and cellular and enzymatic activities. Large scale microbial synthesis of nanoparticles is a sustainable method due to the non-hazardous, non-toxic and economical nature of these processes. The applications of microbial synthesis of nanoparticles are wide and varied, spanning the industrial, biomedical and environmental fields. Biomedical applications include improved and more targeted antimicrobials, biosensing, imaging and drug delivery. In the environmental fields, nanoparticles are used for bioremediation of diverse contaminants, water treatment, catalysis and production of clean energy. With the expected growth of microbial nanotechnology, this volume will serve as a comprehensive and timely reference.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to Nanoscience, Nanomaterials, Nanocomposite, Nano-Polymer and Engineering Smart Materials
    2. Single Particle Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry for Characterization of Engineered Nanoparticles
    3. Green Synthesis of Microbial Nanoparticle: Approaches to Application
    4. Enzyme Nanoparticles: Microbial Source, Applications and Future Perspectives
    5. Bacterial Nanowires: An Invigorating Tale for Future
    6. Antimicrobial Silver Nanoparticles: Future of Nanomaterials
    7. Recent progress on Novel Ag-TiO2 nanocomposites for antibacterial applications
    8. Ecotoxic effect of photocatalytic active nanoparticles on Human health / Environment
    9. Nano-toxicity: Sources and Effects on Environment
    10. Role of Nanomaterials in Food Preservation
    11. Antimicrobial Nanocomposites for Improving Indoor Air Quality Sensing Soil Microbes and Interactions: How can Nanomaterials Help?
    12. Applications of Carbon Based Nanomaterials for Antimicrobial Photodynamic Therapy
    13. Application of Nanotechnology in Plant Protection by Phytopathogens: Present and Future Prospects
    Index.-
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Uday Kishore, editor.
    Summary: This book updates in detail the microbial pathogenesis of various important pathogens, including HIV-1, MERS, SARS-CoV-2, Mycobacterium and Plasmodium. There is also a general discussion of the innate and adaptive immune responses against primary and opportunistic infections. The overall purpose of the book is to aid in the development of anti-viral and anti-microbial targets.

    Contents:
    1.Human Papillomavirus-associated cancers
    2. Mechanisms of immune evasion by Ebola virus
    3. Innate immune mechanisms against HIV-1
    4. Current insights into the host immune response to respiratory viral infections
    5. Immune responses to MERS-CoV in humans and animals
    6. SARS-CoV-2: Pathogenesis and host-pathogen interaction
    7. Antibiotic Resistance mechanisms and their transmission in Acinetobacter baumannii
    8. Pathogenesis and host immune response in leprosy
    9. Innate immunity and tuberculosis
    10. Vaccination strategies against Mycobacterium tuberculosis: BCG and beyond
    11. Candida pathogenicity and interplay with the immune system
    12. Immune responses in Malaria and vaccine strategies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Qiang Wang, editor.
    Summary: As the largest scale chemical reaction, photosynthesis supplies all of the organic carbon and oxygen for life on Earth. It is estimated that the photosynthetic activity of microorganisms is responsible for more than 50% of the primary production of molecular oxygen on Earth. This book highlights recent breakthroughs in the multidisciplinary areas of microbial photosynthesis, presenting the latest developments in various areas of microbial photosynthesis research, from bacteria to eukaryotic algae, and from theoretical biology to structural biology and biophysics. Furthermore, the book discusses advances in photosynthetic chassis, such as in the context of metabolic engineering and green chemical production. Featuring contributions by leading authorities in photosynthesis research, the book is a valuable resource for graduate students and researchers in the field, especially those studying biological evolution and the origin of life.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Photosynthesis and Energy Transfer
    Chapter 1. Molecular mechanism of photosynthesis driven by red-shifted chlorophylls
    Chapter 2. Cyanobacterial NDH-1-photosystem I supercomplex
    Chapter 3. Recent progress on the LH1-RC complexes of purple photosynthetic bacteria
    Chapter 4. Composition, organisation, and function of purple photosynthetic machinery
    Chapter 5. Redox potentials of quinones in aqueous solution: Relevance to redox potentials in protein environments
    Chapter 6. Photosynthesis in Chlamydomonas reinhardtii: what we have learned so far?
    Part 2. Photosynthesis and the Environment
    Chapter 7. Photosynthetic performances of marine microalgae under influences of rising CO2 and solar UV radiation
    Chapter 8. Acquisition of Inorganic Carbon by Microalgae and Cyanobacteria
    Chapter 9. Circadian Clocks in Cyanobacteria
    Chapter 10. Iron Deficiency in Cyanobacteria
    Chapter 11. Adaptive Mechanisms of the Model Photosynthetic Organisms, Cyanobacteria, to Iron Deficiency
    Chapter 12. The roles of sRNAs in regulating stress responses in cyanobacteria
    Part 3. Artificial Photosynthesis and Light-driven Biofactory
    Chapter 13. Mimicking the Mn4CaO5-cluster in Photosystem II
    Chapter 14. Photosynthetic improvement of industrial microalgae for biomass and biofuel production
    Chapter 15. Self-assembly, organisation, regulation, and engineering of carboxysomes: CO2-fixing prokaryotic organelles.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Doris Zúñiga-Dávila, Fernando González-Andrés, Ernesto Ormeño-Orrillo, editors.
    Summary: The book is a comprehensive compilation of the most recent advances in the practical approach of the use of microbial probiotics for agriculture. Unlike the rest of the publications about biofertilizers, this book bridges the gap between the lab studies (molecular, physiological, omics, etc.) and the agronomic application.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Cyclic di-GMP Regulation in Beneficial Plant-Microbe Interactions
    Chapter 2. NADPH Oxidases have Key Roles in Mutulistic Associations with Rhizobia or with Mycorrhizal Fungi in Root Legumes
    Chapter 3. Linking Ammonia Volatilization with Moisture Content and Abundance of Nitrification and Denitrification Genes in N-fertilized Soils
    Chapter 4. Azospirillum as Biofertilizer for Sustainable Agriculture: Azospirillum Brasilense AZ39 as a Model of pgpr and Field Traceability
    Chapter 5. The Potential of Nitrogen-fixing Bacteria in the Sustainability of Agro-forestry Ecosystems
    Chapter 6. Challenges, Regulations and Future Actions in Biofertilizers in the European Agriculture: From the Lab to the Field Original Research Papers
    Chapter 7. PGPR Characterization of Non-nodulating Endophytes from Root Nodules of Vigna Unguiculata (L.)
    Chapter 8. Endophytic Bacteria from Passiflora Incarnata L. Leaves with Genetic Potential for Flavonoid Biosynthesis
    Chapter 9. Isolation and Characterization of Antifungal Secondary Metabolites Produced by Rhizobacteria from Common Bean
    Chapter 10. Rhizobia Promote rice (Oryza sativa l.) Growth. First Evidence in Cuba
    Chapter 11. Arbuscular Mycorrhizae and PGPR Applications in Tropical Savannas
    Chapter 12. Early Effects of Land use Intensity on Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi in Rice-soybean Rotations
    Chapter 13. Evaluation of Bioproducts and Mycorrhizal Inoculation in Asian Soybean Rust Control, Nutrient Leaf Contents and Yield Under field Conditions
    Chapter 14. Effects of the Inoculation with Native Glomeromycota Fungi and Fertilization in the Yield of Maize in Acid Soils
    Chapter 15. Sustainability of Potato Farms and use of Microbial Inoculants in the Central Coast of Peru
    Chapter 16. Characterization of Plant Growth-Promoting Bacteria and in Vitro Antagonistic Activity on Root-knot Nematodes (Meloidogyne spp.)
    Chapter 17. Combined Application of Microbial and Non-microbial Biostimulants to Improve Growth of Peanut Plants Exposed to Abiotic Stresses.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Deepak G. Panpatte, Yogeshvari K. Jhala, editors.
    Summary: Pollution is one of the most serious issues facing mankind and other life forms on earth. Environmental pollution leads to the degradation of ecosystems, loss of services, economic losses, and various other problems. The eco-friendliest approach to rejuvenating polluted ecosystems is with the help of microorganism-based bioremediation. Microorganisms are characterized by great biodiversity, genetic and metabolic machinery, and by their ability to survive, even in extremely polluted environments. As such, they are and will remain the most important tools for restoring polluted ecosystems / habitats. This three-volume book sheds light on the utilization of microorganisms and the latest technologies for cleaning up polluted sites. It also discusses the remediation or degradation of various important pollutants such as pesticides, wastewater, plastics, PAHs, oil spills etc. The book also explains the latest technologies used for the degradation of pollutants in several niche ecosystems. Given its scope, the book will be of interest to teachers, researchers, bioremediation scientists, capacity builders and policymakers. It also offers valuable additional reading material for undergraduate and graduate students of microbiology, ecology, soil science, and the environmental sciences.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Rhizosphere
    Niche for Microbial Rejuvenation and Biodegradation of Pollutants
    Chapter 2: Bioremediation of Pesticides: An Eco-friendly Approach for Environment Sustainability
    Chapter 3: Microbial Indicators of Bioremediation-Potential and Success
    Chapter 4: Phycoremediation: A Sustainable Biorefinery Approach
    Chapter 5: Cyanobacteria Mediated Bioremediation of Problem Soils
    Chapter 6: VAM- An Alternate Strategy for Bioremediation of Polluted Environment
    Chapter 7: Strategies to Improve Remediation Technology Using Fungi
    Chapter 8: Bioremediation of Polluted Soil by Using Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria
    Chapter 9: The Utilization of Microbial Biofilm for the Biotransformation and Bioremediation of heavily Polluted Environment
    Chapter 10: Microbes: A Novel Source of Bioremediation for Degradation of Hydrocarbon
    Chapter 11: Microbial Bioremediation of Petroleum Hydrocarbons.-Chapter 12: Potential of Extremophiles for Bioremediation
    Chapter 13: Role of Microbes in Bioremediation of Radioactive Waste
    Chapter 14: Plastic Eating Microorganism: Recent Biotechnological Techniques for Recycling of Plastic
    Chapter 15: Bioaugmentation: A Powerful Biotechnological Techniques for Sustainable Ecorestoration of Soil and Groundwater Contaminants.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Deepak G. Panpatte, Yogeshvari K. Jhala, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: Pollution is one of the most serious issues facing mankind and other life forms on earth. Environmental pollution leads to the degradation of ecosystems, loss of services, economic losses, and various other problems. The eco-friendliest approach to rejuvenating polluted ecosystems is with the help of microorganism-based bioremediation. Microorganisms are characterized by great biodiversity, genetic and metabolic machinery, and by their ability to survive, even in extremely polluted environments. As such, they are and will remain the most important tools for restoring polluted ecosystems / habitats. This three-volume book sheds light on the utilization of microorganisms and the latest technologies for cleaning up polluted sites. It also discusses the remediation or degradation of various important pollutants such as pesticides, wastewater, plastics, PAHs, oil spills etc. The book also explains the latest technologies used for the degradation of pollutants in several niche ecosystems. Given its scope, the book will be of interest to teachers, researchers, bioremediation scientists, capacity builders and policymakers. It also offers valuable additional reading material for undergraduate and graduate students of microbiology, ecology, soil science, and the environmental sciences.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Bioremediation of Industrial Pollutants
    Chapter 2: Bioremediation of Metals, Metalloids and Non-metals
    Chapter 3: Fungal Mediated Bioremediation of Heavy Metal Polluted Environment
    Chapter 4: Biological Decolorization and Degradation of Synthetic Dyes: A Green Step towards Sustainable Environment
    Chapter 5: Bioremediation of Waste Gases and Polluted Soils
    Chapter 6: E-Waste and its Hazard Management by Specific Microbial Bioremediation Processes
    Chapter 7: Current Methods of Enhancing Bacterial Bioremediation of Pesticide Residues in Agricultural Farmlands
    Chapter 8: Mechanism of Actions involved in Sustainable Ecorestoration of Petroleum Hydrocarbons Polluted Soil by the Beneficial Microorganism
    Chapter 9: Biosorption: An Ecofriendly Technology for Pollutant Removal
    Chapter 10: Synergistic and Aantagonistic Effects of Microbial Co-culture on Bioremediation of Polluted Environments
    Chapter 11: Enzymes-Oriented Strategies to Mitigate Polluting Agents from Environment
    Chapter 12: Non Aqueous Catalysis-A Way Forward for the Intermediation of Phenolic Environmental Pollutant Bisphenol A
    Chapter 13: Nanoparticles Mediated Adsorption of Pollutants- A way forward to Mitigation of Environmental Pollution
    Chapter 14: Nano-Bio remediation Application for Environment Contamination by Microorganism
    Chapter 15: Biosorption and Bioaccumulation of Pollutants for Environmental Remediation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Charles Oluwaseun Adetunji, Deepak G. Panpatte, Yogeshvari K. Jhala, editors.
    Summary: Pollution is one of the most serious issues facing mankind and other life forms on earth. Environmental pollution leads to the degradation of ecosystems, loss of services, economic losses, and various other problems. The eco-friendliest approach to rejuvenating polluted ecosystems is with the help of microorganism-based bioremediation. Microorganisms are characterized by great biodiversity, genetic and metabolic machinery, and by their ability to survive, even in extremely polluted environments. As such, they are and will remain the most important tools for restoring polluted ecosystems / habitats. This three-volume book sheds light on the utilization of microorganisms and the latest technologies for cleaning up polluted sites. It also discusses the remediation or degradation of various important pollutants such as pesticides, wastewater, plastics, PAHs, oil spills etc. The book also explains the latest technologies used for the degradation of pollutants in several niche ecosystems. Given its scope, the book will be of interest to teachers, researchers, bioremediation scientists, capacity builders and policymakers. It also offers valuable additional reading material for undergraduate and graduate students of microbiology, ecology, soil science, and the environmental sciences.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Strain Improvement and Mass Production of Beneficial Microorganisms for Their Environmental and Agricultural Benefit
    Chapter 2: Biochemical Role of Beneficial Microorganisms: An Overview on Recent Development in Environmental and Agro-Science
    Chapter 3: Recent Advances in Application of Microbial Enzymes for Biodegradation Waste and Hazardous Waste Material
    Chapter 4: Biological, Biochemical and Biodiversity of Biomolecules from Marine based beneficial Microorganisms: Industrial Perspective
    Chapter 5: Climate Change and Pesticides: Their Consequence on Microorganisms
    Chapter 6: Effect of Heavy Metals on Activities of Soil Microorganism
    Chapter 7: Microbial Community Dynamics in Anaerobic Digestors for Biogas Production
    Chapter 8: Effect of Microbially Produced Silver Nanoparticles on Bioremediation of Waste Dye: Nanobioremediation
    Chapter 9: Bioremoval of Fluoride: Process and Mechanism
    Chapter 10: A Critical Review of Microbial Transport in Effluent Waste and Sewage Sludge Treatment
    Chapter 11: Recent Trends in Utilization of Biotechnological Tools for Environmental Sustainability
    Chapter 12: Artificial Intelligence and Internet of Things in Instrumentation and Control in Waste Biodegradation Plants: Recent Developments
    Chapter 13: Bioremediation of Polythene and Plastics Using Beneficial Microorganisms
    Chapter 14: Recent Advances in the Application of Genetically Engineered Microorganisms for Microbial Rejuvenation of Contaminated Environment
    Chapter 15: Efficacy of Microorganisms in the Removal of Toxic Materials from Industrial Effluents.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Ipek Kurtböke.
    Contents:
    Planctomycetes : new models for microbial cells and activities / John A. Fuerst
    A flavor of prokaryotic taxonomy : systematics revisited / Paul De Vos, Fabiano Thompson, Cristiane Thompson and Jean Swings
    Bioactive actinomycetes : reaching rarity through sound understanding of selective culture and molecular diversity / Ipek Kurböke
    Microbial resources for global sustainability / Jim Philp and Ronald Atlas
    Modern natural products drug discovery and its relevance to biodiversity conservation / C. Benjamin Naman, Christopher A. Leber and William H. Gerwick
    Hydrocarbon-oxidizing bacteria and their potential in eco-biotechnology and bioremediation / Irena B. Ivshina, Maria S. Kuyukina and Anastasiya V. Krivoruchko
    An overview of the industrial aspects of antibiotic discovery / Evan Martens and Arnold L. Demain
    Accessing marine microbial diversity for drug discovery/ Lynette Bueno Pérez and William Fenical
    Cryptic pathways and implications for novel drug discovery / Kozo Ochi
    The Nagoya protocol applied to microbial genetic resources / Philippe Desmeth
    Fungal genetic resources for biotechnology / Kevin McCluskey
    Industrial culture collections : gateways from microbial diversity to applications / Olga Genilloud
    An overview of biological resource center-maintenance of microbial resources and their management / Ken-ichiro Suzuki
    IP and the Budapest Treaty : depositing biological material for patent purposes / Vera Bussas, Avinash Sharma and Yogesh Shouche
    Biosafety, transport, and related legislation concerning microbial resources : an overview / Vera Bussas.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Pankaj Kumar Arora, editor.
    Summary: Rampant industrialization has caused high levels of contamination by various toxic chemicals in our water bodies, which is a matter of concern in terms of ecosystems, as well as human and animal health. Polluted wastewater can contaminate drinking water and is also is a causal factor for bio-magnification of heavy metals into our food cycle. In the last decade, several methodologies have been adopted to clean the wastewaters, and among these, microbial remediation has emerged as an effective technology. Several variants of microbial technologies have been developed for wastewater treatment and biodegradation specific to the industry, type of waste and toxicity of the chemicals. This book describes the recent advances in microbial degradation and microbial remediation of various xenobiotic compounds in soil and wastewater. It also explains various modern microbial technologies for biodegradation and wastewater treatment. It covers various microbial technologies for wastewater treatment, biodegradation, bioremediation and solid waste management. Gathering contributions from leading international it focuses on the status quo in industrial wastewater treatment and its biodegradation. The book is intended for researchers in the field of industrial wastewater, students of environmental sciences and practitioners in water pollution abatement.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Series Editor
    About the Editor
    1: Microbial Peroxidases and Their Unique Catalytic Potentialities to Degrade Environmentally Related Pollutants
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Peroxidases: Potential Sources
    1.2.1 Physiochemical and Catalytic Properties of LiP (EC 1.11.1.14)
    1.2.2 Physiochemical and Catalytic Properties of MnP
    1.2.3 Physiochemical and Catalytic Properties of HRP
    1.3 New or Advanced Enzyme-Based Techniques
    1.3.1 Genetic Engineering
    1.3.2 Enzyme Engineering
    1.3.3 Nanozymes 1.3.4 Immobilized Peroxidases and Properties
    1.4 LiP-Assisted Degradation of Hazardous Contaminants
    1.5 MnP-Assisted Degradation of Hazardous Contaminants
    1.6 HRP-Assisted Degradation of Hazardous Contaminants
    1.7 Conclusion
    References
    2: Microalgal Technology: A Promising Tool for Wastewater Remediation
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Adverse Effects of Wastewater on the Environment
    2.3 Newer Approaches Over Conventional Wastewater
    2.4 Microalgal Species Involved in the Wastewater Treatments
    2.5 Factors Affecting the Wastewater Remediation
    2.5.1 Carbon 2.10 Development of Photobioreactors
    2.11 Applications of Phycoremediation in Wastewater Treatment
    2.11.1 Microalgae in Wastewater Treatment
    2.11.1.1 Removal of Nutrients
    2.11.1.2 Reduction of Biological and Chemical Oxygen Demand (BOD/COD)
    2.11.1.3 Removal of Coliform Bacteria
    2.11.1.4 Heavy Metal Removal
    2.12 Formation of Valuable Products
    2.12.1 Biomass Production
    2.12.2 Bioethanol Production
    2.12.3 Biomethane Production
    2.12.4 Biochar Production
    2.12.5 Microalgae in Bioelectrochemical Systems
    2.12.6 Microalgal Biofilms 2.13 Other Applications of Microalgae
    2.13.1 Production of Secondary Metabolites
    2.13.2 Sulfated Polysaccharides
    2.13.3 Proteins and Amino Acids
    2.13.4 PHA and PHB Production
    2.14 Conclusion and Future Prospects
    References
    3: Microbial Remediation for Wastewater Treatment
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Wastewater Pollution Sources
    3.3 Bioremediation of Wastewater
    3.4 Microbial Enzymes in Biodegradation
    3.5 Limitations of Bioremediation
    3.6 Conclusions
    References
    4: Quorum Quenching for Sustainable Environment: Biology, Mechanisms, and Applications 2.5.2 pH
    2.5.3 Salinity
    2.5.4 Temperature
    2.5.5 Light
    2.5.6 Inhibitory Substance
    2.6 Problems Encountered During Wastewater Remediation
    2.7 Mechanism of Action of Microalgae During Wastewater Treatment
    2.7.1 Assimilation
    2.7.2 Precipitation
    2.7.3 Biosorption
    2.7.4 Bioaccumulation
    2.8 Biotechnological Strategies for Improvement of Phycoremediation of Wastewater
    2.8.1 Immobilized Cell System
    2.8.2 Hyperconcentrated Cultures
    2.8.3 Genetic Engineering
    2.9 Microalgal-Bacterial Aggregate System for Wastewater Treatment
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Pankaj Kumar Arora, editor.
    Summary: This book describes various aspects of modern microbiology including microbial enzymes, secondary metabolites, next-generation sequencing, microbial-based biopesticides, microbial-based cancer therapies, biodiesel, and microbial products from fermentation, biodegradation, bioremediation and wastewater treatment. Further, it explains how and why microbes play an important role in preserving the welfare of living beings and the environment. Many bacteria play a significant part in cleaning our environment by detoxifying various xenobiotic compounds, while several microbes produce secondary metabolites that are useful to human beings. The book is divided into 15 chapters that cover various aspects of microorganism-based biotechnology, including recent methodologies such as advanced molecular techniques, as well developments in classical microbiological techniques. The authors also explain how the latest and classical techniques are being used in modern-day microbial biotechnology. All chapters were written by experts from prominent universities, research laboratories, and institutes around the globe. Above all, they focus on recent advances in microbial technology that promote the welfare of living beings and the environment.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Biotechnological applications of lipases in flavour and fragrance esters production
    Chapter 2. Synthesis and regulation of fungal secondary metabolites
    Chapter 3. Microbial based cancer therapy: Diagnostic tools and therapeutic strategies
    Chapter 4. Biodiesel and the Potential Role of Microbial Lipases in its production
    Chapter 5. Light-mediation as a strategy to induce production of valuable microbial compounds
    Chapter 6. Microbe-based Bio-pesticide Formulation: A Tool for Crop Protection and Sustainable Agriculture Development
    Chapter 7. Techno-economic assessment of microbe assisted wastewater treatment strategies for energy and value-added product recovery
    Chapter 8. Type III polyketide synthases: current state and perspectives
    Chapter 9. Production of a variety of industrially significant products by biological sources through fermentation
    Chapter 10. Molecular diagnosis of acute and chronic brucellosis in humans
    Chapter 11. Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi remediation potential of organic and inorganic compounds
    Chapter 12. Light Emitting Diode for the Inactivation of Microorganisms on Fruits and Vegetables
    Chapter 13. Pseudomonas Species: Natural Scavenger of Aromatic Compounds from Industrial Effluents
    Chapter 14. Bioremediation of persistent toxic substances
    from conventional to new approaches in using microorganisms and plants
    Chapter 15. Next Generation Sequencing & its application: empowering in public health beyond reality.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Fernando Baquero, Emilio Bouza, J.A. Gutiérrez-Fuentes, Teresa M. Coque.
    Summary: Microbial transmission, the processes by which microbes transit to new environments, is a significant and broad-reaching concept with applications throughout the biological sciences. This collection of reviews, edited by an international team of experts studying and working across a range of disciplines, explores transmission not just as an idea in disease but as a fundamental biological process that acts in all domains of nature and exerts its force on disparate size scales, from the micro to the macro, and across units of time as divergent as a single bacterial replication cycle and the entire course of evolution. In five sections, this overview --Defines the concept of transmission and covers basic processes of transmission, including causality, control strategies, fitness costs, virulence, and selection--Presents numerous combinations of transmission scenarios across the bacterial, animal, and human interface --Examines transmission as the defining characteristic of infectious disease--Presents methods for experimentally verifying and quantifying transmission episodes--Concludes with important theoretical and modeling approaches. Anyone studying or working in microbial colonization, evolution, pathogenicity, antimicrobial resistance, or public health will benefit from a deeper understanding of Microbial Transmission.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Raghvendra Pratap Singh, Geetanjali Manchanda, Indresh Kumar Maurya, Yunlin Wei, editors.
    Summary: The book compiles the latest studies on microorganisms thriving in extreme conditions. Microbes have been found in extremely high and low temperatures, highly acidic to saline conditions, from deserts to the Dead sea, from hot-springs to underwater hydrothermal vents- the diversity is incredible. The various chapters highlight the microbial life and describe the mechanisms of tolerance to these harsh conditions, and show how an understanding of these phenomena can help us exploit the microbes in biotechnology. The theme of the book is highly significant since life in these environments can give vital clues about the origin and evolution of life on earth, as a lot of these conditions simulate the environment present billions of years ago. Additionally, the study of adaptation and survival of organisms in such environments can be important for finding life on other planets. This book shall be useful for students, researchers and course instructors interested in evolution, microbial adaptations and ecology in varied environments.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    Part I: Microbes in Harsh Environments
    1: The Multifaceted Life of Microbes: Survival in Varied Environments
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Microbes in Varied Environments
    1.2.1 Microbes in High Salt Concentration
    1.2.2 Microbes in Low-Temperature Environments
    1.2.3 Microbes in High-Temperature Environments
    1.2.4 Microbes in the Atmosphere
    1.2.5 Microbes in Varied pH Environments
    1.2.6 Microbes in High-Pressure Environments 1.2.7 Microbes in Radiation Environment
    1.2.8 Microbes in Metallic Environment
    1.2.9 Microorganisms in Xerophilic Environment
    1.3 Future Prospective
    References
    2: Thermophilic and Halophilic Prokaryotes Isolated from Extreme Environments of Armenia and Their Biotechnological Potential
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Thermal Springs Studied in Armenia
    2.3 Thermophilic Microbes Isolated and Identified from Armenian Hot Springs and Their Biotechnological Importance
    2.4 Saline and Hypersaline Environments in Armenia 2.5 Halophilic Microbes Isolated from Saline and Hypersaline Environments in Armenia and Their Biotechnological Importance
    2.6 Conclusion
    References
    3: Microbial Life at Extreme of Salt Concentration: Adaptation Strategies
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Basic Adaptation Strategies Under Extremes of Salinity
    3.2.1 Accumulation of Potassium and Its Transport
    3.2.2 Accumulation of Organic Solutes and Its Transport
    3.2.3 Chaperone Genes
    3.3 Genomics and Proteomics of Halophiles
    3.4 Relevance and Future Prospects
    3.5 Conclusion
    References 4: Rhizobia at Extremes of Acidity, Alkalinity, Salinity, and Temperature
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Response to Acid Stress in Rhizobia
    4.3 Response to Alkali Stress in Rhizobia
    4.4 Response to Salt and Alkali Stress in Rhizobia
    4.5 Response to Temperature Stress in Rhizobia
    4.6 Conclusion
    References
    5: Mechanism of Microbial Adaptation and Survival Within Psychrophilic Habitat
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Cold-Adapted Bacteria Strains, Plasmid, Transformation Methods, and Efficiency Promoters Used in Cold-Adapted Bacteria
    5.2.1 Cold-Adapted Bacteria Strains 5.2.2 Storage of Cold-Adapted Bacteria
    5.2.3 Plasmid Used in Cold-Adapted Bacteria
    5.2.4 Genetic Transformation Method for Cold-Adapted Bacteria
    5.2.5 Efficiency Promoters Used in Cold-Adapted Bacteria
    5.3 Mechanisms for Cold Adaptation
    5.3.1 Cold Shock Proteins or Antifreeze Proteins
    5.3.2 Cold Shock Proteins of E. coli
    5.3.3 CspA Regulation in E. coli
    5.3.4 Enzymes
    5.3.5 Increased Membrane Fluidity and Cell Envelope Modification
    5.3.6 Secondary Metabolites
    5.4 Conclusion
    References
    6: Secretome of Microbiota in Extreme Conditions
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Jeremy Nuttall, editor.
    Summary: One of the most promising new approaches for the prevention of HIV transmission, particularly for developing countries, involves topical, self-administered products known as microbicides. The development of microbicides is a long and complicated process, and this volume provides an overview of all the critical areas, from the selection of appropriate candidate molecules and their formulation, preclinical and clinical testing for safety and efficacy, strategies for product registration and finally, issues associated with product launch, distribution and access. The book will prove valuable to both those working in the field and all others who are interested in learning more about this product class, which has the potential to significantly impact the future of this devastating epidemic.

    Contents:
    Candidate Microbicides and Their Mechanisms of Action
    Microbicide Dosage Forms
    Preclinical Safety Evaluation
    Clinical Safety and Pharmacology Trial
    Microbicides for Prevention of HIV Infection: Clinical Efficacy Trials
    Rectal Microbicide Development
    Developing Regulatory Strategy for Microbicides
    Preparing for Microbicide Introduction, Rollout and Sustained Access.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Reeta Goel, Ravindra Soni, Deep Chandra, editors.
    Summary: The book explores the challenges and opportunities associated with high-altitude agro-ecosystems and the factors that influence them. It discusses the various indigenous agricultural practices and approaches, as well as the microbiology of mountain & hill agro-ecosystems, providing a comprehensive overview of the various factors that control the microbiome at high altitudes. The contributions examine microbiological advances, such as use of "omics" technologies for hill agriculture and environmental sustainability, and explore the use of nanotechnology for agricultural and environmental sustainability at higher altitudes. The book also describes various aspects of low-temperature microbiology in the context of high-altitude farming and environmental sustainability.

    Contents:
    High altitude agro-ecosystems : challenges and opportunities / Anil Kumar Shankhwar, Prashansa Tamta, Rashmi Paliwal, R. K. Srivastava
    An overview of Indian agriculture with focus on challenges and opportunities in north east / Sachin Kumar Vaid
    Sari system : a traditional cropping pattern of the Uttarakhand Himalaya / Satish Chandra, Dinesh Chandra, Rajkumar Pandey, Arun Kumar Khajuria, Vivek Kumar, Pankaj Bhatt
    Factors influencing soil ecosystem and agricultural productivity at higher altitudes / Narendra Kumar, Amit Kumar, Neha Jeena, Ranjeet Singh, Hukum Singh
    Traditional farming systems and agro-biodiversity in eastern Himalaya region of India / Krishna Giri, Gaurav Mishra, Monica Rawat, Shailesh Pandey, Rajarishi Bhattacharyya, Nabajyoti Bora et al.
    Indigenous agricultural practices : a supreme key to maintaining biodiversity / Ishwar Prakash Sharma, Chandra Kanta, Tripuresh Dwivedi, Ranjana Rani
    Management of biotic and abiotic stress affecting agricultural productivity using beneficial microorganisms isolated from higher altitude agro-ecosystems : a remedy for sustainable agriculture / Yogeshvari K. Jhala, Deepak G. Panpatte, Charles Oluwaseun Adetunji, Rajababu V. Vyas, Harsha N. Shelat
    Microbial diversity in north western Himalayan agroecosystems : functions and applications / Vandana Jaggi, N. T. Brindhaa, Manvika Sahgal
    Biodiversity of microbial community : association with sustainable hill agroecosystems / Harshita Negi, Anju Rani, Samiksha Joshi, Pradeep Kumar Sharma
    Soil microbiota : a key bioagent for revitalization of soil health in hilly regions / Amir Khan, Viabhav Kumar Upadhayay, Manisha Panwar, Ajay Veer Singh
    Characteristics of microbial community and enzyme activities in higher altitude regions / Vikas Sharma, Digvijay Dahiya, D. Vasanth Preservation of fungal culture with special reference to mineral oil preservation / Pooja Kannojia, Abhijeet S. Kashyap, Nazia Manzar, Divya Srivastava, Udai B. Singh, Sushil K. Sharma et al.
    Applications of advanced omics technology for harnessing the high altitude agriculture production / Apoorv Tiwari, Gohar Taj
    Nanotechnology for agriculture and environmental sustainability at higher altitudes / Mamta Bisht, Deepika Rajwar, M. Raju. Psychrotolerant microbes : characterization, conservation, strain improvements, mass production, and commercialization / Pankaj K. Mishra, Samiksha Joshi, Saurabh Gangola, Priyanka Khati, J. K. Bisht, A. Pattanayak
    Understanding cold-adapted plant growth-promoting microorganisms from high-altitude ecosystems / Himani Singh, Nupur Sinha, Prachi Bhargava
    Microbes for cold stress resistance in plants : mechanism, opportunities, and challenges / Prity Kushwaha, Prem Lal Kashyap, Pandiyan Kuppusamy
    Nutrient cycling at higher altitudes / Saranya Packialakshmi Jeyakumar, Biplab Dash, Anup Kumar Singh, Deep Chandra Suyal, Ravindra Soni
    Assessment of genes and enzymes of microorganisms of high altitudes and their application in agriculture / Geeta Bhandari, Niki Nautiyal, Mukund Sharma
    Microbiological advances in bioactives from high altitude / Suresh Chandra Phulara, Nazia Ahmad, Bidyut Mazumdar, Vikrant Singh Rajput
    Bioprospecting of endophytic microbes from higher altitude plants : recent advances and their biotechnological applications Vinay Kumar, Lata Jain, Ravindra Soni, Pankaj Kaushal, Reeta Goel
    Biosensor : a boon for heavy metals detection in natural water reservoirs at higher altitudes / Shraddha Chauhan, Lata Sheo Bachan Upadhyay
    Frankia : a promising N-fixing plant growth promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR) improved drought tolerance in crops at higher altitude / Sanjay Mohan Gupta, Kamal Kumar, Rajat Kumar Joshi, Supriya Gupta, Madhu Bala
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Microbiological risk assessment series to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    [edited by] Matthew B. Grisham.
    Contents:
    High Yield Facts
    Physiology and Molecular Microbiology
    Virology
    Bacteriology
    Rickettsiae, Chlamydiae, and Mycoplasms
    Mycology
    Parasitology
    Immunology.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    QR61.5 .M57 2014
    2
  • Digital
    Melphine Harriott.
    Contents:
    Nervous system
    Head and neck
    Respiratory system
    Systemic infections
    Gastrointestinal system
    Liver and biliary system
    Renal and urinary systems
    Reproductive system
    Skin and soft tissue and musculoskeletal systems
    Multiple organ systems.
  • Digital
    edited by Kateryna Kon and Mahendra Rai.
    Summary: The Microbiology of Central Nervous System Infections, Volume 3, discusses modern approaches to the diagnosis, treatment and prophylaxis of central nervous system (CNS) infections. This new release is divided into five sections that cover treatment strategies, imaging, molecular diagnosis, management of CNS infections with metal nanoparticles, and prophylaxis of CNS infections, including bacterial, viral and fungal infections. The last section contains a chapter on transmissible spongiform encephalopathies and modern trends in its diagnosis and treatment. University teachers, medical practitioners, graduate and postgraduate students, researchers in microbiology, and those in the pharmaceutical and laboratory diagnostic industries will find the book very important.

    Contents:
    Section I. Central nervous system infections: current trends in diagnosis, treatment, and prophylaxis
    Section II. Bacterial and viral infections of the CNS
    Section III. Fungal and protozoal infections of the CNS.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Steven L. Percival, Marylynn V. Yates, David W. Williams, Rachel M. Chalmers, Nicholas F. Gray.
    Summary: The second edition of Microbiology of Waterborne Diseases describes the diseases associated with water, their causative agents and the ways in which they gain access to water systems. The book is divided into sections covering bacteria, protozoa, and viruses. Other sections detail methods for detecting and identifying waterborne microorganisms, and the ways in which they are removed from water, including chlorine, ozone, and ultraviolet disinfection. The second edition of this handbook has been updated with information on biofilms and antimicrobial resistance. The impact of global warming and climate change phenomena on waterborne illnesses are also discussed. This book serves as an indispensable reference for public health microbiologists, water utility scientists, research water pollution microbiologists environmental health officers, consultants in communicable disease control and microbial water pollution students. Focuses on the microorganisms of most significance to public health, including E. coli, cryptosporidium, and enterovirus. Highlights the basic microbiology, clinical features, survival in the environment, and gives a risk assessment for each pathogen. Contains new material on antimicrobial resistance and biofilms. Covers drinking water and both marine and freshwater recreational bathing waters.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Erle S. Robertson, editor.
    Summary: This book ventures into a new and exciting area of discovery that directly ties our current knowledge of cancer to the discovery of microorganisms associated with different types of cancers. Recent studies demonstrate that microorganisms are directly linked to the establishment of cancers and that they can also contribute to the initiation, as well as persistence of, the cancers. Microbiome and Cancer covers the current knowledge of microbiome and its association with human cancers. It provides important reading for novices, senior undergraduates in cancer and microbiology, graduate students, junior investigators, residents, fellows and established investigators in the fields of cancer and microbiology. We cover areas related to known, broad concepts in microbiology and how they can relate to the ongoing discoveries of the micro-environment and the changes in the metabolic and physiologic states in that micro-environment, which are important for the ongoing nurturing and survival of the poly-microbial content that dictates activities in that micro-environment. We cover the interactions of microorganisms associated with gastric carcinomas, which are important for driving this particular cancer. Additional areas include oral cancers, skin cancers, ovarian cancers, breast cancers, nasopharyngeal cancers, lung cancers, mesotheliomas, Hodgkin?s and non-Hodgkin?s lymphomas, glioblastoma multiforme, hepatocellular carcinomas, as well as the inflammatory response related to the infectious agents in cancers. This book covers the metabolic changes that occur because of infection and their support for development of cancers, chronic infection and development of therapeutic strategies for detection and control of the infection. The field of microbiome research has exploded over the last five years, and we are now understanding more and more about the context in which microorganisms can contribute to the onset of cancers in humans. The field of microbiome research has demonstrated that the human body has specific biomes for tissues and that changes in these biomes at the specific organ sites can result in disease. These changes can result in dramatic differences in metabolic shifts that, together with genetic mutations, will produce the perfect niche for establishment of the particular infection programmes in that organ site. We are just beginning to understand what those changes are and how they influence the disease state. Overall, we hope to bring together the varying degrees of fluctuations in the microbiome at the major organ sites and how these changes affect the normal cellular processes because of dysregulation, leading to proliferation of the associated tissues.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jun Yu, editor.
    Summary: This book covers state-of-the-art topics covering evidences indicate that the gut microbiota can be harnessed for cancer prevention as well as to modulate the efficacy of chemotherapy and immunotherapy. This book includes: 1) characterization of the dysregulated microbiome in gastrointestinal cancers (Chapters 1-6); 2) the molecular mechanism of action of gut microbiota via microbial metabolites and direct interaction with host cancer or immune cells (Chapters 7-11); 3) key methodologies for studying the role of gut microbiota in cancers (Chapters 12-13); and 4) the potential application of gut microbes for the prevention and treatment of gastrointestinal cancers (Chapters 14-17). The contributors are international experts in molecular and cellular biology, microbiology, metabolomics, bioinformatics and physician scientists to provide in-depth reviews of this subject. This book provides a rich resource of information on this important topic for graduate students, basic researchers and physicians.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Gut microbiome in health and diseases
    Microbiome in colorectal cancer
    Microbiome in gastric cancer
    Microbiome in liver cancer
    Virus, fungi and archaea in gastrointestinal cancer
    Microbial metabolomics in gastrointestinal cancer
    Diet and gut microbiome in gastrointestinal cancer
    Diet and gut microbiome in fatty liver and its associated liver cancer
    Host-microbiome interaction in gastrointestinal cancer
    Gut microbiome and immune responses in gastrointestinal cancer
    Animal models in the study of microbiome in gastrointestinal cancer
    High-throughput sequencing data analyses for microbiome profiling
    Gut microbiota modulation: probiotics and prebiotics in gastrointestinal cancer
    Roles of gut microbiota in efficacy of anticancer treatment of gastrointestinal cancer
    Targeting gut microbiota to treat gastrointestinal cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Choudhary, Devendra K.; Kumar, Manoj; Kumar, Vivek; Prasad, Ram.
    Summary: The book discusses the complex interactions between plants and their associated microbial communities. It also elucidates the ways in which these microbiomes are connected with the plant system, and how they affect plant health. The different chapters describe how microbiomes affect plants with regard to immunity, disease conditions, stress management and productivity. In addition, the book describes how an additional plant genome functions as a whole organ system of the host, and how it presents both challenges and opportunities for the plant system. Moreover, the book includes a dedicated section on using omics tools to understand these interactions, and on exploiting them to their full potential.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Applications of Plant-Microbe Interactions in Agro-ecosystems
    Chapter 2. Exploring the Phyllosphere Bacterial Community for Improving Tree Crops Protection
    Chapter 3. Microbes Core to Sustainable Agriculture
    Chapter 4. Bacteria Inducing Legume Nodules Involved in the Improvement of Plant Growth, Health and Nutrition
    Chapter 5. Applications of Beneficial Microbe in Arid and Semiarid Agroecosystem: IAA Producing Bacteria
    Chapter 6. Role of Endophytes in Plant Health and Abiotic Stress Management
    Chapter 7. Affirmative Plant-Microbe Interfaces towards Agro-ecosystem Sustainability
    Chapter 8. Emerging Insight on Rhizobacterial Functions
    Chapter 9. Microbiome in Plant Health and Disease: Challenges and Opportunities
    Chapter 10. Influence of Rhizospheric Microbiome in Plant Health Management
    Chapter 11. Role of Microbes in Plant Health, Disease and Abiotic Stress Management
    Chapter 12. Plant- Microbe Interactions in Agro-Ecosystem- An Application
    Chapter 13. Biodiversity and Biotechnological Applications of Microorganisms Associated with Tropical Plants
    Chapter 14. Rhizobia for Biological Control of Plant Diseases
    Chapter 15. Bioactive Compounds Produced by Biocontrol Agents Driving Plant Health
    Chapter 16. The Continuous Story of Truffles Plant Interaction
    Chapter 17. Can Soil Microorganisms Reduce Broomrape (Orobanche spp.) Infestation in Cropping Systems?
    Chapter 18. Environmental perspectives of plant-microbe nexus for soil and water remediation
    Chapter 19. Development of Future Bioformulations for Sustainable Agriculture
    Chapter 20. Exploring Diversity of Bacterial Endophyte Communities Using Advanced Sequencing Technology
    Chapter 21. Perceptions of Microbe-Microbe, Plant-Microbiome Interfaces: The Metagenomic Manoeuvre
    Chapter 22. Metagenomic Approach In Relation To Microbe-Microbe; Plant-Microbiome-Interactions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Yvonne Huang, Stavros Garantziotis.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers the microbiome in respiratory disease, from the initial research study to the disease-specific implications and related applications. Research on the respiratory microbiome is increasing in volume and scope. This reflects rapidly growing interest in the study of respiratory disease to understand how microbiota shape mechanisms of disease pathogenesis. The respiratory tract spans the nasal passages, sinus cavities, oropharynx, and the tracheobronchial tree of the lungs. In these compartments of the upper and lower respiratory tract, the microbiota have now been studied in the context of several chronic respiratory conditions. These include chronic sinusitis, allergic rhinitis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), bronchiectasis and pulmonary fibrosis, to name a few. The potential impact of ecological interactions (i.e., between microbes and between microbiota and host) within and across respiratory compartments is increasingly recognized. The book is organized into two main sections. Part I, Principles and Tools, covers conceptual modeling of the respiratory microbiome, experimental methodology with a focus on a priori considerations in study design and sampling, laboratory and computational methods for analysis of respiratory microbiome data, and minimizing interpretive pitfalls. Part II, Applications, discusses the evidence from specific studies that have shed novel insights into the influence of respiratory microbiota on mechanisms or outcomes in specific diseases. Based on current best evidence, disease-specific chapters include chronic rhinosinusitis, asthma (pediatric and adult studies), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), cystic fibrosis (CF), bronchiectasis not due to CF, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, and lung transplant. This is an ideal reference for forward-thinking practitioners with interest in novel developments in precision medicine applications in lung disease, as well as translational scientists in the field of microbiology, immunology and lung biology.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: Principles and Tools of Respiratory Microbiome Investigation
    Conceptual Framework and Hypothesis Testing
    Study Design and Sampling Considerations
    Laboratory Platforms to Study the Microbiome
    Analysis and Reporting of Microbiome Data
    SECTION II: Applications in the Study of Specific Diseases
    Chronic Rhinosinusitis /Allergic Rhinitis
    Bronchiolitis, Viral Infection and Pediatric Asthma Risk
    Asthma Pheotype
    Cystic Fibrosis
    Bronchiectasis (non-CF)
    COPD
    Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
    Lung Transplantation and Immune Suppression
    The Future: Knowledge gaps and priorities.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Gaafar Ragab, T. Prescott Atkinson, Matthew L. Stoll, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses the role of the microbiome in rheumatic diseases and details its implications for patient treatment. Recently, with technological advances, there has been significant research into the microbiome. This has enabled us to more profoundly understand its role in our immune system maturation as well as the role played by microorganisms in autoimmunity and the deeply related rheumatic diseases. This book comprehensively explains the emerging microbiome research through the interrelationships of biomedical sciences, including: immunology, microbiology, bioinformatics, and, with special emphasis, the clinical aspect of rheumatology. It examines the interplay between infectious organisms and major autoimmune diseases, including rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, juvenile arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, and vasculitis, and explains how to apply that knowledge to diagnostic techniques and treatment decisions. The international team of expert authors provides insight into current therapies and future interventions specifically targeting the microbiota and explores the impact of our deeper understanding on enhancing personalized medicine. The Microbiome in Rheumatic Diseases and Infection is an essential resource for rheumatologists, pediatricians, internists, microbiologists, and critical care providers caring for children and adults with rheumatic diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Eugene Rosenberg.
    Summary: This book examines an important paradigm shift in biology: Plants and animals, traditionally viewed as individuals, are now considered to be complex systems and host to a plethora of microorganisms. After first presenting historical aspects of microbiota research, bacterial compositions of individual microbiomes and the critical analysis of current methods, the book discusses how microbial communities inside the human body are profoundly affected by numerous factors, such as macro- and micro-nutrients, physical exercise, antibiotics, gender and age. As described by current research, the author highlights how microbiomes contribute to the fitness of the host by providing nutrients, inhibiting pathogens, aiding in the storage of fat during pregnancy, and contributing to development and behavior. The author not only focusses on prokaryotic components in microbiomes, but also addresses single-cell eukaryotes and viruses. This follow-up to the successful book The Hologenome Concept: Human, Animal and Plant Microbiota, published in 2013, provides a contemporary overview of microbiomes. It appeals to anyone working in the life sciences and biomedicine.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Composition of Microbiomes
    Dynamics of Microbiomes
    Holistic Fitness: Microbiomes are Part of the Holobiont's Fitness
    Transmission of Hologenomes Between Generations: Mothers Matter Most
    Eukaryotic Microorganisms are Part of Holobionts
    Viruses are Part of the Holobiont's Fitness and Evolution
    Genetic Variation in Holobionts
    Evolution of Holobionts: The Hologenome Concept
    Microbiomes in Medicine and Agriculture
    Microbiomes: Some Philosophical and Sociological Implications.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Gowhar Hamid Dar, Mohammad Aneesul Mehmood, Rouf Ahmad Bhat, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: An increasing population has put tremendous pressure on agricultural productivity to fulfill the demands of human consumption. Numerous agricultural activities and techniques have been developed to raise annual crop production globally. While agriculture has succeeded in enhancing the yearly crop productivity, this achievement is at the cost of environmental degradation by applying synthetic persistent substances, such as industrial fertilizers, pesticides, herbicides, etc. Chemical fertilizers are nearly as destructive as they are productive, causing monocultures and consequences associated with elimination of diversity, nutrient pollution as evidenced by algae blooms, eutrophication, water quality issues, lower oxygen levels and dangers to fish stocks. Therefore, the scientific approach to maintain sustainable fertility in soil and plants is to switch over to biofertilisers. Biofertilisers are compounds of organic matter that are applied to crops for growth and health. Their constituent micro-organisms interact in an ecofriendly manner with the soil, root and seeds of plants, promoting the growth of micro-flora that enhances soil fertility. They are known to play a number of vital roles in soil fertility, crop productivity and production in agriculture. Application of biofertilisers results in increased mineral and water uptake, root development, vegetative growth and nitrogen fixation. They liberate growth promoting substances and vitamins and help to maintain soil fertility. They act as antagonists and play a pivotal role in neutralising the soil borne plant pathogens, thereby assisting in the bio-control of diseases. Application of biofertilisers in lieu of synthetic fertilizers could be the promising technique to raise agricultural productivity without degrading the environmental quality. The present book focuses on the latest research approaches and updates from the microbiota ecosystem and their applications in agriculture industry. It also highlights the great potential and possible future of action of microbiota in the development of sustainable agricultural systems.

    Contents:
    2.3 Organic Agriculture: A Sustainable Agriculture
    2.4 Organic Nutrition and Crop Productivity/Yield and Quality Parameters
    2.5 Organic Agriculture and Environmental Sustainability
    2.5.1 Organic Nutrition and Soil Fertility
    2.5.2 Organic Fertilizers and Soil Biological Properties
    2.5.3 Organic Agriculture and Climate Change and Global Warming
    2.5.4 Organic Agriculture and Nitrate Leaching and Carbon Sequestration
    2.6 Organic Farming and Human Health Implications
    2.7 Conclusions and Prospects
    References
    Chapter 3: Responses of Soil Properties to Organic Amendments 3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Effect of Organic Farming on Soil Physical Properties
    3.3 Effect of Organic Farming on Soil Chemical Properties
    3.4 Effect of Organic Farming on Soil Biological Properties
    3.5 Impediments of Organic Farming
    3.6 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Vermicomposting: Sustainable Tool for Agriculture Environs
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Solid Waste Minimization Using Vermicomposting
    4.3 Waste Water of Aquatic Animals Is Recycled in Zoo
    4.4 Worms and Their Biological Features
    4.5 Temperature, PH in Vermiprocessing Technique 4.6 Vermicomposting for Agriculture
    4.7 Soil Health vs Organic Fertilizers
    4.8 Temperature, PH in Vermiprocessing Technique
    4.9 Endurable Use of Vermicomposting in Zoo
    4.10 Use of Earthworms in Aquaculture and Poultry Farming
    4.11 Formation of Vermiwash and Its Uses
    4.12 Soil Health vs Organic Fertilizers
    4.13 Vermicomposting for Agriculture
    4.14 Starving Worms Are Future Biodegrading Agents
    4.15 Summary/Conclusion and Future Prospects
    References
    Chapter 5: Application and Viability of Macrophytes as Green Manure
    5.1 Introduction 5.2 Macrophytes: Brief Description of Their General Aspects
    5.3 Biotechnological Applications of Macrophytes
    5.3.1 Macrophytes as Organic Biofertilizers or Green Manure
    5.3.2 Macrophyte Applications as Biofertilizers or Green Manure in Agriculture and Horticulture
    5.3.3 Macrophytes as Phytoremediators
    5.3.4 Conclusion and Perspectives
    References
    Chapter 6: Role of Microorganisms as Biofertilizers
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Mode of Action of Microorganisms as Biofertilizers
    6.2.1 Direct Methods
    6.2.1.1 Biological Nitrogen Fixation Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    About the Book
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Chemical Fertilizers, Formulation, and Their Influence on Soil Health
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Background
    1.3 Chemical Fertilizers and Their Formulations
    1.4 Chemical Fertilizer Effect on Soil Parameters
    1.4.1 Soil Chemical Parameters
    1.4.2 Physical Parameters
    1.4.3 Biological Parameters
    References
    Chapter 2: Organic Agriculture: Principles, Current Status, and Significance
    2.1 Introduction
    2.1.1 Concept and Principles
    2.2 Current Status
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gowhar Hamid Dar, Rouf Ahmad Bhat, Mohammad Aneesul Mehmood, Khalid Rehman Hakeem, editors.
    Summary: The dependence of present farming on artificial input of chemical fertilizers has caused numerous ecological tribulations associated with global warming and soil contamination. Moreover, there is an essential requirement for realistic agricultural practices on a comprehensive level. Accordingly, biofertilizers including microbes have been recommended as feasible environmentally sound solutions for agricultural practices which not only are natural, and cost-effective but also preserve soil environs and important biota of agricultural land. In addition, it enhances the nutrient quantity of soils organically. Microbial biofertilizers promote plant growth by escalating proficient absorption of nutrients for the plants and by providing an excellent disease-fighting mechanism. Agriculture, the backbone of human sustenance, has been put under tremendous pressure by the ever-increasing human population. Although various modern agro-techniques boosted agricultural production, the excessive use of synthetic fertilizers, pesticides and herbicides have proven extremely detrimental to agriculture as well as to the environment in which it is carried out. Besides this some faulty agricultural practices like monoculture and defective irrigation, further complicate the scenario by eliminating biodiversity, increasing the efflux of nutrients into the water bodies, the formation of algal blooms, eutrophication, damaging the water quality and lowering fish stocks. Biofertilizers are the organic compounds applied to crops for their sustainable growth and the sustainability of the environment as the microbiota associated with biofertilizers interact with the soil, roots and seeds to enhance soil fertility. Application of biofertilizers results in the increased mineral and water uptake, root development, vegetative growth and nitrogen fixation besides liberating growth-promoting substances and minerals that help the maintenance of soil fertility. They further act as antagonists and play a pivotal role in neutralising soil-borne plant pathogens and thus, help in the bio-control of diseases. Application of biofertilizers instead of synthetic fertilizers could be a promising technique to raise agricultural productivity without degrading environmental quality. The present book focuses on the latest research approaches and updates from the microbiota and their applications in the agriculture industry. We believe this book addresses various challenges and shed lights on the possible future of the sustainable agricultural system.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    About the Book
    Contents
    Contributors
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Chemical Fertilizers and Their Impact on Soil Health
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Types of Chemical Fertilizers
    1.3 Nitrogenous Fertilizer
    1.3.1 Characteristics
    1.4 Phosphorus Fertilizer
    1.4.1 Characteristics
    1.5 Potassium Fertilizer
    1.5.1 Characteristics of Potassium Fertilizer
    1.6 Advantages of Chemical Fertilizer
    1.7 Drawbacks of Chemical Fertilizer
    1.8 Important Nutrients in Fertilizers
    1.9 Primary Nutrients 1.10 Secondary Nutrients
    1.11 Micronutrients
    1.12 Soil Health Concept
    1.13 Positive Effects of Fertilizers
    1.14 Impacts of Chemical Fertilizers on Soil Health
    1.14.1 Soil Quality
    1.14.2 Physicochemical Properties of Soil
    1.14.3 Soil Enzyme Activity
    1.14.4 Soil Compaction
    1.14.5 Soil Acidification
    1.14.6 Effect on Soil Biota
    1.15 Soil Organic Matter (SOM)
    1.16 Soil Salinity
    1.17 Effect on Plants
    1.18 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: Microbial Bioremediation of Pesticides/Herbicides in Soil
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Merits of Pesticide Use 2.3 Risks Associated with Pesticide Use
    2.4 Microbial Bioremediation
    2.5 Factors Affecting Microorganism Bioremediation of Pesticide
    2.6 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Pollution Cleaning Up Techniques
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Agricultural Pollution
    3.3 Bioremediation Via Microbes
    3.4 Microbial Processes Concerned with Bioremediation
    3.4.1 Metal Microbe Mechanism of Interaction
    3.5 Bioremediation Strategies
    3.6 Phytoremediation
    3.7 Phytoextraction
    3.8 Phytostabilization
    3.9 Rhizofiltration
    3.10 Phytovolatilization 3.11 Aquatic Plant Species Studied for Phytoremediation
    3.12 Pesticide Degradation by Bacteria
    3.12.1 Role of Fungi
    3.12.2 Role of Enzymes
    3.13 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Role of Mushrooms in the Bioremediation of Soil
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Mushroom as a Significant Tool for Mycoremediation
    4.3 Remediation Through Mushrooms
    4.3.1 Biodegradation
    4.3.2 Bioconversion
    4.3.3 Biosorption
    4.4 White-Rot Fungi Degradation System
    4.5 Mycoremediation of Solid Wastes
    4.6 Xenobiotic Organic Compounds (XOCs) and Mycoremediation
    4.6.1 Petroleum Hydrocarbons 4.6.2 Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs)
    4.6.3 Halogenated Organic Compounds
    4.6.4 Synthetic Dyes
    4.6.5 Synthetic Pesticides
    4.6.6 Heavy Metals
    4.7 Role of Mycorrhizae in Remediation of Soil
    4.8 Disadvantages of Mycoremediation
    4.9 Conclusion and Future Aspects
    References
    Chapter 5: Microbial Degradation of Organic Constituents for Sustainable Development
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Some Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs)
    5.3 Role of Microbes in the Degradation of Organic Substances
    5.4 Microbial Degradation of Persistent Organic Pollutants
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Andreas Schwiertz, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Microbiota: what does it mean (historic considerations- Schwiertz et. al)
    Chapter 2. Studying the human microbiota
    Alan Walker
    Chapter 3. The gut microbiota and their metabolites: potential implications for the host epigenome
    Mona Mischke and Torsten Plösch
    Chapter 4. The Oral Microbiota
    Nicole B. Arweiler, Lutz Netuschil
    Chapter 5. Skin Microbiota
    Markus Egert and Rainer Simmering
    Chapter 6. Vaginal Microbiota
    Werner Mendling
    Chapter 7. Gastrointestinal Microbiota
    Hermie J.M. Harmsen and Marcus. C. de Goffau
    Chapter 8. How to manipulate the Microbiota by Probiotics
    Verena Grimm and Christian U. Riedel
    Chapter 9. How to manipulate the Microbiota by Prebiotics
    Petra Louis, Harry J. Flint and Catherine Michel. Chapter 10. Microbiota transplantation
    Susana Fuentes, Ph.D. and Willem M. de Vos, Prof. Ph.D
    Index. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Ann Van Schpdael.
    Contents:
    An overview of the use of microchips in electrophoretic separation techniques : fabrication, separation modes, sample preparation opportunities, and on-chip detection / Stijn Hendrickx, Wim de Malsche, and Deirdre Cabooter
    Microchip electrophoresis for fast and interference-free determination of trace amounts of glyphosate and glufosinate residues in agricultural products / Xuan Wei and Qiaosheng Pu
    Microchip capillary electrophoresis of nitrite and nitrate in cerebrospinal fluid / Marián Masár, Róbert Bodor, and Peter Troška
    Analysis of thiols by microchip capillary electrophoresis for in situ planetary investigations / Maria F. Mora, Amanda M. Stockton, and Peter A. Willis
    Analysis of ofloxacin in ofloxacin ear drops by microfluidic chip coupled with contactless conductivity detection / Bing Chen and Kaicheng Li
    Microchip capillary electrophoresis : quantum dots and paramagnetic particles for bacteria immunoseparation / Sona Krizkova [and 6 others]
    Fast high-throughput screening of H1N1 virus by parallel detection with multichannel microchip electrophoresis / Peng Zhang [and three others]
    Sex identification of ancient DNA samples using microfluidic device / Kristy J. Shaw [and three others]
    Fast and continuous-flow detection and separation of DNA complexes and DNA in nanofluidic chip format / Martina Viefhues, Jan Regtmeier, and Dario Anselmetti
    Multidimensional microchip-capillary electrophoresis device for determination of functional proteins in infant milk formula / Ruige Wu, Ahiping Wang, and Ying Sing Fung
    Fast assembly of anti-voltage photonic crystals in microfluidic channels for ultrafast separation of amino acids and peptides / Yi Chen, Tao Liao, and Can Hu
    Rapid determination of catecholamines in urine samples by nonaqueous microchip electrophoresis with LIF detection / Hongmei Hu, Yuanming Guo, and Tiejun Li
    Carbon nanotube-based separation columns for microchip electrochromatography / K. B. Mogensen, B. Delacourt, and J. P. Kutter
    Electrochromatography on acrylate-based monolith in cyclic olefin copolymer microchip : an attractive technology / Y. Ladner, G. Cretier, and K. Faure
    On-chip electromembrane extraction for monitoring drug metabolism in real time by electrospray ionization mass spectrometry / Nickolaj J. Petersen, Henrik Jensen, and Stig Pedersen-Bjergaard
    Sample preparation for N-glycosylation analysis of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies by electrophoresis / Ákos Szekrényes [and 5 others].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    edited by John Grayson and Walter Zingg.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Blood-vessel interactions
    v. 2. Microcirculation.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QP106.6 .W67 1975
    2
  • Digital
    Maria Dorobantu, Lina Badimon, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive reference book of coronary microcirculation broadly covers theoretical aspects, clinical cases and therapeutic considerations from an innovative perspective. Topics covered include: ischemic heart disease, silent cerebral damage, heart failure, left ventricular hypertrophy arrhythmias, and cerebral and renal microcirculation. Microcirculation: From Bench to Bedside underlines the clinical importance of addressing coronary microcirculation with relevant clinical examples that are often encountered by practitioners. It therefore provides a critical resource on microcirculation for both specialist and non-specialist practitioners. .

    Contents:
    I. Coronary microcirculation
    Theoretical aspects
    1. Basic concepts of microcirculation
    2. Coronary microvascular dysfunction in cardiovascular disease: lessons from large animal models
    3. Dynamic testing of microcirculation
    4. Study of microcirculation through direct microscopic techniques
    5. Platelet function and coronary microvascular dysfunction
    6. Role of perivascular tissue in microvascular dysfunction
    7. Myocardial infarction with non-obstructive coronary artery disease
    II. Clinical cases
    8. Role of coronary microcirculation in no-reflow phenomenon in myocardial infarction with ST segment elevation
    9. Microcirculatory dysfunction in chronic angina
    10. Vasospastic angina
    11. Brain microcirculation and silent cerebral damage
    12. Microcirculation and left ventricular hypertrophy
    13. Microcirculatory dysfunction in acute heart failure
    14. Relationship between coronary microcirculation and arrhythmias: a Janus with two faces
    III. Therapeutical considerations
    15. Treatment of no-reflow phenomenon
    16. Lipid lowering treatment in microcirculation
    17. Cell strategies to stimulate angiogenesis/vasculogenesis for improvement of microcirculation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Enrico Agabiti-Rosei, Anthony M. Heagerty, Damiano Rizzoni.
    Summary: This book offers an extensive review of the most recent data on the pathophysiological role of structural and functional alterations in the microcirculation, particularly focusing on hypertension and diabetes. It covers several relevant and innovative aspects, including the possible mechanisms involved in the development of microvascular remodeling and rarefaction, the technical approaches available for the detection of microvascular alterations, including non-invasive evaluations, the prognostic role of changes in small resistance artery structure, the possibility of preventing or regressing such alterations with appropriate treatment, and the potential clinical advantages of such intervention. A number of innovative areas of research are considered, including the role of the immune system, inflammation and oxidative stress in the development of microvascular alterations. Lastly, it examines the availability of recent non-invasive methods for the evaluation of small resistance artery morphology in the retina, which in the near future may provide a useful tool for the stratification of cardiovascular risk and even for clinical decisions regarding drug treatment, thus providing physicians with a clinically relevant instrument for improving and optimizing the management of hypertensive and diabetic patients. The book provides valuable, clinically relevant information for specialists (cardiology, internal medicine, and endocrinology) and general practitioners, and also offers novel and stimulating data to basic and clinical researchers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Structure and Function of the Microcirculation
    Chapter 2 Assessment of Small Artery Structure and Function by Micromyography
    Chapter 3 Assessment of Retinal Arteriolar Morphology by SLDF
    Chapter 4 Assessment of Retinal Arteriolar Morphology by Adaptive Optics
    Chapter 5 The Cerebral Microcirculation
    Chapter 6 Role of Inflammation in Microvascular Damage
    Chapter 7 Immune Mechanisms in Vascular Remodeling in Hypertension
    Chapter 8 Microvascular Endothelial Dysfunction in Hypertension
    Chapter 9 Interrelationships Between Micro and Macrocirculation
    Chapter 10 Alterations in Capillary and Microcirculatory Networks in Cardiovascular Diseases
    Chapter 11 Microvascular Alterations in Obesity
    Chapter 12 Microvascular Alterations in Diabetes: Focus on Small Resistance Arteries
    Chapter 13 Cardiovascular Effects of Anti-angiogenic Drugs
    Chapter 14 Pathophysiological Mechanisms Implicated in Organ Damage and Cardiovascular Events
    Chapter 15 The Role of Perivascular Adipose Tissue in Arterial Function in Health and Disease
    Chapter 16 Prognostic Role of Microvascular Damage and Effect of Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Tatsuhisa Takahashi.
    Summary: This book presents a new method for analyzing the structure and function of the biological branching systems of fractal trees, with a focus on microcirculation. Branching systems in humans (vascular and bronchial trees) and those in the natural world (plants, trees, and rivers) are characterized by a fractal nature. To date, fractal studies have tended to concentrate on fractal dimensions, which quantify the complexity of objects, but the applications for practical use have remained largely unexplored. This book breaks new ground with topics that include the human retinal microcirculatory network, oxygen consumption by vascular walls, the Fh raeus-Lindqvist effect, the bifurcation exponent, and the asymmetrical microvascular network. Readers are provided with simple formulas to express functions and a simulation graph with in vivo data. The book also discusses the mechanisms regulating blood flow and pressure and how they are related to pathological changes in the human body. Researchers and clinicians alike will find valuable new insights in these pioneering studies.

    Contents:
    Branching Systems of Fractal Vascular Trees
    A Theoretical Model for the Microcirculatory Network
    Oxygen Consumption by Vascular Walls in the Retinal Vasculature
    The Fh raeus-Lindqvist Effect on the Retinal Microcirculation
    Effects of a Reduction in the Bifurcation Exponent from 3.00 to 2.85
    Asymmetrically B ranching Microvascular Networks.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Emilia Biffi.
    Contents:
    Fabrication of microfluidic platforms with pneumatically/hydraulically controlled PDMS valves and their use in neurobiological research / Bryson M. Brewer, Donna J. Webb, and Deyu Li
    Reliable reversible bonding method for perfused microfluidic devices / Paola Occhetta, Emilia Biffi, and Marco Rasponi
    Bridging two cultures : minimalistic networks prepared by microfluidic arraying, and open access compartments for electrophysiology / Jonathan West ... [et al.]
    Asymmetric genetic manipulation and patch clamp recording of neurons in a microfluidic chip / Prasanna Sakha ... [et al.]
    Development of a compartmentalized biochip for axonal isolation and neuronal-circuit formation at the single-cell level / Ting Huang ... [et al.]
    Campenot cultures and microfluidics provide complementary platforms for spatial study of dorsal root ganglia neurons / Sara J. Fenstermacher, Maria F. Pazyra-Murphy, and Rosalind A. Segal
    Development of microfluidic devices for the manipulation of neuronal synapses / Anika Jain and Martha U. Gillette
    Use of a 3-compartment microfluidic device to study activity dependent synaptic competition / Ainsley Coquinco and Max Cynader
    Multi-compartment neuron-glia coculture microsystem / Jaewon Park ... [et al.]
    Compartmentalized microfluidic platforms as tool of choice to study the interaction between neurons and osteoblasts / Estrela Neto ... [et al.]
    Novel in vitro primary culture model of the lower motor neuron-neuromuscular junction circuit / Katherine A. Southam ... [et al.]
    Compartmentalized microfluidics for in vitro Alzheimer's disease studies / Yufei Ren, Anja Kunze, and Philippe Renaud
    Selective biochemical manipulation of twin neuronal networks on microelectrode arrays / Giulia Regalia ... [et al.]
    Compartmentalized synapse microarray for high- throughput screening / Amol D. Jadhav ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Vinod Kumar Yata.
    Summary: This book describes the fundamentals of microfluidics and fabrication methods of microfluidic devices that can be adopted for animal-assisted reproduction. It presents microfluidic methods for sorting highly fertile spermatozoa. This book also describes the application of microfluidics in vitro fertilization and embryo culture. It discusses the use of microfluidics in sperm sexing and the cryopreservation of animal gametes and embryos. Lastly, the book examines the potential opportunities of microfluidics in infertility diagnosis, sperm selection and guidance, oocyte selection, insemination, and embryo monitoring.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction to Microfluidics and animal reproductive techniques
    Chapter 2. Principles, materials and fabrication methods of microfluidics
    Chapter 3. Microfluidics and non-microfluidics methods of sperm sorting and sperm analysis
    Chapter 4. Applications of microfluidcs for in vitro fertilization and embryo Culture
    Chapter 5. Microfluidics in cryoreservation of animal gametes and embryos
    Chapter 6. New hope for sperm sexing: possible role of microfluidics.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel A. Fletcher, Junsang Doh, Matthieu Piel.
    Summary: Microfluidics in Cell Biology Part C, Volume 148, a new release in the Methods in Cell Biology series, continues the legacy of this premier serial with quality chapters authored by leaders in the field. Unique to this updated volume are three sections on microfluidics in various multi-cellular models, including microfluidics in cell monolayers/spheroids, microfluidics in organ on chips, and microfluidics in model organisms. Specific chapters discuss collective migration in microtubes, leukocyte adhesion dynamics on endothelial monolayers under flow, constrained spheroid for perfusion culture, cells in droplet arrays, heart on chips, kidney on chips, liver on chips, and more. Contains contributions from experts in the field from across the world. Covers a wide array of topics on both mitosis and meiosisIncludes relevant, analysis based topics.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Erik Seedhouse.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Long Duration Flight Data
    3. Earthbound and Microgravity Pathophysiology of Increased Intracranial Pressure
    4. Papilledema and Microgravity-Induced Fluid Shift
    5. The Role of Carbon Dioxide and Exercise
    6. Diet and Personalized Medicine
    7. Future Research
    Glossary
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jaspreet Singh Kochhar, Justin J.Y. Tan, Yee Chin Kwang, Lifeng Kang.
    Summary: This monograph covers a novel technology to deliver drugs and cosmetics through the skin in a minimally invasive manner. Microneedles - a bed of miniaturized needles is one of the most studied topics in delivering actives through the skin barrier. This book enables readers to understand the delivery of ingredients through the skin, describes a novel and simple method to fabricate microneedles containing a range of small and large molecular weight compounds, studies their physical properties as well as delivery through the skin layers. Readers will discover this book to be extremely beneficial to help them understand the state of the field of transdermal drug delivery, with extensive coverage including experimental data on basics of microneedle fabrication technology using photolithography, encapsulation of drugs within the polymeric matrix of microneedles and studying their release patternsin vitro and ex vivo . Academic researchers, pharmaceutical and cosmeceutical industry as well as students of skin science will find this account very useful in their pursuits. As microneedles grow and develop into a commercial reality with more actives being delivered and significant clinical research being put in, this account will hold well in providing basic principles and knowledge together with rigorous experimental data.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction & Literature review
    Materials & Methods
    A Simple Method of Microneedle Array Fabrication for Transdermal Drug Delivery
    Protein Encapsulation in Polymeric Microneedles by Photolithography
    Microneedle Patch for Fast Onset and Long-lasting Delivery of Painkillers
    Microneedle Patch to Deliver Collagen through the Skin
    Recent trends in microneedle development & applications in medicine & cosmetics (2013-2018)
    Conclusions & Future Directions
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Elizabeth Bahar Houshmand.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Microneedling / Elizabeth Bahar Houshmand
    A Short History of Skin Needling / Desmond Fernandes
    The Value of Medical Needling in Burn Scars / Matthias Aust
    Skin Care Used with Microneedling / Chytra V. Anand and Parinitha Rao
    Treatment of Hyperpigmentation with Microneedling / Atchima Suwanchinda
    Treatment of Acne and Acne Scars with Microneedling / Stuti Khare Shukla and Michael H. Gold
    Microneedling and Platelet-Rich Plasma (PRP) / Elizabeth Bahar Houshmand.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Feres Chaddad-Neto, Marcos Devanir Silva da Costa.
    Summary: Microneuroanatomy is essential to understanding the brain. In many cases, passing on neuroanatomical knowledge is a difficult task to accomplish, yet this is chiefly due to those who are tasked with conveying this knowledge in classes and lectures, or in books. In reality, neuroanatomy is simple and needs to be understood as a tool for approaching the different areas of the brain, not as an obstacle, and the only way to overcome this problem is to correlate neuroanatomy with various types of disease (arteriovenous malformations, aneurysms, tumors, cavernomas, hydrocephalus, etc.) This book provides a novel approach to the relation between microneuroanatomy and brain diseases. Each chapter addresses a specific neuroanatomical region, and correlates all the key neuroanatomical aspects with diseases that affect it; further, each chapter provides detailed insights into safely performing brain surgery in the respective region.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Surgical Anatomy of the Sulci and Gyri of the Brain
    Chapter 2. Surgical Anatomy of the Frontal Lobe
    Chapter 3. Surgical Anatomy of the Parietal and Occipital Lobes
    Chapter 4. Surgical Anatomy of the Temporal Lobe
    Chapter 5. Surgical Anatomy of the Central Core of the Brain
    Chapter 6. Surgical Anatomy of the Lateral Ventricles
    Chapter 7. Surgical Anatomy of the Third Ventricle
    Chapter 8. Surgical Anatomy of the Cerebellum and Forth Ventricle
    Chapter 9. Surgical Anatomy of the Midbrain
    Chapter 10. Surgical Anatomy of the Pons
    Chapter 11. Surgical Anatomy of the Medulla
    Chapter 12. Surgical Anatomy of the Anterior Basal Cisterns
    Chapter 13. Surgical Anatomy of the Posterior Basal Cisterns
    Chapter 14. Surgical Anatomy of the Posterior Fossa Cisterns
    Chapter 15. Surgical Anatomy of the Sellar Region
    Chapter 16. Surgical Anatomy of the Parasellar Region
    Chapter 17. Surgical Anatomy of the Foramen Magno
    Chapter 18. Surgical Anatomy of the Pineal Region.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Summary: The second edition of Microorganisms in Foods 7: Microbiological Testing in Food Safety Management updates and expands on information on the role of microbiological testing in modern food safety management systems. After helping the reader understand the often confusing statistical concepts underlying microbiological sampling, the second edition explores how risk assessment and risk management can be used to establish goals such as a "tolerable levels of risk," Appropriate Levels of Protection, Food Safety Objectives or Performance Objectives for use in controlling foodborne illness. Guidelines for establishing effective management systems for control of specific hazards in foods are also addressed, including new examples for pathogens and indicator organisms in powdered infant formula, Listeria monocytogenes in deli-meats, enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli in leafy green vegetables, viruses in oysters and Campylobacter in poultry. In addition, a new chapter on application of sampling concept to microbiological methods, expanded chapters covering statistical process control, investigational sampling, environmental sampling, and alternative sampling schemes. The respective roles of industry and government are also explored, recognizing that it is through their collective actions that effective food safety systems are developed and verified. Understanding these systems and concepts can help countries determine whether imported foods were produced with an equivalent level of protection. Microorganisms in Foods 7 is intended for anyone using microbiological testing or setting microbiological criteria, whether for governmental food inspection and control, or industrial applications. It is also intended for those identifying the most effective use of microbiological testing in the food supply chain. For students in food science and technology, this book provides a wealth of information on food safety management principles used by government and industry, with many references for further study. The information was prepared by the International Commission on Microbiological Specifications for Foods (ICMSF). The ICMSF was formed in response to the need for internationally acceptable and authoritative decisions on microbiological limits for foods in international commerce. The current membership consists of fifteen food microbiologists from twelve countries, drawn from government, universities, and food processing and related industries.

    Contents:
    Microbiological Hazards and their Control
    Evaluating Risks and Establishing Food Safety Objectives and Performance Objectives
    Meeting FSO and PO through Control Measures
    Selection and Use of Acceptance Criteria
    Establishment of Microbiological Criteria
    Concepts of Probability and Principles of Sampling
    Sampling Plans
    Selection of Cases and Attributes Plans
    Sampling, Sample Handling, Sample Analysis and Laboratory Quality Assurance
    Impact of Sampling Concepts on the Effectiveness of Microbiological Methodologies
    Tightened, Reduced and Investigational Sampling
    Sampling to Assess Control of the Environment
    Statistical Process Control
    Aflatoxins in Peanut
    Pathogens and Indicator Organisms in Powdered Infant Formula
    Listeria monocytogenes in Ready-to-eat Deli-meats
    Enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli on Fresh-cut Leafy Vegetables
    Viruses in Oysters
    Campylobacter in Chicken Meat.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bhoopander Giri, Ajit Varma, editors.
    Contents:
    Part-I Genesis and Impact of Salinity on the Diversity and Distribution of Microorganisms in Saline Habitats 1. Salinity: An Overview Priyanka Srivastava and *Bhoopander GiriDepartment of Botany, Swami Shraddhanand College, University of Delhi, Delhi 110036, India*e-mail: bhoopg@yahoo.com 2. Occurrence and Distribution of Fungi in Saline EnvironmentsAdèle L. Bunbury-Blanchette and Allison K. Walkera*Acadia University, Department of Biology, 33 Westwood Ave., Wolfville, Nova Scotia, Canada, B4P 2R6*email: allison.walker@acadiau.ca 3. Microbial Ecology of Saline EcosystemsVishnuvardhan Reddy Sultanpuram# and Thirumala MotheMicrobial Ecology Laboratory, Department of Applied Biosciences, Mahatma Gandhi University, Anneparthy, Yellareddygudem (PO), Nalgonda-508254, Telangana, India.#E-mail: svr.micro@gmail.com 4. Microbial diversity of saline habitats: An overview of biotechnological applicationsShubhrima Ghosh, Sumit Kumar and Sunil Kumar Khare*Enzyme and Microbial Biochemistry Laboratory, Department of Chemistry, Indian Institute of Technology Delhi, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016, India*email: skkhare@chemistry.iitd.ac.in; skhare@rocketmail.com 5. Investigation of the Structural and Functional Microbial Diversity in Indian MangrovesShayantan Mukherji1, Shyamalina Haldar2, Abhrajyoti Ghosh1*Department of Biochemistry, Bose Institute, P1/12 CIT Road, Scheme VIIM, Kolkata- 700054, West Bengal, IndiaEmail: abhrajyoti.ghosh@jcbose.ac.in, aghosh78@gmail.com Part-II Impact of Salinity on Plants and Microbial Life 6. Exopolysaccharides and Biofilms in Mitigating Salinity Stress: The Biotechnological Potential of Halophilic and Soil Inhabiting PGPR MicroorganismsAparna Banerjee*, Shrabana Sarkar, Sara Cuadros-Orellana, Rajib BandopadhyayVicerrectoría de Investigación y Postgrado, Centro de Biotecnología de los Recursos Naturales, Universidad Católica del Maule, Talca, Chile*E-mail: abanerjee@ucm.cl 7. Impact of Salinity Stress on Growth and Development of Aquatic FungiDepartment of Botany, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, Mexico City, MexicoCorresponding author e-mail: pvelez@ib.unam.mx 8. Cellular mechanisms of plant salt tolerance*Mohamed Magdy F. Mansour and Karima Hamid A. SalamaDepartment of Botany, Faculty of Science, Ain Shams University, Cairo 11566, Egypt*email: magdi.abdelhamid@yahoo.com 9. Microorganisms Aiding Existence and Efficiency of Plants in Saline Environment: What We Know and What to ExpectUsha Chakraborty*, Swarnendu Roy1 and Bishwanath Chakraborty2Plant Biochemistry Laboratory, Department of Botany, University of North Bengal, Siliguri, West Bengal*email: ucnbu2012@gmail.com 10. Effect of Salinity on Physiological Processes in PlantsOkon Godwin OkonDepartment of Biological Sciences, Ritman University, P.O. BOX 1321, Ikot Ekpene, Akwa Ibom State, Nigeria. E-mail: okonokongodwin@yahoo.com Part-III Plant-Microbe Interactions in Saline Environment 11. Influence of Native Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi and Pseudomonas Fluorescens on Tamarix Shrubs Under Different Salinity LevelsKarima Bencherif*; Yolande Dalpé, Anissa Lounès
    Hadj SahraouiUniversité de Djelfa, Faculté des sciences de la Nature et de la vie, Route de Moudjbara, BP 3117. Djelfa (17000) Algérie. Université du Littoral Côte d'Opale, Unité de Chimie Environnementale et Interactions sur le Vivant (UCEIV), EA4492, 50 rue Ferdinand Buisson, 62228 Calais, France. lounes@univ-littoral.fr*Email: bencherif-karima@yahoo.fr 12. Salt-tolerant Microbes: Isolation and AdaptationMohammad Javad ZareaDepartment of Agronomy and Plant breeding, Faculty of Agriculture, Ilam University, Ilam, IranE-mail: zareamj@yahoo.com or mj.zarea@ilam.ac.ir 13. The Mechanisms Involved in Enhancing Plant Salt Stress Tolerance Using Arbuscular Mycorrhizal FungiMagdi T Abdelhamid, Raafat R El-Masry, Darwish S Darwish, Mazhar M F Abdalla, Shinya Oba, Ragab RagabBotany Department, National Research Centre, 33 EL Bohouth St, Dokki, Giza 12622, Egypt, E-mail: magdi.abdelhamid@yahoo.com 14. Plant Growth Promoting Bacteria for Improving Crops Under Saline ConditionsBensidhoum Leila And Nabti Elhafid* Laboratoire de Maitrise des Energies Renouvelables, Faculté des Sciences de la Nature et de la Vie, Université de Bejaia, 06000 Bejaia, Algeria.*e-mail: elhnabti1977@yahoo.fr 15. Insights in The Physiological, Biochemical and Molecular Basis of Salt Stress Tolerance in Plants Nisha Kumari*, Kamla Malik, Babita Rani, Minakshi Jattan, Sushil, Ram Avtar, Sarita Devi and Sunder Singh AryaDepartment of Biochemistry, CCS Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar-125 004, India*e-mail: nishaahlawat211@gmail.com 16. Arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi alleviate soil salinity stress in arid and semi-arid areasKarima Bencherif*, Yolande Dalpé, Anissa Lounès Hadj-SahraouiUniversité de Djelfa, Faculté des sciences de la Nature et de la vie, Route de Moudjbara, BP 3117. Djelfa (17000) Algérie. Unité de Chimie Environnementale et Interactions sur le Vivant (UCEIV), Université du Littoral Côte d'Opale, SFR Condorcet CNRS 3417, 50, rue Ferdinand Buisson, F-62228 Calais cedex, France. *e-mail: bencherif-karima@yahoo.fr 17. Salinity Stress Dependent Coordination of Metabolic Networks in Relation to Salt Tolerance in Plants Ashutosh Dubey* and A.K. Verma Department of Biochemistry, College of Basic Sciences and Humanities, G.B. Pant university of agriculture and technology, Pantnagar-263 145, INDIA*E-Mail: drashutoshdubey@rediffmail.com 18. Salt Stress on Plant Growth and Role of Microbes in Promoting Plant Growth Under Salt Stress Manik Prabhu Narsing Rao1, Zhou-Yan Dong, Min-Xiao1 and Wen-Jun Li1State Key Laboratory of Biocontrol and Guangdong Key Laboratory of Plant Resources, School of Life Sciences, Sun Yat-Sen University, Guangzhou, P'R Chin*e-mail: liwenjun3@mail.sysu.edu.cn Part-IV Strategies for Mitigation and Reclamation of Saline Soils 19. Strategies for Reclamation of Saline Soils*Vinay Shankar and Heikham EvelinDepartment of Botany, Deshbandhu College, University of Delhi, New Delhi
    110 019*Email: meevelin@gmail.com 20. Biochar for Reclamation of Saline Soils Sharma Mona*, Rachna Bhateria, Bansal Deepak, Bala Kiran, Rani Nisha Department of Environmental Science & Engineering, Guru Jambheshwar University of Science & Technology, Hisar, Haryana, India*Email: drmonasharma1@gmail.com.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Matthieu Piel and Manuel Théry.
    Summary: "Micropatterning refers generally to techniques which provide an experimental control over the chemical, physical, or geometrical properties of materials at the micron or submicron scale, and are thus used to produce spatial patterns of these properties. These techniques, which were often originally designed for application in microelectronics, have spread over most areas of science, including biology. They have proved particularly useful for cell biology, bridging the gap between the Petri-dish and complex 3D assays and tissues."--Preface.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Edoardo Midena, editor.
    Contents:
    Microperimetry and Multimodal Retinal Imaging: the Fundamentals: Functional Evaluation of the Retina: an Introduction
    Retinal Fixation and Microperimetry
    Microperimetry: technical remarks
    OCT/SLO Microperimetry and Correlates
    Scotopic microperimetry
    Multimodal retinal imaging: an Introduction. Clinical Applications of Microperimetry and Multimodal Retina Imaging: Early and Intermediate Age-Related Macular Degeneration
    Geographic atrophy
    Neovascular age-related macular degeneration
    Retinal Pigment Epithelium and Choroid Graft
    Macular Telangiectasia Type 2
    Diabetes and Retinal Vascular Disorders
    Myopia
    Retinal Dystrophies
    Disorders of the vitreoretinal interface
    Inflammatory chorio-retinal diseases
    Toxic retinopathies
    Glaucoma. The contribution to visual rehabilitation: Low vision: diagnosis and rehabilitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Gaetano Santulli, editor.
    Contents:
    1. A fleeting glimpse inside microRNA, epigenetics and micropeptidomics
    2. The microRNA machinery
    3. microRNAs in mitochondria: an unexplored niche
    4. microRNAs distinctively regulate vascular smooth muscle and endothelial cells: functional implications in angiogenesis, atherosclerosis, and in-stent restenosis
    5. Mechanistic role of microRNAs in coupling lipid metabolism and atherosclerosis
    6. microRNAs in pancreatic β-cell physiology
    7. microRNA and cardiac regeneration
    8. microRNAs and endometrial pathophysiology
    9. microRNA and NF-kappa B
    10. microRNAs: key players in hematopoiesis
    11. Regulatory roles of miRNAs in aging
    12. Computational prediction of microRNA targets
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Gaetano Santulli, editor.
    Contents:
    microRNAs in the malignant transformation process / Anne E. Sarver, Lihua Li, Reena V. Kartha, Subbaya Subramanian
    microRNA and chronic lymphocytic leukemia / Dana Elena Giza, George A. Calin
    microRNA in malignant lymphoma / Hiroyuki Tagawa
    MicroRNAs and gastrointestinal stromal tumor / Pinar Akçakaya, Weng-Onn Lui
    Insights into the role of microRNAs in pancreatic cancer pathogenesis: potential for diagnosis, prognosis, and therapy / Mohammad Aslam Khan [and others]
    microRNAs and colorectal cancer / Anna Lena Ress, Samantha Perakis, Martin Pichler
    microRNAs and prostate cancer / Sajni Josson, Leland W. K. Chung, Murali Gururajan
    microRNA and ovarian cancer / Ream Langhe
    microRNA and lung cancer / Valerio Del Vescovo, Michela A. Denti
    microRNAs and soft tissue sarcomas / Tomohiro Fujiwara, Toshiyuki Kunisada, Ken Takeda, Toshifumi Ozaki
    microRNA and bone cancer / Mary Nugent.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Gaetano Santulli, editor.
    Contents:
    Exploiting microRNA specificity and selectivity: paving a sustainable path towards precision medicine / Gaetano Santulli
    microRNAs and personalized medicine: evaluating their potential as cancer biomarkers / Anne Saumet and Charles-Henri Lecellier
    microRNA and pain / Atsushi Sakai and Hidenori Suzuki
    microRNA and epilepsy / Cristina R. Reschke and David C. Henshall
    microRNA and autism / Ayyappan Anitha and Ismail Thanseem
    microRNAs and neurogenerative diseases / Lifeng Qiu, Eng King Tan, and Li Zeng
    microRNAs and Fragile X Syndrome / Shi-Lung Lin
    The emerging role of mitomiRs in the pathophysiology of human disease / Filipe V. Duarte, Carlos M. Palmeira, and Anabela P. Rolo
    microRNAs in cerebrovascualar disease / Ondřej Volný, Linda Kašičková, Dominika Coufalová, Petra Cimflová, and Jan Novák
    microRNAs and cardiovascular remodeling / Koh Ono
    microRNAs in essential hypertension and blood pressure regulation / Francine Z. Marques and Fadi J. Charchar
    microRNA and pulmonary hypertension / Olivier Boucherat, François Potus, and Sébastien Bonnet
    microRNAs in diabetic kidney disease / Arthur C.K. Chung
    microRNA and kidney transplantation / Kíra Jelencsics and Rainer Oberbauer
    microRNA and wound healing / Jaideep Banerjee and Chandan K. Sen
    Essential role of microRNA in skin physiology and disease / Damjan Glavač and Metka Ravnik-Glavač
    microRNA and allergy / Ana Rebane
    microRNA in human reproduction / Iris Eisenberg, Noora Kotaja, Debra Goldman-Wohl, and Tal Imbar
    microRNAs and hepatitis B / Yutaka Naito, Yasuhito Tanaka, and Takahiro Ochiya
    Circulating microRNAs: the future of biomarkers in anti-doping field / Nicolas Leuenberger and Martial Saugy
    microRNA expression profiling: technologies, insights, and prospects / Christine Roden, Stephen Mastriano, Nayi Wang, and Jun Lu.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Yoichi Robertus Fujii.
    Summary: This book tells the story of the discovery of microRNA (miRNA) quantum code, the basic theory of biological data science for medical investigation with miRNA, to its implementation. It explains the use of a new algorithm called the miRNA entangling target sorter (METS), based on the quantum computation algorithm, to give the etiologic analysis for diseases such as cancer, infectious diseases, and age-related disorders. Providing detailed descriptions to make the METS algorithm simple to grasp, it also explains the accumulated cutting-edged data for human diseases utilizing artificial intelligence (AI) for quantum miRNA language (miRNA qubit) (MIRAI). Further, it describes a discovery story for quantum miRNA surveillance against tumors and quantum miRNA immunity against viruses. Since this is a multidisciplinary field of study, crucial details on physics, mathematics, computer science, data science, virology, immunology, oncology, pathology, and biology are supplied. This book will support professional advancement for scientists, clinicians, educators, students, and science enthusiasts. The reader's knowledge of the subject and its practical medical applications will be enriched by the wealth of informative figures and supporting data.

    Contents:
    RNA Controls RNA
    MicroRNA Qubit
    Matrix Multiplication for MicroRNA Qubit
    MicroRNA Quantum Computing
    Vital METS/MIRAI
    Etiologic Analysis for Human cancer
    Encounter with the unknown
    Diabetes Mellitus: Quantum microRNA Language with Artificial Intelligence (MIRAI) as an Early Diagnostic Tool for Type II Diabetes Mellitus for Sustainable Healthcare
    Thyroid Cancer: Quantum microRNA Language/Artificial Intelligence (MIRAI)-Based Etiologic Analysis of Thyroid Cancer by Serum/Plasma miRNA Panel Data
    Metabolic Disease and Alzheimer’s Disease
    Quantum MiRNA Immunity and Quantum MiRNA Surveillance
    Quantum MiRNA code.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Zengrong Liu, Jianwei Shen, Shuiming Cai, Fang Yan.
    Summary: This book discusses topics related to the topological structure and biological function of gene networks regulated by microRNAs. It focuses on analyzing the relation between topological structure and biological function, applying these theoretical results to gene networks involving microRNA, illustrating their biological mechanisms, and identifying the roles of microRNA in controlling various phenomena emerging from the networks. In addition, the book explains how to control the complex biological phenomena using mathematical tools and offers a new perspective on studying microRNA. It is a useful resource for graduate students and researchers who are working on or interested in microRNAs and gene network.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Topological structure and biological function of gene network regulated by microRNA
    MicroRNA function of some life process in the gene network
    Controlling the complex biological phenomena using mathematical tools.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Catherine M. Greene, editor.
    Summary: The book serves as a comprehensive resource for scientists and clinicians studying the role of non-coding RNAs in inflammation (viral infections, wound inflammation), human inflammatory diseases (i.e. rheumatoid arthritis, Crohnℓ́ℓs disease, diabetes), and innate immunity. It provides a universal reference work comprising both basic and specialized information. Given that ncRNAs represent new therapeutic targets, this volume will also be of interest to industrial biomedical researchers and those involved in drug development.

    Contents:
    The biology of microRNA
    The biology of long non-coding RNA
    microRNA regulation of neutrophil function
    How non-coding RNAs contribute to macrophage polarization
    Endogenous control of dendritic cell activation by miRNA
    Noncoding RNA expression during viral infection: the long and the short of it
    Wound inflammation: emerging role of miRNA
    The importance of microRNAs in rheumatoid arthritis
    MicroRNAs with impact on adipose tissue inflammation in obesity
    The relationship between miR-29, NOD2 and Crohn's disease
    The role of ncRNA in diabetes
    ncRNA as diagnostics and prognostics for hepatocellular carcinoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP623 .M537 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Michael Sand.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Objectives of this work
    Summary and discussion of this work
    Closing remarks
    Paper 1: Expression levels of the microRNA processing enzymes Drosha and Dicer in epithelial skin cancer
    Paper 2: Expression levels of the microRNA maturing microprocessor complex component DGCR8 and the RNA- induced silencing complex (RISC) components argonaute-1, argonaute-2, PACT, TARBP1 and TARBP2 in epithelial skin cancer
    Paper 3: Expression of microRNAs in basal cell carcinoma
    Paper 4: Microarray analysis of microRNA expression in cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma
    Paper 5: The miRNA machinery in primary cutaneous malignant melanoma, cutaneous malignant melanoma metastases and benign melanocytic nevi
    Paper 6: Immunohistochemical expression patterns of the microRNA-processing enzyme Dicer in cutaneous malignant melanomas, benign melanocytic nevi and dysplastic melanocytic nevi
    Paper 7: Comparative microarray analysis of microRNA expression profiles in primary cutaneous malignant melanoma, cutaneous malignant melanoma metastases and benign melanocytic nevi
    Paper 8: MicroRNAs and the skin: tiny players in the body's largest organ
    Paper 9: microRNA in non-melanoma skin cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Luisa Ciobanu.
    Summary: "In the past two decades, significant advances in magnetic resonance microscopy (MRM) have been made possible by a combination of higher magnetic fields and more robust data acquisition technologies. This technical progress has enabled a shift in MRM applications from basic anatomical investigations to dynamic and functional studies, boosting the use of MRM in biological and life sciences. This book provides a simple introduction to MRM emphasizing practical aspects relevant to high magnetic fields. It focuses on biological applications and presents a number of selected examples of neuroscience applications. The text is mainly intended for those who are beginning research in the field of MRM or are planning to incorporate high-resolution MRI in their neuroscience studies."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. About this book
    2. Hardware
    3. Image formation
    4. Acquistion strategies
    5. Image artifacts
    6. Sample preparation
    7. A bit of history
    8. Diffusion weighted magnetic resonance microscopy
    9. Manganese enhanced magnetic resonance microsopy
    On the horizon.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Microscopy handbooks to find individual volumes of this title.
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
  • Digital
    Lars Kaestner, Peter Lipp, editors.
    Summary: This book provides in depths information on different microscopy approaches and supplies the reader with methods how to untangle highly complex processes involved in physiological and pathophysiological cardiac signaling. Microscopy approaches have established themselves as the quasi gold standard that enables us to appreciate the underlying mechanisms of physiological and pathophysiological cardiac signaling. This book presents the most important microscopy techniques from the level of individual molecule e.g. Forster-Resonance Energy Transfer (FRET), up to cellular and tissue imaging, e.g. electron microscopy (TEM) or light sheet microscopy. The book is intended for graduate students and postdocs in cardiovascular research, imaging and cell biology, pre-clinical and clinical researchers in cardiovascular sciences as well as decision makers of the pharmaceutical industry.

    Contents:
    Studying structure and function of the heart cells using scanning ion conductance microscopy
    Optical sectioning microscopy at 'temporal super-resolution'
    Quantitative super-resolution microscopy of cardiomyocytes
    Caged compounds : applications in cardiac muscle research
    Optogenetic tools in the microscopy of cardiac excitation-contraction coupling
    Electron microscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Hsun-Liang (Albert) Chan, Diego Velasquez-Plata, editors.
    Summary: This book compiles all relevant information regarding fundamental concepts and advanced techniques related to the applications of minimally invasive procedures in periodontal and implant therapy facilitated with the operating microscope. Microsurgical therapy, wound healing principles as well as biomechanical and design aspects of micro-instruments and suturing armamentarium are discussed. The book offers information that is usually scattered in the dental and medical literature and not only hard to compile but also to frame in the appropriate clinical categories. Its unique emphasis on ergonomics (patient, operator and assistant positioning) and collaboration techniques like four to six hand assisting make this work unique. Each topic is discussed by world renowned experts in the field. The book is a valuable resource for the dental society including general dentists, periodontists, oral surgeons and implantologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    A Tribute to Dennis A. Shanelec, DDS: The Father of Periodontal Microsurgery
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Introduction to Microsurgery
    1 Introduction
    2 History of Operating Microscope in Medicine
    3 History of Operating Microscope in Dentistry
    4 History of OM in Periodontology and Implant Dentistry
    5 Advantages of Using OM in Surgical Dentistry
    6 Current Trends that Favor Using OM
    7 Future Directions
    8 Conclusion
    9 Key Points
    References
    The Impact of a Minimally Invasive Approach on Oral Wound Healing
    1 Introduction 2 An Overview of the Biological Pathways to Mucosal Wound Repair and Regeneration
    2.1 Inflammation Phase (First Stage of Mucosal Wound Healing)
    2.2 Proliferation Phase (Second Stage of Mucosal Wound Healing)
    2.2.1 Epithelialization
    2.2.2 Angiogenesis
    2.2.3 Granulation Tissue Formation
    2.3 Remodeling Phase (Third Stage of Mucosal Wound Healing)
    3 Impact of the Microsurgical Technique on the Healing Process of Oral Mucosal Wounds: Clinical Results and Potential Triggers for Enhanced Healing 3.1 Scientific Evidence of Improved Outcomes After Periodontal Plastic Microsurgeries: Some Critical Comments about the Clinical Relevance of the Results
    3.2 The Interconnectedness of the Microsurgical Technique with the Healing Process of Mucosal Wounds
    3.2.1 Influence of Modified (Minimal-Invasive) Incision Designs on Wound Stability and Wound Integrity
    3.2.2 Healing of Periodontal Wounds Created by Traditional, but Microsurgically Modified Flap Designs
    4 How to Translate Findings from Basic Research into Clinical Success? 4.1 Incision Design and Wound Healing from a Histological and Physiological Perspective
    4.2 Micromechanical Properties of the Extracellular Matrix of the Oral Mucosa and the Blood Clot after Wounding
    4.2.1 Micromechanical Aspects of Oral Mucosal Tissues
    4.2.2 Micromechanical Aspects of the Blood Clot during Healing
    4.3 Microsurgically Controlled Instrument Handling and its Impact on Tissue Mechanotransduction
    5 Closing Remarks
    6 Key Points
    References
    Fundamentals of the Operating Microscope
    1 Introduction
    2 Magnification
    3 Loupes 4 Loupes Versus Operating Microscope
    5 Parts and Functions of a Surgical Microscope
    5.1 The Body of the Microscope
    5.1.1 Microscope Eyepieces
    5.1.2 Binocular Tube Head
    5.1.3 Co-Observation
    5.1.4 Microscope Objective Lens
    5.1.5 Microscope Magnification Changer or Zoom system
    5.1.6 Focusing
    5.2 Light Source
    5.2.1 Illumination
    5.2.2 Augmented Visualization
    5.3 The Suspension System
    5.4 Imaging Systems and Documentation Devices
    6 Conclusions
    7 Glossary
    8 Key Points
    References
    Design and Ergonomics of Microsurgical Instruments
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Arbak Khachatryan, Artur Tevosyan, David Novoselskiy, Gevorg Arakelyan, Alexey Yushkevich, David Nazaretovich Nazarian.
    Summary: This book provides a practically applicable guide on how to develop essential microsurgery skills and successfully perform a range of procedures. Emphasis is placed within each chapter on equipping the reader with the necessary information to enable them to develop a strong foundational knowledge of every technique covered with clear step-by-step guides on how to perform a range of methodologies. Helpful tips are provided on how to avoid common pitfalls and enhance skill acquisition. Accompanying video material also reinforces the key points detailed. Topics covered include how to develop skills utilizing the porcine model of flap harvesting along with the use of animal models for techniques such as vascular anastomoses, anesthesia, and exposure of relevant recipient vessels. Microsurgery Manual for Medical Students and Residents is a detailed resource on how to acquire core microsurgery skills, making it an ideal resource for medical students and trainees seeking a resource on how to further develop their skills.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Acknowledgement
    Table of contents
    Section 1 Introduction: Microsurgery training organization and Principles
    Essential equipment
    Workspace organization
    Assembly of operating microscope
    Standard microsurgical instrumental set
    Essential suture materials review
    Features of working with magnification
    Microsurgical suture technique - End-to-end
    Microsurgical suture technique - Side-to side
    Microsurgical suture technique - Nerve suturing
    Specifies of working with an assistant
    Training curve
    Section 2 Basic Training exercises: How to start?
    Simple exercises
    Chicken hip and leg training model
    Chicken wing training model
    Perforator flap training model using a chicken leg
    Section 3 Microsurgery training on Rodents
    Maintaining of animal welfare
    Preoperative management and anesthesia
    Vascular
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Richard C. Troutman ; with 457 tone drawings in 137 plates by Virginia Cantarella.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RE80 .T76
    2
  • Digital
    Toshio Matsushima.
    Summary: This book provides the anatomy of the posterior fossa, together with the main associated surgical techniques, which are detailed in numerous photographs and step-by-step color illustrations. The text presents approaches and surgical techniques such as the trans-cerebellomedullary fissure approach and its variation to the fourth ventricle, as well as the cerebellomedullary cistern, infratentorial lateral supracerebellar approach to the fifth cranial nerve in the upper cerebellopontine angle, infrafloccular approach to the root exit zone of the seventh cranial nerve, transcondylar fossa approach through the lateral part of the foramen magnum, and the stitched sling retraction technique utilized during microvascular decompression procedures for trigeminal neuralgia and hemifacial spasm. It also describes in detail the bridging veins of the posterior fossa, especially the petrosal vein, and bridging veins to the tentorial sinuses, which can block approaches to the affected area. The original Japanese version of this work was published 8 years ago, and has established itself as a trusted guide, especially among young neurosurgeons who need to study various surgical approaches and techniques. In the course of being translated into English, some sections have been revised and new information has been added. The author hopes that the book will help neurosurgeons around the world perform safer operations with confidence.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Luis A.B. Borba, Jean G. de Oliveira.
    Summary: "A deep knowledge of regional anatomy, improved understanding of pathologies and their behaviors, technological advances, and multidisciplinary collaboration have led to more effective treatments for the once inoperable skull base lesions. Microsurgical and Endoscopic Approaches to the Skull Base: Anatomy, Tactics, and Techniques by renowned skull base neurosurgeons Luis A. B. Borba and Jean G. de Oliveira presents a balanced, anatomy-based perspective on microsurgical and endoscopic approaches to manage these highly challenging lesions. The text leverages the best current scientific literature on this topic and insights from global skull base surgery experts"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Evgenii G. Belykh, Nikolay L. Martirosyan, M.Yashar S. Kalani.
    Summary: "All neurosurgeons must undergo rigorous training in the laboratory and practice bypass techniques repetitively before performing microneurosurgery on a patient. Microsurgical Basics and Bypass Techniques by Evgenii Belykh, Nikolay Martirosyan, and M. Yashar S. Kalani is a comprehensive yet succinct manual on fundamental laboratory techniques rarely included in clinical textbooks. The resource simplifies repetitive microsurgical practice in the laboratory by providing a menu of diverse, progressively challenging exercises. Step-by-step instructions accompanied by easy-to-understand illustrations, expert commentary, and videos effectively bridge the gap between laboratory practice and operating room performance. The book starts with an opening chapter on four founding principles of microsurgical practice inherited from great thinkers and concludes with a chapter featuring cerebrovascular bypass cases. Chapters 2-8 offer a complete one-week curriculum, with a different lab exercise each day, focused on learning basic microsurgery skills"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The philosophy of microsurgical practice : four founding principles inherited from the great thinkers / Evgenii Belykh and Peter Nakaji
    Day 1 : The organization of the microsurgical laboratory: necessary tools and equipment / Evgenii Belykh, Nikolay L. Martirosyan, and Mark C. Preul
    Day 2 : Dry-laboratory microsurgical training : techniques and manual skills /
    Evgenii Belykh and Nikolay Martirosyan
    Day 3: Wet-laboratory microsurgical training : basic principles for working with laboratory animals / Evgenii Belykh and Nikolay L. Martirosyan
    Day 4 : Exercise set 1 : basic arterial anastomoses / Evgenii Belykh and Nikolay L. Martirosyan
    Day 5 : Exercise set 2 : deep field anastomoses and complex vascular reconstructions / Evgenii Belykh and Nicolay L. Martirosyan
    Day 6 : Exercises : kidney autotransplantation, supermicrosurgery, and aneurysm clipping / Evgenii Belykh and Nikolay L. Martirosyan
    Day 7 : Models for microneurosurgical training and schedules for training /
    Evgenii Belykh
    Possible bypass errors / Evgenii Belykh and Peter Nakaji
    Translation of laboratory skills : indications for bypass in neurosurgery /
    Evgenii Belykh, M. Yashar S. Kalani, and Peter Nakaji
    Case examples of cerebrovascular bypass / M. Yashar S. Kalani, Ken-ichiro Kikuta, and Evgenii Belykh
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Hans-Jakob Steiger, Nima Etminan, Daniel Hänggi.
    Summary: This compact book provides step-by-step guidance in the approaches and techniques developed and currently used at the authorsℓ́ℓ center in D©ơsseldorf for the treatment of a variety of aneurysms. All of the described procedures are minimally invasive and of proven efficacy. In order to assist the reader in fully comprehending all aspects of the techniques, they are illustrated through clear graphics instead of complex photos and radiologic imaging. While the rapid development of endovascular treatment means that it is no longer necessary to employ microsurgery for difficult and hidden aneurysms, proficiency in microsurgery remains essential. For example, full mastery of microsurgical techniques is vital in order to treat middle cerebral and peripheral aneurysms efficiently and with minimal trauma. Minimal invasiveness and optimal cosmetic results have become critically important in enabling the microsurgical method to compete with the endovascular method.℗ℓ In documenting ℓ́ℓtried and testedℓ́ℓ procedures, this book will be invaluable for both established neurosurgeons and residents in neurosurgery.

    Contents:
    General Concepts: Pathophysiology and Anatomy
    Perioperative Management of Aneurysms and Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
    Surgical Approaches: Specific Aneurysm: ICA-Ophthalmic
    ICA-Pcom
    ICA-other
    MCA
    M1
    Peripheral MCA
    Acom
    A2-Pericallosal
    A1
    PICA
    Peripheral Cerebellar Arteries A.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Mario Sanna, Hiroshi Sunose, Fernando Mancini, Alessandra Russo, Abdelkader Taibah ; with the collaboration of Enrico Piccirillo, Antonio Caruso, Lorenzo Lauda, Anna Lisa Giannuzzi, Gianluca Piras.
    Summary: "The cholesteatoma, strictly speaking a cyst and not a cancer, nevertheless shows expansive and destructive growth patterns that may give rise to serious symptoms and consequences, including fatality, not unlike those seen for malignant neoplasms. The great challenge of therapy is to eradicate the pathologic growth while preserving hearing and other critical functions of the middle ear and petrous bone, respecting the proximity of vital neural and vascular structures, and the intricate three-dimensional relationships involved. Mario Sanna's Microsurgical Management of Middle Ear and Petrous Bone Cholesteatoma is the ultimate illustrated guide to complete management of the cholesteatoma, including assessment of the full expansion and degree of destruction caused by the growths, and short- and long-term follow-up to assess and treat for recurrence. Key Features - Brilliantly illustrated with diagnostic images from otoscopy and radiology, both normal and pathological - Step-by-step description of approaches and techniques for the procedures - Special coverage of petrous bone cholesteatoma, which is less frequent than other forms but more difficult to diagnose and treat, with introduction and description of a new function-sparing procedure, the subtotal petrosectomy"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and radiology of the normal temporal bone
    Diagnosis of cholesteatoma
    Operating room setup and anesthesia for middle ear cholesteatoma
    Basic techniques and decision making in middle ear cholesteatoma surgery
    Retroauricular transcanal approach
    Canal wall up tympanoplasty
    Canal wall down tympanoplasty
    Congenital cholesteatoma of the middle ear
    Cholesteatoma of the external auditory canal
    Problems and solutions in middle ear cholesteatoma surgery
    Obliteration of the middle ear (subtotal petrosectomy) in cholesteatoma surgery
    Cochlear implantation in cholesteatoma surgery
    Management of iatrogenic injuries in middle ear cholesteatoma surgery
    Petrous bone cholesteatoma.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Guoxian Pei, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    1: Overview of Microscopic Orthopaedics; 1.1 A Brief History of Microscopic Orthopedics; 1.2 Application Range of Microscopic Orthopedic; 1.2.1 Replantation Surgery; 1.2.2 Reconstructive Surgery; 1.2.3 Nerve Repair; 1.2.4 Tissue Transplants; 1.2.5 Applications in Other Surgical Field; 1.3 Indications for Microscopic Orthopaedic Surgery; 1.4 The Developing Trends of Microscopic Orthopaedics; Bibliography;
    2: Basic Techniques of Micro-Orthopedics; 2.1 Basic Microsurgical Techniques; 2.1.1 Microsurgical Instruments 2.1.1.1 Magnifier and Magnifying Spectacles2.1.1.2 Common Microsurgical Instruments; 2.1.2 Basic Technique Training; 2.1.2.1 Application of an Operation Microscope; 2.1.2.2 Application of Microsurgery Instruments; 2.1.2.3 Training of Basic Operation Techniques; 2.2 Microscopic Vascular Anastomosis Techniques; 2.2.1 Basic Principles for Microscopic Vascular Anastomosis; 2.2.1.1 Non-invasive Principle; 2.2.1.2 Proper Tension Principle; 2.2.1.3 Approximate Diameter Principle; 2.2.1.4 Principle of Even and Extrophy Anastomotic Stoma 2.2.1.5 Principle of Evenness and Symmetry of Edge Distance and Needle Pitch2.2.2 Methods of Microscopic Vascular Anastomosis; 2.2.2.1 Basic Skill Training for Microscopic Vascular Anastomosis; 2.2.2.2 Methods of Anastomosis; 2.3 Microsurgical Nerve Suture; 2.3.1 Types of Nerve Suture; 2.3.2 Methods of Nerve Suture; 2.3.2.1 Preparation; 2.3.2.2 Procedures of Nerve Suture; 2.4 Microsurgical Tendon Suture; 2.4.1 Methods of Microsurgical Tendon Suture; 2.4.1.1 Suture of Tendon; 2.4.1.2 Restoration of Tendon Sheaths and Peri-Tendon Tissues
    3: Perioperative Management in Microsurgical Orthopaedics3.1 Preoperative Planning and Preparation; 3.1.1 Team Approach; 3.1.2 Replantation; 3.1.2.1 Management and Transportation of Patients and Amputated Limbs (Finger); 3.1.2.2 After Arrival at a Hospital; 3.1.3 Free Flap Transfer; 3.1.4 Peripheral Nerve Repair; 3.2 Anesthesia; 3.3 Intra-Operative Care; 3.4 Postoperative Monitoring and Nursing; 3.4.1 General Considerations; 3.4.2 Observation Indicators; 3.4.3 Treatment of Vascular Crisis; 3.5 Routine Postoperative Medication; Bibliography;
    4: Major Limb Replantation 4.1 Introduction4.2 Anatomic Considerations; 4.2.1 Proximal 1/3 Section of the Arm; 4.2.2 Middle 1/3 Section of the Arm; 4.2.3 Distal 1/3 Section of the Arm; 4.2.4 Proximal 1/3 Section of the Forearm; 4.2.5 Middle 1/3 Section of the Forearm; 4.2.6 Distal 1/3 Section of the Forearm; 4.2.7 Proximal 1/3 Section of the Thigh; 4.2.8 Middle 1/3 Section of the Thigh; 4.2.9 Distal 1/3 Section of the Thigh; 4.2.10 Cross Section of the Leg; 4.3 Classification of Amputated Limb; 4.3.1 Classification According to the Nature of the Injury; 4.3.1.1 Amputation Resulting from Guillotine Injury
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Shi-Ting Li, Jun Zhong, Raymond F. Sekula, Jr., editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Qingyu Fan, editor.
    Summary: The book provide up-to-date information on clinical application of microwave ablation for limb salvage in bone tumors. First chapters briefly introduce clinical diagnosis, stage, amputation and limb salvage surgery of bone tumors. In the following chapters, detailed procedure of microwave ablation of bone tumors in various parts of the body, for example, upper limb, lower limb, pelvis and spine, is described, accompanying a large number of high-resolution illustration. Microwave ablation of different kinds of bone tumors, for example, bone metastases, giant cell tumor, osteosarcoma, soft tissue tumors is also presented with tips in clinical procedure. In the closing chapters, joint function preservation, prevention and treatment of complications, and the advantages and disadvantages of microwave ablation of bone tumors are also discussed for reader to have a in-depth understanding. It will be a valuable reference for orthopedic surgeons and oncologists, as well as practitioners interested in this field.

    Contents:
    Clinical Diagnosis of Bone Tumors
    Stage of Malignant Bone Tumors
    Assessment of Resection Margins in Bone Tumor Surgery
    Most Common Malignant Bone Tumors
    Amputation
    Limb Salvage Surgery
    Basic Principles of Microwave Ablation
    Indications and contraindications of Microwave Ablation
    Microwave Ablation of Bone Tumor of Upper Limb
    Microwave Ablation of Bone Tumor of Lower Limb
    Microwave Ablation of Bone Tumor of Pelvis
    Microwave Ablation of Bone Metastases
    Microwave Ablation of Osteosarcoma in Children
    Microwave Ablation of Giant Cell Tumor of Bone
    Microwave Ablation of Bone Tumor of Vertebral Column
    Microwave Ablation of Soft Tissue Tumors
    Ablated Bone
    Preservation of Joint Function
    Prevention and Treatment of Complications
    Survival Rates
    The Advantages and Disadvantages of Microwave Ablation. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Ping Liang, Xiao-ling Yu, Jie Yu.
    Summary: Microwave ablation is a simple, affordable, and highly precise technique. After its successful application in treating liver tumors, it is now widely used to combat renal tumors, adrenal tumors, thyroid nodes, uterine fibroids and other solid tumors. This book presents 40 successful cases of treating these diseases. A series of picture before treatment, after treatment and from different angles is provided for each kind of tumor treatment. In each chapter, step by step operative techniques and illustrations are included. This book also examines CT, NMR and ultrasonography to evaluate the effect of microwave ablation. Editor Ping Liang, is the Director and Professor at Dept. of Interventional Ultrasound, General Hospital of PLA, Beijing, China. Editor Xiaoling Yu is Professor and Chief physician, Editor Jie Yu is Associate Chief physician at the same department.

    Contents:
    Microwave ablation principles and techniques
    Microwave ablation of hepatocellular carcinoma
    Percutaneous Ultrasound-guided Microwave Ablation of Liver Metastasis
    Microwave Ablation of Large (?5.0cm) Hepatocellular carcinoma
    Percutaneous microwave ablation for benign focal liver lesions
    Complications of microwave ablation for liver tumors
    Percutaneous microwave ablation for liver tumors adjacent to large vessels
    Microwave Ablation Therapy of Malignant Liver Tumors Adjacent to the Gallbladder
    Microwave ablation of liver tumors adjacent to hepatic hilum
    Percutaneous Microwave Ablation with Temperature MonitorCombined with ethanol ablation for Hepatocellular Carcinoma Abutting the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Artificial ascites in assisting percutaneous microwave ablation for hepatic tumors adjacent to the gastrointestinal tract
    Microwave ablation in the treatment of Hepatocellular Carcinoma near diaphragm
    Application of artificial pleural effusion in microwave ablation of liver tumor
    Microwave ablation combined with cellular immunotherapy for hepatocellular carcinoma
    Traditional Chinese Medicine Combined with Microwave Ablation against Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Comparison of microwave ablation with resection and with radiofrequency ablation treatment in hepatocellular carcinoma
    Microwave ablation in renal cell carcinoma
    Microwave ablation of Renal Angiomyolipoma
    Microwave Ablation of Benign Thyroid Nodules
    Microwave Ablation of Adrenal Tumors
    microwave ablation for superficial malignant tumors
    Microwave Ablation of spleen
    Microwave ablation for adenomyosis
    Microwave Ablation for Symptomatic Uterine fibroids
    Microwave ablation in other tumor (lung, breast and bone)
    Three-dimensional visualization technology and therapy planning system for microwave ablation therapy of Liver Tumor
    Clinical application of three-dimensional visualization techniques in microwave ablation for liver cancer
    Microwave Ablation Assisted by a Real-time Virtual Navigation System for Liver Cancer
    Contrast-enhanced ultrasound-guided microwave ablation for hepatic tumors inconspicuous on conventional ultrasound
    Application of contrast enhanced ultrasound in the evaluation of clinical effect of microwave ablation of hepatocellular carcinoma : comparison with other imaging modality
    Effectiveness of contrast-enhanced ultrasound in evaluating microwave ablation of renal cell carcinoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, John Spencer, Mark C. Bagley.
    Contents:
    Microwaves in drug discovery and development : recent advances / John Spencer & Mark C. Bagley
    Microwave-assisted processing techniques in medicinal chemistry / Alexander Stadler & Jennifer M. Kremsner
    Microwave-assisted medicinal chemistry : examples from a pharmaceutical company / Jesús Alcázar & Yannick Ligny
    Microwave-assisted synthesis of anti-tuberculosis, HIV and hepatitis C agents / Johan Gising, Mats Larhed & Luke R. Odell
    Synthesis of drug-like molecules for respiratory diseases : utilizing microwave chemistry / Valerie Boissel, Rebecca Butler, Paul J. Oakley & Neil J. Press
    Microwave-assisted synthesis of MK2 inhibitors for targeting p38 MAPK signal transduction in Werner syndrome cells / Mark C. Bagley, Mohammed Baashen, Jessica Dwyer, Pierre Milbeo, David Kipling & Terence Davis
    Microwave-assisted organic chemistry : monitoring reactions / Nicholas E. Leadbeater
    Microwave-assisted synthesis of sulfonamides / Andrea Porcheddu & Lidia De Luca
    Microwave-assisted synthesis of natural products (analogs) with potential biological applications / Pratik A. Ambasana, Dipak D. Vachhani & Erik V. Van der Eycken
    Arylboronate coupling partners : towards the synthesis of biaryl derivatives / Christine B. Baltus & John Spencer
    Development of nucleoside analogs under microwave irradiation / Elżbieta Niemiec, Maxime Bessières, Vincent Roy & Luigi A. Agrofoglio
    Classical and microwave-assisted synthesis of cucurbit[n]urils, hemicucurbit[n]urils and bambus[n]urils / Oliver B. Sutcliffe
    Microwave applications in pharmaceutical dosage form development / Mariarosa Moneghini & Nicola De Zordi.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Hirokazu Tamamura, Takuya Kobayakawa, Nami Ohashi.
    Summary: This brief describes studies conducted by the authors on mid-size drugs utilizing peptides and peptidomimetics, and on the development of anti-HIV agents. Peptides are important biological molecules and have various physiological actions. Peptide-based drug discovery may help bring about the development of useful medicines that are highly safe and show potent pharmacological effects in small doses. Recently, it has been shown that there is an important drug-like space in the mid-sized region between low- and high-molecular-weight compounds. Thus, mid-size drugs such as peptide compounds are being focused on. To date, several peptidomimetics that mimic primary, secondary, and tertiary structures of peptides have been developed to maintain and improve biological activities and actions of peptides. In this book, the features and advantages of mid-size drugs are described in detail. In addition, the merits of utilizing peptidomimetics in the development of mid-size drugs are referred to. Understanding such peptide-derived mid-size drugs will lead to a comprehensive expansion of medicinal chemistry.#xE000;

    Contents:
    1. Introduction of Mid-Size Drugs and Peptidomimetics
    2. Chloroalkene Dipeptide Isosteres as Peptidomimetics
    3. Conformational-restricted Cyclic Peptides
    4. Peptidomimetics that Mimic Secondary Structures of Peptides
    5.Peptidomimetics that Mimic Tertiary Structures of Peptides
    6. Conjugated Compounds Involving Peptides
    7. Summary and Future Perspectives of Researches on Mid-Size Drugs.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Salah Mansour, Jacques Magnan, Karen Nicolas, Hassan Haidar.
    Summary: This book covers the latest advances in disciplines related to the middle ear pathologies such as: the innovations in the understanding of its functional anatomy and their implications along with the breakthroughs in the physiopathology of its diseases and the most recent concepts of their pathogenesis. More adapted audiological investigative methods and the advanced imaging approaches for an accurate diagnostic work up and the best management of middle ear ailments are presented . As an up-to-date learning resource, based on demonstrated clinico-radiological correlations, this book is a highly valuable teaching tool, especially when contemplating proceeding in middle ear surgery. Middle Ear Diseases is a comprehensive work, aimed for trainees, board candidates and teachers in otolaryngology and otology to respond to every educational need in regard to the most common middle ear pathologies. It is also a useful update for more experienced professionals in this field, as well as radiologists, audiologists and speech therapists.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Mary Jane Smith, PhD, RN, FAAN, Patricia R. Liehr, PhD, RN, Roger D. Carpenter, PhD, RN, editors.
    Summary: "The interest in middle range theory continues to grow as demonstrated by the increased number of published theories as well as the desire among nursing faculty, students, and researchers to use theories at the middle range to guide practice and research. A third editor, Dr. Roger D. Carpenter, has been added to the book. He brings previous experience as a book editor, and an associate editor of a well-established nursing research journal. In addition, he has experience teaching theory and research to DNP and PhD students. There are four added features in the fifth edition of this book. These are the addition of new theories, addition of a section on application of middle range theory to practice, extensive revision on the chapter on building concepts for research, and addition of a chapter on application of middle range theory to education"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Disciplinary perspectives linked to middle range theory / Marlaine C. Smith
    Understanding middle range theory by moving up and down the ladder of abstraction / Mary Jane Smith and Patricia Liehr
    Evaluation of middle range theories for the discipline of nursing / Marlaine C. Smith.
    Digital Access R2Library [2024], ©2024
  • Digital
    Mary Jane Smith, Patricia R. Liehr, editors.
    Summary: "The fourth edition of this invaluable publication on middle range theory in nursing reflects the most current theoretical advances in the field. With five additional chapters, new content incorporates exemplars that bridge middle range theory to advanced nursing practice. Additional content for DNP programs includes two new theories: Bureaucratic Caring and Self-Care of Chronic Illness. This user-friendly text stresses how theory informs practice and research in the everyday world of nursing. Divided into four sections, content sets the stage for understanding middle range theory by elaborating on disciplinary perspectives, an organizing framework, and evaluation of the theory. Middle Range Theory for Nursing, Fourth Edition, presents a broad spectrum of 13 middle range theories. Each theory is broken down into its purpose, development, and conceptual underpinnings, and includes a model demonstrating the relationships among the concepts, and the use of the theory in research and practice. Including concept building for research through the lens of middle range theory, a rigorous 10-phase process that moves from a practice story to a conceptual foundation, and exemplars that clarify the concept building process, this new edition remains an essential text for advanced practice theory and research courses."-- Cover page 4.

    Contents:
    Disciplinary perspectives linked to middle range theory / Marlaine C. Smith
    Understanding middle range theory by moving up and down the ladder of abstraction / Mary Jane Smith and Patricia R. Liehr
    Evaluation of middle range theories for the discipline of nursing / Marlaine C. Smith
    Theories of uncertainty in illness / Margaret F. Clayton, Marleah Dean, & Merle Mishel
    Theory of meaning / Teresa Daniel Ritchie, Suzy Mascaro Walter, & Patricia Starck
    Theory of bureaucratic caring / Marilyn A. Ray
    Theory of self-transcendence / Pamela G. Reed
    Theory of symptom management / Melinda S. Bender, Susan Janson, Linda S. Franck, and Kathryn A. Lee
    Theory of unpleasant symptoms / Elizabeth R. Lenz and Linda C. Pugh
    Theory of self-efficacy / Barbara Resnick
    Story theory / Patricia R. Liehr and Mary Jane Smith
    Theory of transitions / Eun-Ok Im
    Theory of self-reliance / John Lowe
    Theory of cultural marginality / Heeseung Choi
    Theory of moral reckoning / Alvita K. Nathaniel
    Theory of self-care of chronic illness / Barbara Riegel, Tiny Jaarsma, and Anna Stromberg
    Concept building for research / Patricia R. Liehr and Mary Jane Smith
    Nature immersion : a concept for nursing research / Misako Nagata
    Sheltering in place : a concept for nursing research / Kimberly Ann Wallace
    Yearning for sleep while enduring distress : from concept building to research proposal development / April L. Shapiro
    Reconceptualizing normal : from concept building to proposal development / Shelley J. Greif
    Middle range theory : spinning research and practice to create knowledge for the new millennium / Liehr, Patricia and Smith, Mary Jane
    Middle range theory : a perspective on development and use / Patricia Liehr and Mary Jane Smith.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    A. Wesley Burks, MD, Stephen T. Holgate, CBE, FMedSci, Robyn E. O'Hehir, FRACP,PhD, FRCPath, David H. Broide, MB ChB, Gurjit K. Khurana Hershey, MD, PhD, R. Stokes Peebles, Jr., MD.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey v. 1-2, 2020
  • Digital
    Paolo Cappabianca, Luigi Maria Cavallo, Oreste de Divitiis, Felice Esposito, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Part I Pituitary adenomas
    1 Introduction to pituitary adenomas
    2 Endoscopic endonasal transsphenoidal approach (standard and extended technique)
    3 Endoscopic endonasal ethmoid-pterygoid transsphenoidal approach to the cavernous sinus
    4 Frontotemporal approach
    5 Radiotherapy and radiosurgery
    Part II Craniopharyngiomas
    6 Introduction to craniopharyngiomas
    7 Endoscopic endonasal transsphenoidal approach
    8 Frontotemporal approach
    9 Supraorbital approach
    10 Transcallosal approach
    11 Radiotherapy and radiosurgery for craniopharyngiomas
    Part III Cystic sellar lesions
    12 Introduction to cystic sellar lesions
    13 Arachnoid cysts
    14 Rathke cleft cyst
    Part IV Anterior cranial fossa meningiomas
    15 Introduction to anterior cranial fossa meningiomas
    16 Endoscopic endonasal transsphenoidal approach
    17 Frontotemporal approach
    18 Subfrontal approach
    19 Supraorbital approach
    20 Radiotherapy and radiosurgery
    Part V Clival chordomas
    21 Introduction to clival chordomas
    22 Endoscopic endonasal transsphenoidal approach
    23 Retrosigmoid approach
    24 Skull base approaches
    25 Radiotherapy, radiosurgery and proton beam
    Part VI Cranial base reconstruction after transcranial and transnasal skull base surgery
    26 Indications for cranial base reconstruction
    27 Neuroradiology in cranial base reconstruction
    28 Anatomy of cranial base reconstruction
    29 Techniques for cranial base reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Vicky Chapman, Cathy Charles.
    Contents:
    Labour and normal birth / Cathy Charles
    Vaginal examinations and amniotomy / Vicky Chapman
    Fetal heart rate monitoring in labour / Bryony Read
    Perineal trauma and suturing / Vicky Chapman
    Examination of the newborn baby at birth / Caroline Rutter
    Home birth / Cathy Charles
    Water for labour and birth / Cathy Charles
    Malpositions and malpresentations in labour / Vicky Chapman
    Slow progress in labour / Vicky Chapman
    Assisted birth: ventouse and forceps / Cathy Charles
    Caesarean section / Cathy Charles
    Vaginal birth after caesarean section / Vicky Chapman
    Preterm birth / Charlise Adams
    Breech birth / Lesley Shuttler
    Twins and higher-order births / Jo Coggins
    Obstetric haemorrhage / Hannah Bailey
    Emergencies in labour and birth / Hannah Bailey
    Neonatal and maternal resuscitation / Nick Castle
    Induction of labour / Cathy Charles
    Pre-eclampsia and diabetes / Annette Briley
    Stillbirth and neonatal death / Cathy Charles
    Risk management, litigation and complaints / Cathy Charles
    Intrapartum blood tests / Vicky Chapman
    Medicines and the midwife / Vicky Chapman.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Richard Bucala, Jürgen Bernhagen, editors.
    Contents:
    MIF and CD74-dependent Mechanisms
    HSP90-stabilized MIF in Oncogenesis and Cell Growth Control- CD74, MIF, and Breast Tumorigenesis: Insights from Recent Large-scale Tumor Genomics and Proteomics Studies
    MIF-dependent Regulation of Monocyte/Macrophage Polarization
    Advances in understanding the role of MIF in the pathogenesis of autoimmune diseases
    Role of MIF in Experimental Autoimmune Encephalomyelitis and Multiple Sclerosis
    Role of MIF in Hepatic Inflammatory Diseases and Fibrosis
    MIF and Pulmonary Disease
    MIF Mediates Pelvic Inflammation and Pain
    MIF Family Proteins in Cardiac Ischemia / Reperfusion Injury
    The MIF-CD74 Inflammatory Axis in Alphaviral Infection
    MIF in Eosinophilic Inflammation
    The Role of MIF in Parasitic Infections
    Parasite MIF Orthologs.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR185.8.C95 M54 2017
    1
  • Digital/Print
    David W. Dodick, Stephen D. Silberstein.
    Contents:
    Diagnosis
    Genetics
    Less common migraine subtypes
    Migraine comorbidity
    Migraine pathogenesis
    Non- pharmacologic therapy
    Acute migraine therapy
    Preventative treatment
    Chronic migraine
    Neuromodulation
    Hormones.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC392 .D38 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Shalini Shah, editor.
    Summary: This book covers proper migraine diagnostic tools and treatment options. It addresses the complex nature of treating this pain condition and underscores the intricacies of diagnosis and management. Succinct yet thorough, the book opens with information on migraine diagnosis, symptomology, and pathophysiology. Subsequent chapters examine various current and emerging evidence-based treatment options including immune modulation, stem cell regenerative therapy, and new potential applications of therapeutics for use in pediatric migraine. Following this, the chapters discuss the processes of neuro-modulation, dietary modifications, and surgical treatment for chronic migraine disorders. The book concludes with a handy set of reference guides of commonly prescribed drugs and doses. Written by experts in the field, Migraine provides the headache or pain practitioner with a comprehensive yet quick reference that fills a current gap in the literature for treating migraines and emerging therapeutic options.

    Contents:
    1. Migraine Diagnosis and Symptomatology
    2. Pathophysiology of Migraine Disorder
    3. Acute Migraine Interventions and Evidence
    4. Prophylaxis of Migraine Protocols and Options
    5. CGRP and Immune Modulation Evidence-Based Therapy
    6. Onabotulinumtoxin A (Botox) Evidence-Based Therapy
    7. Pediatric Migraine Presentation and Treatment Algorithm
    8. Peripheral Nerve Block for the Management of Headache and Face Pain
    9. Neuromodulation for Migraine Disorders
    10. Surgical Treatment of Chronic Migraine Headaches
    11. Dietary Modification and Migraine Relief
    12. Quick Reference Guides of Commonly Prescribed Drugs and Doses.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Paolo Martelletti, editor.
    Summary: This book on migraine is the first machine-generated scientific book in medicine published by Springer Nature, and reflects a new publication format which focuses on literature reviews: state-of-the-art computer algorithms were applied to select relevant sources from Springer Nature journal articles, rearrange them in a topical order, and provide short summaries of these articles. The result is the auto-summarization of current texts, organized by means of a similarity-based clustering routine in coherent chapters and sections. The human intervention of a world-renowned expert in this field grants the scientific soundness and appropriate organization of the contents identified. The AI-based approach seemed especially suitable to provide an innovative perspective as the topics are indeed both complex, interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary, as is migraine, the most important among the chronic non communicable diseases under the age of 50s. The result of this innovative process will be of help especially for readers with limited time, interested in migraine and wishing to learn more about the subject quickly and particularly if they are new to the topic. Springer Nature seeks to support anyone who needs a fast and effective start in their content discovery journey: from the undergraduate student exploring interdisciplinary content, to Master or PhD-thesis developing research questions, to the practitioner seeking support materials, this book can serve as an inspiration, to name a few examples. .

    Contents:
    Public Health: Epidemiology
    Personal and Societal Impact
    Economics of Migraine
    Governance of Headache Centers. Mechanisms: Genetics
    Biology
    Comorbidities.Lifestyle
    Hormones
    Drug-Drug Interactions. Diagnosis: Classification
    Medical History
    Medication Overuse
    Differential Diagnosis
    Diagnostic Tools: Treatment: Guidelines
    Acute
    Preventive
    Non-pharmacological
    Invasive and non-invasive neuromodulation
    Emergency Management
    Pregnancy
    Childhood and Adolescent
    Elderly
    Outcome Measures and Algorithms
    Infrequent Migraine subtypes. Future Research Directions: Brain Traumas Brain Traumas
    Post-CoVID Epidemiology
    New drugs.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Bahman Guyuron.
    Contents:
    History of migraine surgery / Bahman Guyuron
    An overview of migraine headaches / Hossein Ansari
    Surgical anatomy of the frontal and occipital trigger sites / Jeffrey E. Janis and Ibrahim Khansa
    Surgical anatomy of the temporal migraine headaches / Ali Totonchi
    Evidence for efficacy of migraine headaches / Bahman Guyuron
    Detection of migraine headache trigger sites / Bahman Guyuron
    Surgical treatment of frontal migraine headaches / Bahman Guyuron
    Surgical treatment of temporal migraine headaches / Bahman Guyuron
    Surgical treatment of rhinogenic migraine headaches / Bahman Guyuron
    Surgical treatment of occipital migraine headaches / Bahman Guyuron
    Surgical treatment of auriculotemporal migraine headaches / Bahman Guyuron
    Surgical treatment of lesser occipital migraine headaches / Bahman Guyuron
    Surgical treatment of nummular headaches / Bahman Guyuron.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Thomas Muehlberger.
    Summary: Migraine surgery is the only existing treatment option that can lead to a permanent symptomatic improvement. Surgical techniques and advances in the understanding of the underlying mechanisms are evolving rapidly. This book intends to familiarise surgeons with the concept of migraine headaches and explains the surgical deactivation of trigger sites, which consists of much more than the decompression of pericranial nerves. The traditional notion of the brain as the sole origin of migraine is supplanted by a concept where the alteration of afferent signals in conjunction with peripheral and central sensitization can trigger a migraine attack. Migraine surgery targets the crucial role of extracranial tissues in the genesis of migraine which is corroborated by substantial clinical, anatomical and pathophysiological evidence.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    William C. Faquin, Esther Diana Rossi, editors ; Zubair Baloch, Güliz A. Barkan, Maria P. Foschini, Daniel F.I. Kurtycz, Marc Pusztaszeri, Philippe Vielh, associate editors.
    Summary: This volume describes a uniform international approach for classifying and reporting salivary gland FNA samples. The new reporting system is evidence-based using data from the literature as well as upon the experience of a multi-disciplinary group of leading experts involved in the field of salivary gland cytopathology. Each diagnostic category of this novel salivary gland reporting system includes detailed descriptions of the cytologic criteria as well as a comprehensive set of photomicrographs demonstrating all of the key microscopic features along with annotated descriptions for each image. Designed as a practical book with easy readability, The Milan System for Reporting Salivary Gland Cytopathology combines the high-quality images of an atlas with a logical approach described in concise text-form and in line-drawing algorithms. It presents for the first time, an international cytologic reporting system for salivary gland lesions designed and endorsed by a panel of experts in the field.

    Contents:
    The Milan System for Reporting Salivary Gland Cytopathology
    Non-Diagnostic
    Non-Neoplastic
    Atypia of Undetermined Significance
    Neoplasm
    Suspicious for Malignancy
    Malignant
    Ancillary Studies for Salivary Gland Cytology
    Clinical Management
    Histologic Considerations and Salivary Gland Tumor Classification in Surgical Pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Laura Weiss Roberts, editor ; Christopher H. Warner, associate editor.
    Summary: This authoritative and comprehensive title is designed to enhance best clinical practices for all healthcare providers who care for military service personnel and veterans. The book is organized into four sections. The first section covers foundational information on the culture and context of health care for members of the US military and veteran population. The second section focuses on systems of care for mental health needs of military and veteran populations. The third section characterizes best practices as well as ethical issues in clinical care for mental health needs of members of the military and veterans. Guidance in relation to a wide range of clinical topics is provided, such as mood disorders, post-traumatic stress disorder, combat and operational stress, military sexual assault, psychosis, and sleep disorders. The last section is intended to assist readers in reinforcing their learning through a set of clinical cases with accompanying questions for deeper consideration. An invaluable resource for all clinicians, allied health personnel, and administrators concerned with the mental health needs of service members and veterans, Military and Veteran Mental Health: A Comprehensive Guide is a gold-standard addition to the literature on military healthcare.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Foundations of Military and Veteran Mental Health Care
    1. Modern History of Military and Veteran Mental Health Care
    2. The Importance of U.S. Military Cultural Competence
    3. The Commitment of the Veterans Health Administration to Mental Health Care for Veterans: Historical Overview and Context
    4. Resilience in the Military: The Double-Edged Sword of Military Culture
    5. Psychiatry Graduate Medical Education in Military and Veterans Affairs Training Facilities
    6. Ethical Considerations of the Practice of Psychiatry in the Military
    Section 2: Systems of Care for Mental Health Needs of Military and Veteran Populations
    7. Veterans Affairs and Department of Defense Integrated Systems of Mental Health Care
    8. Screening for Mental Health Disorders in the Military
    9. Mental Health Command Consultation
    10. The Perpetrator Hypothesis: Victimization Involving LGBT Service Members
    11. The Military Mental Health Disability System
    12. Vocational Rehabilitation
    13. Risk Factors, Service Delivery, and Prevention of Veteran Homelessness
    Section 3: Clinical Care for Mental Health Needs of Military and Veteran Populations
    14. Mood Disorders
    15. Understanding and Treating Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Veterans
    16.Combat and Operational Stress
    17. Military Sexual Assault
    18. Ethical Challenges in Treating Detainees and Prisoners of War
    19. Substance Use in Military and Veteran Populations
    20. Co-Occurring Substance and Mental Health Disorders
    21. Psychosis: Schizophrenia and Related Disorders
    22. Mental Health of the Older Veteran
    23. Traumatic Brain Injury Among U.S. Service Members, Veterans, and their Families
    24. Suicidal Behaviors in Military and Veteran Populations: Risk Factors and Strategies for Prevention and Intervention
    25. The Role of Sleep in Mental Illness in Veterans and Active Servicemembers
    Section 4: Clinical Cases and Self-Study Questions on Mental Health Needs of Military and Veteran Populations
    26. Clinical Cases and Self-Study Review for the Mental Health of Military and Veteran Populations.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Pearay L. Ogra, W. Allan Walker, Bo Lönnerdal.
    Summary: "This publication covers the 94th Nestle Nutritional Institute Workshop, which was designed to provide a comprehensive overview on the latest human milk research and its role in modulating mucosal immunity, the microbiome, and its impact on the neonate. This publication should provide scientific support to anyone seeking a deeper understanding of human milk and its immunological properties, and enlarge the knowledge of those who specialize in human milk research"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Evolution of Lactation in Mammalian Species / Oftedal, O.T.
    Immunology of Human Milk and Lactation : Historical Overview / Ogra, P.L.
    The Mammary Gland as an Integral Component of the Common Mucosal Immune System / Mestecky, J.
    Immunomodulatory Components of Human Colostrum and Milk / Tlaskalová-Hogenová, H.; Kverka, M.; Hrdý, J.
    Breastfeeding, a Personalized Medicine with Influence on Short- and Long-Term Immune Health / Verhasselt, V.
    Summary on Immunology of Milk and Lactation / Ogra, P.L.
    Milk Microbiome and Neonatal Colonization
    Overview / Rautava, S.
    Human Milk Microbiota : Origin and Potential Uses / Fernández, L.; Rodríguez, J.M.
    Beyond the Bacterial Microbiome : Virome of Human Milk and Effects on the Developing Infant / Mohandas, S.; Pannaraj, P.S.
    Gut Microbiota, Host Gene Expression, and Cell Traffic via Milk / Neu, J.
    Breast Milk and Microbiota in the Premature Gut : A Method of Preventing Necrotizing Enterocolitis / Walker, W.A.; Meng, D.
    Summary on Microbiota of Milk and Lactation : Influence on Gut Colonization / Walker, W.A.
    Human Milk Oligosaccharides : Structure and Functions / Bode, L.
    Oligosaccharides and Viral Infection : Human Milk Oligosaccharides versus Algal Fucan-Type Polysaccharides / Hanisch, F.-G.; Aydogan, C.
    Milk Fat Globule Membranes : Effects on Microbiome, Metabolome, and Infections in Infants and Children / Hernell, O.; Lönnerdal, B.; Timby, N.
    Clinical Trials of Lactoferrin in the Newborn : Effects on Infection and the Gut Microbiome / Embleton, N.D.; Berrington, J.E.
    Effects of Milk Osteopontin on Intestine, Neurodevelopment, and Immunity / Jiang, R.; Lönnerdal, B.
    Effects of Milk Secretory Immunoglobulin A on the Commensal Microbiota / Dunne-Castagna, V.P.; Mills, D.A.; Lönnerdal, B.
    Summary on Protective Factors in Human Milk / Lönnerdal, B.
    Digital Access Karger 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ara Kanekanian, Cardiff Metropolitan University, UK.
    Contents:
    The health benefits of bioactive compounds from milk and dairy products
    Bioactive peptides from casein and whey proteins
    Colostrum : Its health benefits
    Casein and whey proteins in human health
    Sports nutrition and dairy products
    Dairy fat : Perceptions and realities
    Milk ingredients as functional foods
    Milk-derived bioactive components from fermentation
    Minerals and vitamins in milk and dairy products
    Legislations and relevant regulations.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Donald J. McGraw.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: National Science Foundation (NSF) is a unique federal agency because it supports scientific research financially, but does not engage in scientific work itself. Its history is known only in part because the NSF is a vibrant, expanding, and living entity that makes the final telling of its story impossible. Much can be learned from its beginning as well as its component parts. If the founding of the NSF in 1950 was couched in an era of physics, especially atomic physics, certainly by the end of the 20th century and the beginning of the 21st, biology was, and remains, the queen of sciences for the predictable future. This book highlights the elite status of America's biological sciences as they were funded, affected, and, to a very real degree, interactively guided by the NSF. It examines important events in the earlier history of the Foundation because they play strongly upon the development of the various biology directorates. Issues such as education, applied research, medical science, the National Institutes of Health, the beginnings of biotechnology, and other matters are also discussed.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The Year 1975
    Chapter 2. The Effects of the Social and Behavioral Sciences
    Chapter 3. Little Biology and Biology of the Little
    Chapter 4. The Big End of the Spectrum
    Chapter 5. A Second "Time of Tumult" and A New Home for Biology
    Chapter 6. Technology and the "Fearless Biologists"
    Chapter 7. Genes and Beyond
    Chapter 8. Integrating Biology
    Chapter 9. Expanding Big Bio
    Epilogue
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Michael A. Gropper ; honorary editor, Ronald D. Miller ; co-editors, Neal H. Cohen [and four others].
    Contents:
    Section 1: Introduction. Scope of modern anesthetic practice
    The international scope and practice of anesthesia
    Perioperative medicine
    Informatics in perioperative medicine
    Quality improvement in anesthesia practice
    Human performance and patient safety
    Patient simulation
    Ethical aspects of anesthesia care
    Section 2: Anesthetic physiology. Consciousness, memory, and anesthesia
    Sleep medicine
    Cerebral physiology and the effects of anesthetic drugs
    Neuromuscular physiology
    Respiratory physiology and pathophysiology
    Cardiac physiology
    Gastrointestinal physiology and pathophysiology
    Hepatic physiology and pathophysiology
    Renal anatomy, physiology, pharmacology and evaluation of function
    Basic principles of pharmacology
    Inhaled anesthetics: mechanisms of action
    Inhaled anesthetic pharmacokinetics: uptake, distribution, metabolism and toxicity
    Pulmonary pharmacology and inhaled anesthetics
    Inhaled anesthetics: delivery systems
    Intravenous anesthetics
    Opioids
    Nonopioid pain medications
    Intravenous drug delivery systems
    Pharmacology of neuromuscular blocking drugs
    Reversal (antagonism) of neuromuscular blockade
    Local anesthetics
    Section 3: Anesthesia management. Risk of anesthesia
    Preoperative evaluation
    Anesthetic implications of concurrent diseases
    Complementary and alternative therapies
    Patient positioning for anesthesia
    Neuromuscular disorders and other genetic disorders
    Cardiovascular monitoring
    Perioperative echocardiography
    Implantable cardiac pulse generators: pacemakers and cardioverter-defibrillators
    Neurologic monitoring
    Monitoring depth of anesthesia (monitoring brain state)
    Respiratory monitoring
    Renal pathophysiology and treatment for perioperative ischemia and nephrotoxic injury
    Neuromuscular monitoring
    Airway management in the adult
    Spinal, epidural, and caudal anesthesia
    Peripheral nerve blocks
    Perioperative fluid and electrolyte therapy
    Perioperative acid-base balance
    Patient blood management: transfusion therapy
    Patient blood management: coagulation
    Section 4: Adult subspecialty management. Management of the patient with chronic pain
    Palliative medicine
    Anesthesia for thoracic surgery
    Anesthesia for cardiac surgical procedures
    Anesthesia for cardiac catherization and electroconversion
    Anesthesia for vascular surgery
    Anesthesia for neurologic surgery and neurointerventions
    Anesthesia for bariatric surgery
    Anesthesia and the renal and genitourinary systems
    Anesthesia for organ transplantation
    Anesthesia for organ procurement
    Anesthesia for obstetrics
    Anesthesia for fetal surgery and other fetal therapies
    Anesthesia for orthopaedic surgery
    Geriatric anesthesia
    Anesthesia for trauma
    Anesthesia in prehospital and emergency care
    Biologic, natural and human-induced disasters: the role of the anesthesiologist
    Anesthesia for ophthalmic surgery
    Anesthesia for otolaryngologic and head-neck surgery
    Anesthesia for robotic surgery
    Anesthesia for ambulatory (outpatient) surgery
    Non-operating room anesthesia (NORA)
    Clinical care in extreme environments: at high and low pressure and in space (aka hyperbaric)
    Extreme physiology
    Section 5: Pediatric anesthesia. Regional anesthesia in children
    Pediatric anesthesia
    Anesthesia for pediatric cardiac surgery
    Pediatric and neonatal intensive care
    Section 6: Postoperative care. The postanesthesia care unit
    Immediate and long-term complications
    Acute postoperative pain
    Cognitive dysfunction and other long-term complications of surgery and anesthesia
    Section 7: Critical care medicine. Critical care anesthesiology
    Neurocritical care
    Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation and cardiac devices
    Cardiopulmonary resuscitation and advanced cardiac life support
    Section 8: Ancillary responsibilities and problems. Electrical burns and other burns
    Environmental safety and chemical dependency
    Evidence and clinical trials
    Interpreting the medical literature.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Pardo, Manuel.
    Summary: "Miller’s Basics of Anesthesia provides comprehensive yet concise coverage of both basic science and clinical topics in anesthesiology. Under the experienced editorial leadership of Dr. Manuel C. Pardo, Jr., the 8th Edition has been meticulously updated to reflect the latest advances in practice and important aspects of contemporary anesthesia care, including pathophysiology, pharmacology, regional anesthesia, anesthetic management, and special problems and patient groups."-- publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Greenson, Joel K.; Hornick, Jason L.; Longacre, Teri A.; Mills, Stacey E.; Reuter, Victor E.; Sternberg, Stephen S.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    Richard V. Goering, Mark Zuckerman, Hazel M. Dockrell, Peter L. Chiodini ; foreword by Cedric Mims.
    Contents:
    Section 1 The adversaries
    Pathogens
    Pathogens as parasites
    The bacteria
    The viruses
    The fungi
    The protozoa
    The helminths
    The arthropods
    Prions
    The host parasite relationship
    section 2 The adversaries
    host defences
    The innate defences of the body
    Adaptive immune responses bring specificity
    Cooperation leads to effective immune responses
    pt. 3 the conflicts
    Background to the infectious diseases
    Entry, exit and transmission
    Immune defences in action
    Spread and replication
    Parasite survival strategies and persistent infections
    Pathological consequences of infection
    section 4 clinical manifestation and diagnosis of infections by body system
    The clinical manifestations of infection
    Upper respiratory tract infections?
    Lower respiratory tract infections
    Urinary tract infections
    Sexually transmitted infections
    Gastrointestinal tract infections
    Obstetric and perinatal infections
    Central nervous system infections
    Infections of the eye
    Infections of the skin, soft tissue, muscle and associated systems
    Vector-borne infections
    Multisystem zoonoses
    Fever of unknown origin
    Infections in the compromised host
    section 5 Diagnosis and control
    Diagnosis of infection and assessment of host defence mechanisms
    Epidemiology and control of infectious diseases
    Attacking the enemy: antimicrobial agents and chemotherapy
    Protecting the host: vaccination
    Active, passive and adoptive immunotherapy
    Infection control.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Vida Demarin, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Introduction
    Contents
    Contributors
    Creativity-The Story Continues: An Overview of Thoughts on Creativity
    Can Creativity Be Taught?
    George Land's Creativity Test [4]
    Where Creativity Comes from? Is There a Special Place in the Brain?
    Drawing 2: Brain Tree (Author: Ivan Šarić, Courtesy from the Private Collection)
    Computers Produced 3-D Wiring Diagrams of the Brain
    Drawing 3: Flower Brain (Author: Ivan Šarić, Courtesy from the Private Collection)
    Music and Neuroplasticity
    Types of Creativity and Creative Thinking Deliberate and Cognitive-Thomas Edison
    Personal Breakthrough 'A-ha' Moments
    Isaac Newton 'Eureka' Moments
    'Epiphanies'
    Lateral Thinking
    Aesthetic Thinking
    Systems Thinking
    Inspirational Thinking
    References
    Artificial Intelligence and Brain Health
    Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
    Neurobiology of Creativity and Machine Learning
    Virtual Doctor and Therapeutic Games
    Ethical Issues and Artificial Intelligence Technologies in Mental Health
    Conclusion
    References
    Neuropsychoanalysis-Gluing the Bits Together Again
    References Healing Beyond Mind and Body
    References
    Primary Headache from a Psychosocial Perspective
    Interoceptive Model of a Headache
    Social Stress
    Individual's Response to Stress
    Distress as a Trigger Factor of Primary Headaches and as a Risk for Chronic Headaches
    Cognitive Factors
    Negative Emotions and Precision of Predictions
    Biopsychosocial Approach to Headache Treatment
    Conclusions
    References
    From Mild Encephalitis Hypothesis to Autoimmune Psychosis
    At the Beginning an Appreciation of Personalities and Atmosphere of Pula Congresses From Mild Encephalitis Hypothesis to First Consensus Description of Autoimmune Psychosis
    Emerging Clinical and Therapeutic Relevance of the ME/AP Concept
    ME Hypothesis, AP Diagnosis, and Beyond
    Conclusion
    References
    Psychiatric Disorders in Neurological Diseases
    Introduction
    Stroke
    Cerebral Autosomal Dominant Arteriopathy with Subcortical Infarcts and Leukoencephalopathy (CADASIL)
    Encephalopathy
    Psychiatric Disturbances
    Depression
    Delirium
    Post-stroke Language Disorders
    Neuropsychology of Acute Stroke
    Multiple Sclerosis
    Parkinson's Disease Huntington Disease
    Wilson Disease
    Epilepsy
    References
    Huntington's Disease
    History and Epidemiology
    Natural History
    Pathology and Pathophysiology
    Neuroimaging
    Clinical Features
    Motor Symptoms
    Cognitive Disorder
    Psychiatric Symptoms
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Experimental Therapeutics and Prospects
    References
    Non-motor Symptoms in Parkinson's Disease
    Introduction
    Cognitive Problems and Dementia
    Depression
    Anxiety
    Apathy and Fatigue
    Impulse Control Disorders
    Psychosis
    Future Perspective
    Conclusions
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Patricia Lynn Dobkin, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction: Mindful Medical Practice
    Chapter 2. Mindful Rounds, Narrative Medicine, House Calls and Other Stories
    Chapter 3. Lost Heart(beat)/Broken(body)
    Chapter 4. Working with Groups Mindfully
    Chapter 5. The Opera of Medicine
    Chapter 6. The Mindful Psychiatrist: Being Present with Suffering
    Chapter 7. The Death of a Snowflake
    Chapter 8. Carmen's Story
    Chapter 9. A Mindful Life in Medicine: One Pediatrician's Reflections on Being Mindful
    Chapter 10. Embodied Wisdom: Meeting Experience through the Body
    Chapter 11: Minding Baby Abigale
    Chapter 12. Mindfulness in Oncology: Healing Through Relationship
    Chapter 13. Choosing to Survive: A Change in Reproductive Plans
    Chapter 14. Mindfulness in the Realm of Hungry Ghosts
    Chapter 15. In the Heart of Cancer
    Chapter 16. Hiking on the Eightfold Path
    Chapter 17. Strengthening the Therapeutic Alliance Through Mindfulness: One Nephrologist's Experiences
    Chapter 18. Richard's Embers
    Chapter 19. Mindful Decisions in Urogynecological Surgery: Paths from Awareness to Action
    Chapter 20. The Good Mother
    Chapter 21. I Am My Brother's Keeper
    Chapter 22. The Mindful Shift
    Chapter 23. Lifeline
    Chapter 24. Medical Students' Voices: Reflections on Mindlessness During Clinical Encounters
    Chapter 25. Growth and Freedom in 5 Chapters
    Chapter 26. A Wounded Healer's Reflections on Healing
    Chapter 27. Mindfulness, Presence and Whole Person Care
    Chapter 28. Mindful Attitudes Open Hearts in Clinical Practice
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Michiel van Vreeswijk, Jenny Broersen, Ger Schurink.
    Contents:
    Theoretical background
    Introduction
    Schema therapy
    Mindfulness
    Training manual
    Framework
    Contraindications
    Training
    Pitfalls
    Conclusion
    Appendix:
    Part iii" participant workbook
    Participant workbook
    Appendix: homework sheets.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Stuart J. Eisendrath, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Part I. MBCT for Medical Conditions
    Chapter 2. Pain
    Chapter 3. Diabetes
    Chapter 4. Traumatic Brain Injury
    Chapter 5. Gynecologic Cancer
    Chapter 6. Headache
    Chapter 7. Unexplained Symptoms
    Chapter 8. Urologic Cancer
    Chapter 9. Cardiac
    Chapter 10. Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Chapter 11. HIV
    Part II. MBCT for Psychiatric Conditions
    Chapter 12. Perinatal Depression
    Chapter 13. Relapse Prevention
    Chapter 14. Panic Disorder
    Chapter 15. Treatment Resistant Depression
    Chapter 16. Generalized Anxiety
    Chapter 17. Perinatal Anxiety
    Chapter 18. Dysthymia
    Chapter 19. OCD
    Chapter 20. Bipolar
    Chapter 21. PTSD
    Chapter 22. Suicidal Behavior.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Gerhard Zarbock, Siobhan Lynch, Axel Ammann, Silka Ringer.
    Contents:
    Welcome
    Mindfulness
    Week 1: Introduction to Mindfulness
    Week 2: The five elements of mindfulness
    Week 3: Integrating mindfulness into every day life
    Week 4: Mindfulness as a way of life
    Week 5: Mindfulness as a home base for therapists
    Week 6: Mindfulness of the body
    Week 7: Integrating mindfulness into therapeutic practice
    Week 8: Review and next steps
    Week 9: Your Oasis
    Extending your practice
    Exercises in everyday personal and professional lives
    Mindfulness exercises for the helping role
    Mindful moments with your clients
    Short Manual for running a group based on the presented material.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Print
    edited by C.L. Comar, Felix Bronner.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Principles, processes, and systems. 2 pts.
    v. 2. The elements. 2 pts
    v. 3. Calcium physiology.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D333 .C728
    4
  • Digital
    edited by Dr. Mahmoud Torabinejad.
    Contents:
    Pulp and periradicular pathways, pathosis, and closure / Mahmoud Torabinejad
    Chemical properties of mineral trioxide aggregate / David W. Berzins
    Physical properties of mineral trioxide aggregate / Lawrence Gettleman and Ricardo Caicedo
    Use of MTA in vital pulp therapy / Till Dammaschke, Joe Camp, and George Bogen
    Use of MTA in teeth with necrotic pulps and open apices / Shahrokh Shabahang and David Witherspoon
    Use of MTA in regenerative endodontics / Mahmoud Torabinejad, Robert P. Corr, and George T.J. Huang
    Use of MTA as root perforation repair / Mahmoud Torabinejad and Ron Lemon
    Root canal obturation with MTA / George Bogen, Ingrid Lawaty, and Nicholas Chandler
    Use of MTA as root end filling / Seung-Ho Baek and Su-Jong Shin
    Calcium silicate-based cements / Masoud Parirokh and Mahmoud Torabinejad.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Dominique G. Poitout, Henri Judet, editors.
    Summary: In recent years, mini-invasive surgery has become increasingly important for reducing the risk of infection and minimizing blood loss and volume of implants. Hip surgery requires small incisions, which make the use of the appropriate equipment and an extensive knowledge of the anatomy of the region essential. Mini-invasive surgery requires the surgeon to consider the indications for surgery for each patient he treats and to know the exact loco-regional anatomy for that patient. Methods must be very precise and warrant visual explanations to help teach young surgeons.

    Contents:
    Minimally invasive anterior approach for total hip replacement / Thierry Siguier, Marc Siguier, and Bertrand Brumpt
    Mini-invasive approach and navigation in total prosthesis of the hip / Henri Judet
    Anterior Hueter-type approach in lateral decubitus on a conventional table / Gilles Wepierre
    Smith-Petersen approach and lateral position with mini-stem / Dominique G. Poitout
    Anterior approach for total hip arthroplasty : technique without fracture table / Michael S.H. Kain and Michael Leunig
    The anterolateral Watson Jones approach in total hip replacement in the supine position / Pierre Henky
    Transtrochanteric approach to the hip / Luc Kerboull, Moussa Hamadouche, and Marcel Kerboull
    A modified anterolateral, less invasive approach to the hip : surgical technique and preliminary results of first 103 cases / Herve Hourlier
    Minimally invasive posterior approach : technical evaluation, initial results and follow-up at two years / Stephan Procyk
    Hip resurfacing and anterior approach / Philippe Piriou, Thierry Judet, Michel Serrault, and M. Mullins
    Surgical technique in hip resurfacing : minimally invasive surgery with posterior approach / Michael Menge
    Navigation and the square angle pointer in hip resurfacing / N. Szöke
    Navigated modular short-stemmed total hip arthroplasty by a less invasive technique / Djordje Lazovic, Ferenc József Dunai, and Rasmus Zigan.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alvaro R. Lara, Guillermo Gosset, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the design, generation and characterization of minimal cell systems. Written by leading experts, it presents an in-depth analysis of the current issues and challenges in the field, including recent advances in the generation and characterization of reduced-genome strains generated from model organisms with relevance in biotechnology, and basic research such as Escherichia coli, Corynebacterium glutamicum and yeast. It also discusses methodologies, such as bottom-up and top-down genome minimization strategies, as well as novel analytical and experimental approaches to characterize and generate minimal cells. Lastly, it presents the latest research related to minimal cells of serveral microorganisms, e.g. Bacillus subtilis. The design of biological systems for biotechnological purposes employs strategies aimed at optimizing specific tasks. This approach is based on enhancing certain biological functions while reducing other capacities that are not required or that could be detrimental to the desired objective. A highly optimized cell factory would be expected to have only the capacity for reproduction and for performing the expected task. Such a hypothetical organism would be considered a minimal cell. At present, numerous research groups in academia and industry are exploring the theoretical and practical implications of constructing and using minimal cells and are providing valuable fundamental insights into the characteristics of minimal genomes, leading to an understanding of the essential gene set. In addition, research in this field is providing valuable information on the physiology of minimal cells and their utilization as a biological chassis to which useful biotechnological functions can be added.

    Contents:
    Reduced and Minimal Cell Factories in Bioprocesses: Towards a Streamlined Chassis
    Construction of minimal genomes and synthetic cells
    Engineering reduced-genome strains of Pseudomonas putida for product valorization
    Genome-reduced Corynebacterium glutamicum fit for biotechnological applications
    Reduction of the Saccharomyces cerevisiae genome: challenges and perspectives
    The use of in silico genome-scale models for the rational design of minimal cells
    From minimal to minimized genomes: Functional design of microbial cell factories
    Resource allocation principles and minimal cell design.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gautam N. Allahbadia, Markus Nitzschke, editors.
    Summary: This contributed volume regenerates the significance of and respect for natural phenomenon in the background of the risks and complications seen in ART such as ovarian hyperstimulation and multiple pregnancies. Balancing the clinical practice between the beneficial natural physiology and the prolific use of stimulation drugs for ART may help eliminate risks that may prove clinically, financially and psychologically expensive. It underscores the fact that 'greater' is not always synonymous with 'better' with regard to the oocyte yield. While highlighting the risks involved with the use of high-dose gonadotropins, the book presents a stratification of patients who might benefit from the 'soft' minimal and natural cycle IVF stimulation protocols that may be used. Additionally, clinicians can understand the significance of cryopreservation technology, now a useful adjunct to minimal stimulation protocols, with its manifold future advantages. Written by an international team of experts, this handbook emphasizes how minimal stimulation and natural cycle IVF can lead to a milder, safer and more effective approach to ART. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kosar A. Khwaja, Jose J. Diaz, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Won Lee, editor.
    Summary: In this book, authors will describe various techniques about botulinum toxin injection, filler injection and thread lifting based on latest evidences of minimally invasive plastic surgery techniques. For example, doppler ultrasound guided filler injection technique, short scar minimally invasive thread lifting techniques, and neck lifting techniques. Also described the basic knowledge for minimally invasive aesthetic techniques such as hyaluronic acid filler properties and rheology, threads components and classifications, and botulinum toxin classifications. Simple and easy techniques are described for beginners and also showed step by step injecting photographs. Also described basic anatomy for botulinum toxin, filler injection and thread lifting. Various detail illustrations and clinical photographs will be presented to help readers easier understanding and performing procedures.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Artistic Approach for Minimally Invasive Plastic Surgery
    1.1 Patient Analysis
    1.1.1 Patient Expectations
    1.1.2 Patient's Past History
    1.1.3 Current Status of Patient
    1.2 Plan of the Procedure
    1.2.1 Choice of the Procedure
    1.2.2 Choice of the Material
    1.3 Considerations for the Design
    1.3.1 Esthetic Aspects
    1.3.2 Functional Aspects
    1.4 Beauty Criteria
    1.4.1 Facial Shape
    1.4.2 Forehead
    1.4.2.1 The Proportion of Facial Length and Forehead (Fig. 1.9) 1.4.2.2 Forehead Shape (Fig. 1.10)
    1.4.2.3 Forehead Volume and Curvature
    1.4.3 Eyebrows
    1.4.4 Eyelid
    1.4.5 Nose
    1.4.5.1 The Radix
    1.4.5.2 The Dorsum
    1.4.5.3 Nasal Tip
    1.4.5.4 Columellar-Alar Complex
    1.4.5.5 Nasal Base
    1.4.6 Lips
    1.4.7 Chin
    1.5 Evaluation of the Success of a Procedure
    References
    2: Anatomical Considerations for Botulinum Toxin Injections
    2.1 Muscles of the Face
    2.1.1 Frontalis Muscle
    2.1.2 Corrugator Supercilii Muscle
    2.1.3 Procerus Muscle
    2.1.4 Orbicularis Oculi Muscle
    2.1.5 Nasalis Muscle 2.1.6 Depressor Septi Nasi Muscle
    2.1.7 Levator Labii Superioris (LLS) Muscle
    2.1.8 Levator Labii Superioris Alaeque Nasi Muscle
    2.1.9 Levator Anguli Oris (LAO) Muscle
    2.1.10 Zygomaticus Major and Minor Muscles
    2.1.11 Risorius Muscle
    2.1.12 Depressor Anguli Oris (DAO) Muscle
    2.1.13 Mentalis Muscle
    2.1.14 Masseter Muscle
    2.2 Parotid and Submandibular Glands of the Face
    2.3 Vessels of the Face
    References
    3: Clinical Injection Techniques for Botulinum Toxin
    3.1 History
    3.2 Botulinum Toxin Types, Mechanism, and Usages 3.3 Upper Face Botulinum Toxin Injections
    3.3.1 Horizontal Wrinkle of the Forehead
    3.3.2 Glabellar Frown Line
    3.3.3 Eyebrow Elevation
    3.3.4 Crow's Feet
    3.4 Midface Botulinum Toxin Injection Techniques
    3.4.1 Bunny Lines
    3.4.2 Upper Lip
    3.5 Lower Face Botulinum Toxin Injection Techniques
    3.5.1 Depressor Anguli Oris Muscle
    3.5.2 Mentalis
    3.5.3 Masseter Hypertrophy
    3.5.4 Platysma Bands
    3.6 Microbotox Injection Technique
    3.6.1 Techniques
    3.6.2 Mechanism
    3.6.3 Indications 3.7 Recent Consensus on the Use of Botulinum Toxin and Hyaluronic Acid Filler
    3.7.1 Conceptualization of the Aging Process
    3.7.2 General Techniques
    References
    4: Anatomical Considerations for Filler Injection
    4.1 Arteries of the Face
    4.1.1 Arteries of the Perioral Region
    4.1.2 Arteries of the Perinasal Region
    4.1.3 Arteries of the Periorbital Region
    4.1.4 Arteries of the Frontal and Glabellar Regions
    4.1.5 Arteries of the Temporal Region
    4.1.6 Arteries of the Cheek Region
    4.2 Veins of the Face
    4.3 Nerves of the Face
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Patricio C. Gargollo, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a data-driven analysis of robotic assisted, laparoscopic, and endoscopic urological procedures in children, including renal surgery, ureteral surgery, oncology, and bladder surgery. Introductory chapters outline and describe the logistics of establishing a dedicated minimally invasive program at your institution, as well as the basics of anatomy, instrumentation, access, and trocar placement. Subsequent chapters are organized by anatomic compartment (upper tract and lower tract) and organ system. Each chapter also addresses advanced techniques and future directions, as well as common complications and case-based challenges. The final chapters review oncology and special considerations in infants. Minimally Invasive and Robotic-Assisted Surgery in Pediatric Urology provides a comprehensive, evidence-based text on pediatric urology robotic and minimally invasive surgery, allowing readers to implement the material presented for the improvement of their own practices and patient outcomes.

    Contents:
    History of Minimally Invasive and Robotic Assisted Surgery in Pediatric urology
    Physiologic Considerations in Laparoscopic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Laparoscopic Surgery
    Relevant Anatomy in MIS
    Basic Instrumentation and Equipment
    Patient Positioning, Trocar Placement, and Initial Access
    Trans Abdominal vs Retroperitoneal Procedures
    Pyeloplasty
    Hemi-nephrectomy
    Nephrectomy
    Ureteral Reimplantation
    Management of Duplication Anomalies
    Urachal Anomalies and Posterior Bladder Surgery
    Continent Catheterizable Channels
    Complex Bladder Reconstruction
    Bladder Augmentation Procedures
    Orchidopexy
    Varicocelectomy
    Fetal Surgery
    Complications in Pediatric Urology MIS
    New Robotic Systems
    Education and Simulation in MIS
    Tips and Tricks. Future Direction and Case Based Discussions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gianluca Plotino, editor.
    Summary: This book describes the latest minimally invasive approaches in endodontics and explains the principles that guide them. The advantages and limitations of these approaches are critically analyzed with the intention of defining new endodontic gold standards. The trend toward the use of more conservative procedures within endodontics reflects the wider adoption of minimally invasive dentistry in general and is being fostered by the introduction of new materials, devices, instruments, and techniques as well as the use of magnification and advanced three-dimensional diagnostic imaging technologies. In this book, readers will find clear explanation of these advances and their impacts. Minimally invasive access to the root canal system is described, and detailed attention is devoted to the application of novel strategies in root canal instrumentation and disinfection, root canal filling, coronal restoration, retreatment, and endodontic surgery. Minimally invasive alternatives to complete endodontic treatment, such as vital pulp therapies, and to dental extraction and implant placement, including surgical extrusion, intentional replantation, and tooth autotransplantation, are also discussed. Minimally Invasive Approaches in Endodontic Practice will be of value for endodontists at all levels of experience.

    Contents:
    The Role of Technology in Minimally Invasive Endodontics
    Minimally Invasive Access to the Root Canal System
    Minimally Invasive Root Canal Instrumentation
    Root Canal Debridement and Disinfection in Minimally Invasive Preparation
    Filling of Root Canals after Minimally Invasive Preparation
    Strategies for the Reconstruction of Minimally Invasive Endodontic Treatments
    A Minimally Invasive Approach to Endodontic Retreatment and Micro-Surgical Endodontics
    Minimally Invasive Alternatives to Dental Extraction.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Howard M. Ross, Sang W. Lee, Matthew G. Mutch, David E. Rivadeneira, Scott R. Steele, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Preoperative
    1. Perioperative Assessment / Charlotte Kvasnovsky and Andrea Chao Bafford
    2. Patient Positioning, Instrumentation, and Trocar Placement / Mehraneh Dorna Jafari, Michael J. Stamos, and Steven Mills
    3. Surgical Anatomy / Todd D. Francone and Ron G. Landmann
    Part II. Procedures
    4. Right Colectomy: Straight Laparoscopic / Steven Robert Hunt
    5. Right Colectomy: Hand-Assist / Kirk A. Ludwig and Timothy Ridolfi
    6. Laparoscopic Sigmoidectomy/Left Colectomy / Toyooki Sonoda
    7. Hand-Assisted Left Colectomy / Steven Lee-Kong and Daniel L. Feingold
    8. Total Abdominal Colectomy: Straight Laparoscopic Approach / Amanda V. Hayman and Eric J. Dozois
    9. Total Abdominal Colectomy: Hand- Assisted Approach / Kiyokazu Nakajima, Tsunekazu Mizushima, and Riichiro Nezu
    10. Operative Details of Laparoscopic Rectal Resection for Cancer / Martin R. Weiser
    11. Laparoscopic Hand-Assisted Low Anterior Resection / Govind Nandakumar and Sang W. Lee
    12. Laparoscopic Abdominoperineal Resection / Jennifer S. Davids and Justin A. Maykel
    13. Laparoscopic Proctocolectomy / David A. Etzioni and Tonia M. Young-Fadok
    14. Laparoscopic Rectopexy / Mia DeBarros and Scott R. Steele
    15. Minimally Invasive Approach for Stoma Creation / Seth I. Felder, Zuri Murrell, and Phillip Fleshner
    16 Laparoscopic Stoma Reversal / Emre Gorgun
    17. Laparoscopic Parastomal Hernia Repair / Joshua A. Tyler and Matthew G. Mutch
    Part III. Technical Challenges and Tips
    18. Overcoming Technical Challenges: The Abdomen / Eric K. Johnson
    19. Overcoming Technical Challenges: The Pelvis / M. Shane McNevin
    20. Overcoming Technical Challenges: Reoperative Surgery / Brian R. Englum, M. Benjamin Hopkins, and John Migaly
    21. Overcoming Technical Challenges: Prevention and Managing Complications / Bradley R. Davis
    Part IV. New Horizons
    22. Single-Incision Laparoscopic Approaches to Colorectal Disease / Virgilio George
    23. Natural Orifice Surgery (NOTES) / Mark H. Whiteford
    24. Robotic Surgery /Mehraneh Dorna Jafari, David E. Rivadeneira, and Alessio Pigazzi
    25. Transanal Minimally Invasive Surgery (TAMIS): Operative Technique, Pitfalls, and Tips / Francisco Quinteros, Kumaran Thiruppathy, and Matthew R. Albert
    26. Combined Endo-Laparoscopic Surgery (CELS) / Kelly A. Garrett and Sang W. Lee
    Part V. Special Situations
    27. Emergent Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery / Rodrigo Pedraza and Eric M. Haas
    28. Laparoscopy in the Elderly Patient / Joshua I. S. Bleier and Brian R. Kann
    29. Laparoscopic Colectomy in the Obese Patient / Arida Siripong and H. David Vargas
    30. Minimally Invasive Surgery in Crohn's Disease Patients / Chang Sik Yu
    31. Minimally Invasive Surgery in Ulcerative Colitis Patients / Marco E. Allaix and Alessandro Fichera
    32. Minimally Invasive Approaches to Colon and Rectal Diseases: Technique and Best Practices--Pediatrics / Eric J. Krebill and Daniel J. Robertson
    33. Laparoscopy in Pregnant Patients / Melissa M. Alvarez-Downing and David J. Maron
    34. Economics of Laparoscopic Colectomy / Anthony J. Senagore
    35. Outcomes of Laparoscopic Surgery / Jennifer Leahy and Rocco Ricciardi
    Part VI. Conclusions
    36. Future Directions in Minimally Invasive Surgery / Howard M. Ross and Matthew Miller Philp.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Marcello Lucchese, Nicola Scopinaro, editors.
    Summary: This book explains the concept of metabolic surgery and provides step-by-step descriptions of all the principal minimally invasive surgical techniques employed to treat morbid obesity. The approach adopted is very practical. For each procedure, indications, technical aspects, clinical management, and outcomes are described, and helpful tips and tricks, highlighted. Guidance is provided on the management of emergencies and potential complications, as well as on general postoperative management and long-term follow-up. The coverage also includes new frontiers of robotic and endoscopic surgery. While the focus is on surgical techniques, emphasis is placed on the need for a multidisciplinary approach, with explanation of the role of the multidisciplinary team and the bariatric center. In addition, important information is presented on the definition of morbid and severe obesity, incidence/prevalence, pathophysiology, and obesity-related comorbidities. The authors are internationally acknowledged experts who present best practice know-how in the field and draw on the most recent research literature.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors: Stacy A. Brethauer, Philip R. Schauer, Bruce D. Schirmer.
    Summary: The second edition of Minimally Invasive Bariatric Surgery provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of this field, and it serves as a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons and researchers with an interest in minimally invasive bariatric surgery. Additionally, the second edition includes new features that will benefit the resident, fellow, or bariatric surgeon new to the field. Specifically, each evidence-based chapter (i.e. outcomes, complications, epidemiology, etc) concludes with three or four exam questions that emphasize the salient points of the chapter and provide fellowship programs a valuable training tool and resource for their academic curriculum. These questions are either single-answer multiple choice or true/false format and the correct response with a brief explanation follows. As more emphasis is placed on completing a comprehensive curriculum and obtaining certification for bariatric training, this aspect of the book is unique and provides added value to the text. The new edition also incorporates many new or updated medical illustrations to enhance the technique chapters and provide more uniformity for the artwork throughout the book. Each of the major procedures include surgical technique, outcomes, and management of complications in separate chapters to provide an easy reference for the busy clinician preparing for a case or presentation. Another unique feature of the text is a link to video files hosted online for the relevant chapters. This video library will be of great value to the user. As the number of fellowships in laparoscopic bariatric surgery continues to increase, this updated text will provide a valuable resource for general and bariatric surgeons, laparoscopic surgeons, fellows, residents, medical students, obesity researchers, and industry representatives involved in this field. Minimally Invasive Bariatric Surgery is a valuable resource for Medical students, surgical oncology fellows, general surgeons, and educators.

    Contents:
    The Global Burden of Obesity and Diabetes
    Pathophysiology of Obesity Comorbidity: The Effects of Chronically Increased Intraabdominal Pressure
    Medical Management of Obesity
    History of Bariatric and Metabolic Surgery
    Developing a Successful Bariatric Surgery Program
    Essential Bariatric Equipment: Making your Facility More Accommodating to Bariatric Surgical Patients
    Patient Selection: Pathways to Surgery
    The Role of Behavioral Health in Bariatric Surgery
    Operating Room Positioning, Equipment and Instrumentation for Laparoscopic Bariatric Surgery
    Anesthesia for Minimally Invasive Bariatric Surgery
    Postoperative Pathways in Minimally Invasive Bariatric Surgery
    Bariatric Surgery: Patient Safety and Quality Improvement
    Data Management for the Bariatric Surgery Program
    Sleeve Gastrectomy: Technique, Pearls, & Pitfalls
    Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy: Outcomes
    Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy: Management of Complications
    Sleeve Gastrectomy as a Revisional Procedure.- Laparoscopic Gastric Plication
    Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding: Technique
    Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding: Outcomes
    Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding: Long-Term Management
    Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding: Management of Complications
    Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding: Controversies
    Bypass: Transoral Circular Stapler Gastrojejunostomy Technique
    Gastric Bypass: Transgastric Circular Stapler Technique
    Laparoscopic Gastric Bypass: Hand-Sewn Gastrojejunostomy Technique
    Laparoscopic Gastric Bypass Using Linear Stapled Technique/- Outcomes after Laparoscopic Gastric Bypass
    Laparoscopic Gastric Bypass: Management of Complications
    Gastric Bypass as a Revisional Procedure
    Laparoscopic Gastric Bypass: Nutritional Management after Surgery
    Laparoscopic Malabsorptive Procedures: Technique of Duodenal Switch
    Laparoscopic Malabsorption Procedures: Outcomes
    Laparoscopic Malabsorption Procedures: Management of Complications
    Laparoscopic Malabsorption Procedures: Management of Nutritional Complications after Biliopancreatic Diversion
    Alternative Minimally Invasive Options: Neural Modulation
    Intragastric Balloon
    Alternative Minimally Invasive Options: Endoluminal Bariatric Procedures
    Innovative Metabolic Operations
    Venous Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism in the Bariatric Surgery Patient
    Role of Flexible Endoscopy in the Practice of Bariatric Surgery
    Bariatric Surgery in Adolescents
    Bariatric Surgery in the Elderly
    The High-Risk Bariatric Patient
    Long-term Mortality after Bariatric Surgery
    Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease in the Bariatric Surgery Patient
    Gallbladder and Biliary Disease in Bariatric Surgery Patients
    Effects of Bariatric Surgery on Diabetes.- Cardiovascular Disease in the Bariatric Surgery Patient
    Obesity and Cancer with Emphasis on Bariatric Surgery
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea in Bariatric Surgery Patients
    Ventral Hernias in the Bariatric Patient.- Plastic Surgery Following Weight Loss
    The Female Patient: Pregnancy and Gynecologic Issues in the Bariatric Surgery Patient
    Medicolegal Issues: The Pitfalls and Pratfalls of the Bariatric Surgery Practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    William C.S. Meng, Hester Y.S. Cheung, David T.Y. Lam, Simon S.M. Ng, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Steven N. Hochwald, editor ; Moshim Kukar, associate editor.
    Summary: This book provides detailed, comprehensive and illustrative content to the surgical community in the areas of foregut oncologic surgery. The text contains an in-depth review of all surgical aspects of oncologic diseases involving the stomach and esophagus. The main focus is on the minimally invasive techniques including potential complications and their management. The text also includes an online link to the videos for all minimally invasive foregut surgical procedures, including animation content which provide a more comprehensive learning experience. Minimally Invasive Foregut Surgery for Malignancy: Principles and Practice is structured in a way that makes it useful at every level of training and will be of great utility to practicing surgeons, fellows in surgical subspecialty training and surgical residents.

    Contents:
    Pathogenesis of esophageal cancer.- Endoscopic Treatment of Pre-Malignant and Early Esophageal Malignancy
    The Volume-outcome Relationship, Standardized Clinical Pathways and Minimally Invasive Surgery for Esophagectomy
    Goals of Surgical Therapy for Esophageal Cancer
    Optimization of Patients for Esophageal Cancer Surgery
    Pathogenesis of Gastric Cancer
    Standards for Surgical Therapy of Gastric Cancer
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection for Gastric Cancer
    Its Indication, Technique, and Our Experience.-Multimodality Therapy in Gastric Cancer
    Laparoscopic Transhiatal Esophagectomy for Esophageal Cancer
    Laparoscopic and Thoracoscopic Esophagectomy with EEA Anastomosis
    Laparoscopic and Thoracoscopic Esophagectomy with Side-Side Thoracic Anastomosis
    Laparoscopic and Thoracoscopic Transhiatal Esophagectomy with Cervical Anastomosis
    Laparoscopic and Thoracoscopic Esophagectomy with Colonic Interposition
    Thoracolaparoscopic Esophagectomy in the Prone Position for Carcinoma of the Esophagus
    Thoracoscopic Enucleation of Esophageal Benign Tumors
    Minimally Invasive Feeding Tube and Esophageal Stent Placement
    Robotic Utilization in Esophageal Cancer Surgery
    Minimally Invasive Intragastric Surgery
    Laparoscopic Partial Gastrectomy
    Principles and Practice of Laparoscopic Gastrectomy with Gastroduodenostomy (Billroth I)
    Laparoscopic Subtotal Gastrectomy with Gastrojejunostomy and D2 Lymphadenectomy
    Laparoscopic Proximal Gastrectomy with Double Tract Anastomosis
    Laparoscopy-Assisted Total Gastrectomy
    Robotic Utilization in Gastric Cancer Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jinzhong Zhao, editor.
    Summary: The book provides essential surgical techniques to restore knee function, in addition to the anatomical reconstruction. It introduces 44 techniques in separated chapters, which are composized with the same text structure and high-resolution photos. The authors are good at managing and teaching these techniques. The step-by-step descriptions and illustrations are very helpful for the readers of orthopaedic and sports medicine surgeons.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Knee Basics
    1 Arthroscopic Knee Examination
    2 Treatment Strategies of Meniscus Injuries
    3 Arthroscopic Meniscus Repair with Autograft Tendon Fibers
    4 Outside-in Transfer All-inside Meniscus Repair
    5 Lateral Meniscus Posterior Root Repair
    6 Combined Pull-out Repair and Centralization for Medial Meniscus Posterior Root Tear
    7 Arthroscopic synovectomy
    8 Arthroscopic Treatment of Pigmented Villonodular Synovitis of the Knee
    9 Hamstring Tendon Harvesting
    10 Harvesting the Anterior Half of the Peroneus Longus Tendon
    11 Preparation of Autogenous Tendon
    12 Graft Length in the Tunnel in Cruciate Ligaments Reconstruction
    Part 2 Anterior cruciate ligament
    13 Principles of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    14 Isometric Single-bundle Transtibial Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    15 Single-bundle Isometric ACL Reconstruction with Remnant Preservation
    16 Anatomical Transtibial Single-bundle Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    17 Treatment Strategies of a Partial ACL Injury
    18 Single-bundle Anatomical Hardware-free ACL Reconstruction
    19 Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction with Internal Bracing
    20 Anatomical Double-bundle Transtibial Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    21 Double-bundle Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction with Remnant Preservation
    22 Combined ACL-mimicking Anterolateral Structure Reconstruction and Single-bundle Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    23 Combined ACL-mimicking Anterolateral Structure Reconstruction and Double-bundle Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    24 Slope-reducing High Tibial Osteotomy and Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    25 Basic Concepts in Revision Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    26 Three-in-one Procedure for Revision ACL Reconstruction
    27 Basic Concepts in the Treatment of Tibial Avulsion Fracture of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament
    28 Arthroscopic Suture-to-Adjustable Loop Fixation of Adult ACL Tibial Avulsion Fracture
    29 Arthroscopic Epiphyseal Plate-sparing Fixation of ACL Tibial Avulsion Fracture in Skeletally Immature Patients
    30 Suture Bridge Fixation for Adolescent ACL Tibial Avulsion Fracture
    Part 3 Posterior Cruciate ligament
    31 Ultra-Strong Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
    32 Single Bundle Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction without Remnant Preservation
    33 Single-bundle Anatomical Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction with Remnant Preservation
    34 Lower Tibial Tunnel Placement in Transtibial PCL Reconstruction
    35 Four-Tunnel Double-Bundle Anatomical Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction without Remnant Preservation
    36 Sandwich-Style Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction: Four-tunnel Double-bundle Posterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction with Remnant Preservation
    37 Basic Concepts in the Treatment of Tibial Avulsion Fracture of the Posterior Cruciate Ligament
    38 Arthroscopic Suture to Loop Fixation of PCL Tibial Avulsion Fracture
    Part 4 Collateral and Multi ligaments
    39 The Basic Concept in Treatment of Injuries of the Posteromedial Corner of the Knee
    40 Structural Augmentation of the Posteromedial Corner of the Knee
    41 Basic Concept in the Treatment of Knee Posterolateral Corner Injury
    42 Knee Posterolateral Corner Reconstruction with a Single Tendon
    43 Arthroscopic popliteal tendon reconstruction for type A PLC injury
    44 The Lateral Gutter Drive-thru Sign and Drive-thru Test
    45 Basic Concepts in the Treatment of Knee Dislocation
    46 Treatment Strategies for Multi Ligament Injuries of the knee
    47 Simultaneous anterior cruciate ligament, posterior cruciate ligament, posteromedial corner, and posterolateral corner reconstruction of the knee
    Part 5 Patellofemoral Joint
    48 Basic Concepts in the Diagnosis and Treatment of Patella Instability and Dislocation
    49 Wide-patellar Insertion Medial Patellofemoral Ligament Reconstruction with Internal Bracing
    50 Polyethylene Suture Augmentation of the Medial Patellofemoral Ligament in Skeletally Immature Patients with Recurrent Patella Dislocation
    51 Arthroscopic Release of the Lateral Retinaculum of the Patella
    52 Tibial Tubercle Transfer: Indications and Modified Fulkerson Osteotomy
    53 Surgical treatment of Habitual patellar dislocation with patella Baja
    54 Derotational Distal Femoral Osteotomy For Recurrent Patellar Dislocation
    55 Biplanar Knee Derotation Osteotomy in the Treatment of Patella Instability
    56 Rebalance of the Quadriceps Femoris
    57 Arthroscopic Patellofemoral Arthroplasty for Isolated Patellofemoral Osteoarthritis
    Section 6 Knee Osteoarthritis and Stiffness
    58 Arthroscopic Arthroplasty for Knee Osteoarthritis
    59 Anterior Proximal-to-Posterior Distal Oblique Proximal Tibial Osteotomy
    60 Basic Concepts in the Treatment of Knee Stiffness
    61 Arthroscopic Release of Severe Flexion- and Extension-impeding Knee Stiffness with Inaccessible Joint
    62 Zhao Mini-invasive Quadriceps Plasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Chelvin C. A. Sng, Keith Barton, editors.
    Summary: The book is provided open access under a CC BY 4.0 license. This book covers all aspects of minimally invasive glaucoma surgery (MIGS) and provides detailed information on each MIGS device, including its mechanism of action; patient selection; implantation techniques; post-operative management; and a review of the existing literature. Step-by-step descriptions are provided for the surgical technique used in implanting each MIGS device, accompanied by clear photographs of each surgical stage. Other areas covered include intra-operative gonioscopy (with tips on optimising the view of the anterior chamber angle) and the management of the intra-operative and post-operative complications. Essential information on the anatomy and physiology of the different aqueous outflow pathways is also included. A separate chapter addresses the introduction of MIGS globally, including the consideration of different reimbursement environments and the different types of glaucoma, e.g. angle closure glaucoma. This book will assist both glaucoma surgeons and general ophthalmologists in overcoming the learning curve involved in performed MIGS, by providing valuable and practical clinical pearls.

    Contents:
    Overview of micro-invasive glaucoma surgery
    Anatomy of aqueous outflow drainage pathways
    MIGS: iStent Trabecular Microbypass Stent and iStent Inject
    MIGS: Ab Interno Trabeculotomy (Trabectome)
    MIGS: Hydrus
    MIGS: XEN Implant
    MIGS: Microshunt
    MIGS: Cypass and iStent Supra
    MIGS: new modalities of cycloablation and high-intensity focused ultrasound
    Controversies in the use of MIGS
    Globalization of MIGS.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Brian A. Francis, Steven R. Sarkisian, Jr., James C. Tan.
    Contents:
    I: Eye anatomy and physiology
    IA Trabecular outflow
    IB Uveoscleral outflow
    IC Aqueous production
    ID Subconjunctival filtration
    II: Clinical procedures
    IIA Trabecular outflow procedures
    IIB Uveoscleral outflow procedures
    IIC Aqueous humor reduction procedure
    IID Transconjunctival filtration procedures.
  • Digital
    Geraldo Gastal Gomes-da-Silveira, Gustavo Py Gomes da Silveira, Suzana Arenhart Pessini, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Madhu S. Agrawal, Dilip K. Mishra, Bhaskar Somani, editors.
    Summary: Urolithiasis is a common and ever-increasing problem all over the world. During the last few decades, percutaneous nephrolithotomy (PCNL) has become the preferred treatment method for moderate and large volume upper tract urinary calculi. In recent years, there have been groundbreaking advances in the field of percutaneous renal surgery in the form of minimally invasive percutaneous nephrolithotomy. Various techniques have been described over the years in the area, which have improved the results of percutaneous nephrolithotomy surgery while reducing the complication rate and morbidity. This book provides a broad, state-of-the-art review in the field of minimally-invasive percutaneous nephrolithotomy. It serves as a valuable resource for Urologists, endourology fellows, and researchers interested in mini-percutaneous nephrolithotomy. The book reviews the latest data about percutaneous management of Urolithiasis from the world over, various classification systems for mini-percutaneous nephrolithotomy, armamentarium, different techniques, and multiple advances, plus the results including complications. This book serves as a valuable resource for urologists dealing with and interested in learning the newer advances in percutaneous renal surgery. It delivers a comprehensive summary of the current status of minimally-invasive percutaneous nephrolithotomy in the management of Urolithiasis. All the chapters have been written by experts in minimally invasive percutaneous nephrolithotomy and present the most recent scientific data. .

    Contents:
    Surgical anatomy of Kidney with respect to (mini-) PCNL
    History, Evolution & Classification of minimally-invasive PCNL
    Diagnostic Imaging for mini-PCNL
    ALARA: How to reduce radiation exposure
    Instrumentation for Mini-PCNL (Access sheaths, Endoscopes and Accessories)
    Fragmentation devices: Lithotripters, Lasers and other advances
    Anesthesia in Mini PCNL
    Positioning for MIP (Prone and Supine)Fluoroscopic-guided access
    Ultrasonography-guided access
    Newer advances in access (including Endoscopic-guided access)
    Access in Supine position
    Simulation based training for Access Intarenal pressure, fluid management & principle of 'whirlpool effect' in Mini-PCNL
    Tract dilation, Nephroscopy, Stone fragmentation and retrieval
    Exit strategy: Large tube, Small tube, Tubeless or Totally Tubeless?
    Ultra Mini PCNL
    Micro PCNL
    Super Perc
    Super Mini Perc
    Flexible Mini Nephroscopy
    Endoscopic Combined Intra-Renal Surgery (ECIRS)
    Failed access and Secondary punctures
    Simultaneous Bilateral Mini PCNL
    Special situations: Stone with PUJO, Calyceal diverticulum
    Obese Patients and spinal deformities, Ectopic & Pelvic kidneys
    Horseshoe kidneys, Polycystic kidney, Post-transplant kidneysPediatric PCNL
    Outcomes of Mini-PCNL
    Complications in Mini PCNL.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Stephen K. Harrel, Thomas G. Wilson, Jr.
    Contents:
    Overview of minimally invasive therapy / Stephen K. Harrel and Thomas G. Wilson, Jr.
    Visualization for minimally invasive periodontal therapy : an overview / Stephen K. Harrel
    Ultrasonic endoscopic periodontal debridement / John Y. Kwan and Suzanne Newkirk
    Endoscope use in daily hygiene practice / Kara Webb and Angela Anderson
    The use of the dental endoscope and videoscope for diagnosis and treatment of peri-implant diseases / Thomas G. Wilson, Jr.
    Development of minimally invasive periodontal surgical techniques / Stephen K. Harrel
    The MIS and V-MIS surgical procedure / Stephen K. Harrel
    Minimally invasive surgical technique (MIST) and modified-MIST (M-MIST) in periodontal regeneration / Dott Pierpaolo (Sandro) Cortellini
    MI soft tissue grafting / Edward P. Allen and Lewis C. Cummings
    Future potential for minimally invasive periodontal therapy / Stephen K. Harrel and Thomas G. Wilson, Jr.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Michael Wang, Yi Lu, Praveen Mummaneni, D. Greg Anderson, editors.
    Summary: Contemporary spinal surgeons, whether orthopedic or neurosurgeons, are increasingly recognizing minimally invasive spine surgery (MISS) as a valuable option for managing advanced degenerative diseases. MISS techniques minimize blood loss and surgical site pain, while speeding recovery. Thus, the combination of MISS with adult spinal deformity was a natural choice. Currently, the techniques, technologies, and education of surgeons have finally reached a point where MISS deformity surgeries are becoming commonplace. Nevertheless, the field is young enough (and still evolving) that no comprehensive texts have addressed the unique challenges it poses for surgeons. This book fills that gap.

    Contents:
    Deformity Surgery Principles: The epidemiology of adult spinal deformityand the aging population
    Classification scheme for scoliosis
    Indications for surgery
    Sagittal balance
    Lumbopelvic parameters
    Importance of the fractional curve
    Importance of the fractional curve
    Radiation safety
    Impact of MIS surgery on costs
    Percutaneous Segmental Fixation: Fluoroscopic techniques
    Image guidance
    Nuances of thoracolumbar screw placement
    Rod contouring, passage, and connection
    Percutaneous pelvic screw fixation.-Managing osteoporotic bone.-Use of cement in MIS deformity surgery
    Posterior Approaches:Interbody cage options
    Multi-level TLIF for spinal deformity
    Expandable cages for thoracic spinal deformity
    Expandable cages for lumbar spinal deformity
    Lumbar endoscopic fusion
    Osteotomy techniques
    Lateral Approaches: Thoracoscopic approaches
    Role of neuromonitoring
    Single incision approach to the lumbar spine
    Dual incision approach to the lumbar spine
    Which side to approach from?- Stand-alone lateral surgery for deformity
    Thoracic interbody surgery.-Complications of the lateral approach
    Dealing with the Lumbo-Pelvic Junction: Mini-open ALIF for fusing the lumbosacral junction
    Trans-sacral interbody fusion as an adjunct to anchoring constructs at the lumbosacral junction
    Minimally invasive sacroiliac joint fusion
    Achieving Intersegmental Arthodesis: Bone graft extenders.-Minimally invasive Wiltse approach posterolateral fusion
    Facet joint fusion
    Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sang-Heon Lee, editor.
    Summary: This book is an up-to-date guide to the techniques and devices that may be used when performing minimally invasive spine interventions. The indications for such procedures, which offer various advantages over open surgery, continue to expand, and the aim of the book is to equip spine interventionists with the knowledge required in order to achieve optimal clinical outcomes consistently. After discussion of all aspects of patient preparation, conventional minimally invasive procedures for disorders of the cervical, thoracic, lumbar, and sacral spine are thoroughly reviewed. Attention then turns to more advanced techniques and devices, including percutaneous epidural neurolysis, foraminoplasty, the LDISQ device for disc decompression, transforaminal epiduroscopic laser annuloplasty (TELA), trans-sacral endoscopic laser decompression (SELD), percutaneous endoscopic lumbar discectomy (PELD), and minimally invasive lumbar decompression (MILD). In addition to full description and illustration of treatment methods, guidance is provided on indications, contraindications, potential complications, and postoperative care.

    Contents:
    Part 1.Histories & Concepts
    Part 2. Preparation
    2.1. Procedure room setting
    2.2. Sedation & IV lines
    2.3. Evaluation & Records
    2.4. Precaution about comorbidity status
    2.5. anticoagulants
    2.6. Selection for injectates
    Part 3. Conventional techniques
    3.1. Cervical procedures
    3.1.1. AA joint
    3.1.2. Z-joint
    3.1.3. MBB
    3.1.4. interlaminar epidural injection
    3.1.5. transforaminal injection
    3.1.6. intradiscal approach
    3.2. Thoracic procedures
    3.2.1. Z-joint
    3.2.2. MBB
    3.2.3. interlaminar epidural injection
    3.2.4. transforaminal injection
    3.2.5. inradiscal approach
    3.3. lumbar procedure
    3.2.1. Z-joint
    3.2.2. MBB
    3.2.3. interlaminar epidural injection
    3.2.4. transforaminal injection
    3.2.5. inradiscal approach
    3.4. Sacral procedures
    3.4.1. SI joint
    3.4.2. caudal approach
    3.4.3. ganglion impar
    Part 4. Advanced techniques (devices & procedures)
    4.1. Percutaneous epidural neurolysis
    4.2. Manual Foraminoplasty
    4.3. Automated Forminoplasty
    4.4. LDISQ
    4.5 TELA
    4.6. PELD & SELD
    4.7. MILD
    Part 5. Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Luis Manuel Tumialán ; illustrator, Joshua Lai.
    Summary: "The purpose of this work is to be a readable cohesive single-authored introductory text that discusses the principles of minimally invasive spine surgery and then explains the technique procedure by procedure. It is the goal for the reader to experience each chapter as if they are in the operating room with the author. The hope is that the words from the book become the voice inside the resident's head as they see, learn and eventually perform the procedure. This work is written as if the author were actually teaching the resident in a rotation. He begins discussing the philosophical approach to minimally invasive spinal surgery as compared to open procedures and the mindset that one should apply. He then walks the reader through the basic procedures, such as a microdiscectomies and laminectomies. Principles introduced in early chapters are reinforced in the latter chapters; in this manner, the earlier chapters become the building blocks for the latter chapters. This is analogous to resident education, where one would teach a resident a minimally invasive microdiscectomy before going into a lumbar fusion. Each chapter has narrated video for review"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    A Minimally Invasive Perspective : The Conversion
    The Minimally Invasive Microdiscectomy
    Minimally Invasive Lumbar Laminectomy
    Minimally Invasive Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion
    Minimally Invasive Far Lateral Microdiscectomy
    Transpsoas Lumbar Interbody Fusion
    Minimally Invasive Posterior Cervical Foraminotomy
    Minimally Invasive Posterior Cervical Laminectomy
    Anterior Cervical Discectomy with Arthroplasty or Fusion
    Minimally Invasive Decompressions for Metastatic Spinal Disease
    Minimally Invasive Resection of Intradural Extramedullary Lesions within the thoracic Spine
    Radiation and Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery
    Minimizing Ionizing Radiation in Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Frank M. Phillips, Isador H. Lieberman, David W. Polly, Jr., editors.
    Summary: Over the past decade, minimally invasive techniques have developed rapidly and are widely applied in the management of spine disorders. With the development of enabling technologies, including specifically designed spinal retractor systems, intra-operative imaging and navigation technologies, and real-time neural monitoring, minimally invasive spine surgery (MISS) techniques are safe, effective and reproducible. Indeed, studies have confirmed the clinical and economic advantages of these procedures. Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery includes detailed discussions of enabling technologies, surgical techniques (including posterior decompression and fusion), approaches to specific diseases and conditions, as well as strategies to manage the unique risks and complications of MISS. Generously illustrated, this will be an essential reference for orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons and all health care professionals who treat the spine.

    Contents:
    History and Evolution of Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery
    Philosophy and Biology of Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery
    Economics of Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery
    Microscopes and Endoscopes
    Intraoperative Neurophysiology Monitoring
    Image Guidance
    Robotic-Assisted Spine Surgery
    Fusion Biologics
    Lasers
    Posterior Cervical Decompression
    Thoracic Decompression
    Lumbar Decompression Using a Tubular Retractor System
    Minimally Invasive Posterior Cervical Fusion
    Percutaneous Pedicle Screws
    Minimally Invasive Facet Screw Fixation
    Minimally Invasive Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion
    Mini-Open Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion
    Minimally Disruptive Lateral Transpsoas Approach for Thoracolumbar Anterior Interbody Fusion
    Presacral Approaches for Minimally Invasive Spinal Fusion
    Mini-open Lateral Thoracic Fusion
    Thoracoscopic Fusion
    The Painful Sacroiliac Iliac Joint
    Cervical Herniated Nucleus Pulposus and Stenosis
    Thoracic Herniated Nucleus Pulposus
    Lumbar Herniated Nucleus Pulposus
    Lumbar Spinal Stenosis
    Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery in Lumbar Spondylolisthesis
    Adolescent Scoliosis
    Adult Scoliosis
    Anterior Column Realignment (ACR): Minimally Invasive Surgery for the Treatment of Adult Sagittal Plane Deformity
    Thoracolumbar Spine Trauma
    Minimally Invasive Surgery for Spinal Tumors
    Pathologic Fractures
    Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery in the Elderly
    Minimally Invasive Applications of Motion
    Choice of Minimally invasive Approaches: A Review of Unique Risks and Complications
    Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery Complications with Implant Placement and Fixation
    Neural and Dural Injury
    Pseudarthrosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Frank M. Phillips, Isador H. Lieberman, David W. Polly Jr., Michael Y. Wang, editors.
    Summary: The use of minimally invasive spine surgery (MISS) has grown rapidly over the last decade and remains the fastest growing area in spine surgery. Now in a revised and expanded second edition including 19 new chapters, this comprehensive textbook provides an updated presentation of the field of MISS, highlighting surgical techniques and clinical outcomes as well as providing a unique focus on how these techniques are applied for specific spinal conditions. Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery, Second Edition includes detailed discussions of enabling technologies, surgical techniques, approaches to specific diseases and conditions, a new section on out-patient/ambulatory spine surgery, and strategies to manage the unique risks and complications associated with MISS. Each chapter, whether revised or new, is formatted in a consistent manner, including bulleted key learning points as well as review questions, pearls and pitfalls, and generous illustrations and intra-operative photographs. Written and edited by thought leaders in the field, this user-friendly textbook will be an essential resource for orthopedic and neurosurgery trainees, as well as a valuable reference and review for spine surgeons and health care professionals who treat the spine.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction to minimally invasive spine surgery: 1. History and evolution of minimally invasive spine surgery / R. Nick Hernandez, Jonathan Nakhla, Rodrigo Navarro-Ramirez, and Roger Härtl
    2. Philosophy and biology of minimally invasive spine surgery / Pawel Glowka, Choll W. Kim, and Kris Siemionow
    3. Economics of minimally invasive spine surgery / Robert A. Ravinsky and Y. Raja Rampersaud
    4. Learning curve for minimally invasive spine surgery / Victor P. Lo and Neel Anand
    5. The role of MI spine surgery in global health : a development critique / Carlyn R. Rodgers and W. B. Rodgers. Part II: Enabling technologies for minimally invasive spine surgery: 6. Microscopes and endoscopes / Harel Deutsch
    7. Intraoperative neurophysiology monitoring / Mihir Gupta, Sandra E. Taylor, Richard A. O'Brien, William R. Taylor, and Laura Hein
    8. Image guidance in minimally invasive spine surgery / Ryan B. Kochanski, Hussein Alahmadi, and John E. O'Toole
    9. Robotic-assisted spine surgery / Anthony E. Bozzio, Xiaobang Hu, and Isador H. Lieberman
    10. Fusion biologics and adjuvants in minimally invasive spine surgery / Gurmit Singh and Wellington K. Hsu
    11. Use of stem cells in spinal treatments / S. Mohammed Karim, Shuanhu Zhou, and James D. Kang
    12. Lasers / Christopher A. Yeung and Anthony T. Yeung
    13. Radiation exposure and avoidance in minimally invasive spine surgery / Bryan S. Lee, Dominic W. Pelle, Nicholas R. Arnold, and Thomas E. Mroz. Part III: Surgical techniques : minimally invasive decompression: 14. Posterior cervical decompression / Neil M. Badlani and Frank M. Phillips
    15. Thoracic decompression / Mena G. Kerolus, Mazda K. Turel, Albert P. Wong, Zachary A. Smith, and Richard G. Fessler
    16. Lumbar decompression using a tubular retractor system / Mark A. Shapses, Arjun Balakumar, and D. Greg Anderson
    17. Endoscopic decompression / James J. Yue
    18. Interspinous and interlaminar devices for decompression / Saqib Hassan and Hyun Bae
    19. Minimally invasive posterior cervical fixation / Larry T. Khoo, Zachary A. Smith, and Roya Gheissari
    20. Percutaneous pedicle screws / Jonathan N. Sembrano, Sharon C. Yson, and David W. Polly Jr.
    21. Minimally invasive facet screw fixation / Anthony E. Bozzio, Xiaobang Hu, and Isador H. Lieberman
    22. Minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, Miguel A. Pelton, Sreeharsa V. Nandyala, Alejandro Marquez-Lara, and Kern Singh
    23. Minimally invasive midline pars-cortical screw techniques / Daniel L. Cavanaugh, Kunwar (Kevin) S. Khalsa, Nitin Khanna, and Gurvinder S. Deol
    24. Minimally invasive spinous process fixation and fusion / Jonathan N. Sellin, G. Damian Brusko, and Michael Y. Wang
    25. Mini-open anterior lumbar interbody fusion / Amir M. Abtahi, Douglas G. Orndorff, Jocelyn M. Zemach, and Jim A. Youssef
    26. Minimally disruptive lateral transpsoas approach for thoracolumbar anterior interbody fusion / Dorcas Chomba, W. C. Rodgers III, and W. B. Rodgers
    27. Anterior column reconstruction for sagittal plane deformity correction / Gurpreet S. Gandhoke, Zachary J. Tempel, and Adam S. Kanter
    28. Thoracoscopic fusion / Rodrigo Navarro-Ramirez, Christoph Wipplinger, Sertac Kirnaz, Eliana Kim, and Roger Härtl 29. Pre-psoas approaches for thoracolumbar interbody fusion / James D. Lin, Jamal N. Shillingford, Joseph M. Lombardi, Richard W. Schutzer, and Ronald A. Lehman Jr.
    30. Endoscopic spinal fusion / Jason Ilias Liounakos, Gregory Basil, Karthik Madhavan, and Michael Y. Wang
    31. Navigated spinal fusion / Ana Luís, Rodrigo Navarro-Ramirez, Sertac Kirnaz, Jonathan Nakhla, and Roger Härtl
    32. Cervical herniated nucleus pulposus and stenosis / Pablo R. Pazmiño and Carl Lauryssen
    33. Thoracic herniated nucleus pulposus / Krystin A. Hidden, Safdar N. Khan, and Elizabeth M. Yu
    34. Lumbar herniated nucleus pulposus / Philip K. Louie and Gregory D. Lopez
    35. Lumbar spinal stenosis / Kenneth C. Nwosu, Safdar N. Khan, and Thomas D. Cha
    36. Lumbar spondylolisthesis / Timothy Y. Wang, Vikram Mehta, John Berry-Candelario, Isaac O. Karikari, and Robert E. Isaacs
    37. Adolescent scoliosis / Daniel J. Miller, Todd J. Blumberg, Susan E. Nelson, Per D. Trobisch, and Patrick J. Cahill
    38. Adult scoliosis / Teja Karukonda, Steven M. Presciutti, Isaac L. Moss, and Frank M. Phillips
    39. Anterior column realignment (ACR) : minimally invasive surgery for the treatment of adult sagittal plane deformity / Gregory M. Mundis Jr., Pooria Hosseini, Amrit Khalsa, and Behrooz A. Akbarnia
    40. Thoracolumbar spine trauma / Kelley E. Banagan, Daniel L. Cavanaugh, Ian Bussey, Alysa Nash, Jael E. Camacho-Matos, M. Farooq Usmani, and Steven C. Ludwig
    41. Minimally invasive surgery for spinal tumors / Zach Pennington, Camilo A. Molina, and Daniel M. Sciubba
    42. Pathologic fractures / Alexandra Carrer, William W. Schairer, Dean Chou, Murat Pekmezci, Vedat Deviren, and Sigurd H. Berven 43. How and when to incorporate minimally invasive surgery for treatment of deformity : decision-making / Andrew C. Vivas, Jason M. Paluzzi, and Juan S. Uribe
    44. Sacroiliac joint dysfunction / Vinko Zlomislic and Steven R. Garfin
    45. Minimally invasive spine surgery in the elderly / Oliver Tannous and R. Todd Allen . Part IV: Surgical techniques : minimally invasive fusion: 46. Clinical and economic advantages of out-patient spine surgery / Neil M. Badlani, Joel Lehr, and Frank M. Phillips
    47. Clinical outcomes of outpatient spine surgery / Richard N. W. Wohns, Laura A. Miller Dyrda, and Kenneth C. Nwosu
    48. Selection of appropriate patients for outpatient spine surgery / William D. Smith, Karishma Gupta, Maritza Kelesis, and Joseph L. Laratta
    49. Analgesia and anesthesia to enable outpatient spine surgery / Ramesh M. Singa and Asokumar Buvanendran
    50. Postoperative care following outpatient spine surgery / Troy I. Mounts and Gil Tepper
    51. Choice of minimally invasive approaches : a review of unique risks and complications / William P. Mosenthal, Srikanth N. Divi, Jason L. Dickherber, and Michael J. Lee
    52. Minimally invasive spine surgery complications with implant placement and fixation / Joseph S. Butler and Mark F. Kurd
    53. Neural and dural injury in minimally invasive surgery / Clifton W. Hancock, Donna D. Ohnmeiss, and Scott L. Blumenthal
    54. Pseudarthrosis / Philip K. Louie, Bryce A. Basques, Nicollette M. Pepin, and Grant D. Shifflett.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Giorgio Pietramaggiori, Saja Scherer, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the essential steps involved in diagnosing and treating pain due to peripheral nerve injury and compression. In the first chapter, the relevant anatomy and diagnostic tools to identify peripheral-nerve-related issues are described. The main part of the book, however, deals with the surgical techniques to address specific types of peripheral nerve pain, e.g. neuroma, thoracic outlet or migraine. A step-by-step, practical approach is provided, including important aspects to consider both pre- and post-op. The procedures presented are minimally-invasive and maximally effective. Each chapter features detailed surgical illustrations and anatomical images. Chronic pain control is a growing need and minimally invasive yet effective surgical techniques, combining the competences of neurosurgery, plastic surgery, orthopedics, general surgery, pain management and neurology are in high demand. The increasing demand on the part of patients suffering from neuropathic pain is to date not matched by adequate practical training in peripheral nerve surgery to control pain. The authors are experts in this discipline "from head to toe" and present a valuable guide that provides medical students and experienced clinicians alike with useful information for their daily practice.

    Contents:
    Foreword.-Preface
    Anatomy & diagnosis of peripheral nerve injury or compression for the surgeon
    Diagnosis & treatment of painful neuromas - Targeted Muscle Reinnervation
    Diagnosis & Treatment of Neuro-vascular temporal headaches .-Diagnosis & Treatment of Occipital Neuralgia
    Diagnosis & Treatment of pectoralis minor syndrome (neurogenic Thoracic Outlet)
    Diagnosis & Treatment of Groin and Genital Pain
    Diagnosis & Treatment of central neurogenic Wrist Pain
    Nutritional recommendations to address pain: focus on ketogenic / low carbohydrate diet.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joseph Kim, Julio Garcia-Aguilar, editors.
    Summary: Similar to the 1st edition, the 2nd edition of Minimally Invasive Surgical Techniques for Cancers of the Gastrointestinal Tract provides different approaches for various organs of the gastrointestinal tract. This book provides an updated resource of advanced minimally invasive surgical techniques for patients with GI cancers. It is primarily designed to provide a step-by-step approach of surgical techniques, highlighting key learning points and potential operative pitfalls. The text is largely focused on minimally invasive surgical techniques (laparoscopic and robotic), with new chapters on innovations in gastric cancer surgery including middle gastrectomy, pylorus preserving gastrectomy, and sentinel lymph node dissection. In addition, the text also includes new chapters on single incision surgery for cancers of the GI tract, on advanced instrumentation for trans-anal procedures, and on refined robotic approaches to total mesorectal excision. Chapters are written by experts with extensive experience in new techniques, and are accompanied by companion videos in almost every chapter. The 2nd edition of Minimally Invasive Surgical Techniques for Cancers of the Gastrointestinal Tract proves to be a valuable resource for surgeons at all levels of training that are interested in learning new techniques to improve patient satisfaction and cancer outcomes.

    Contents:
    Robotic Assisted Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy
    Minimally Invasive Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy
    Robotic Three-Field Esophagectomy
    Robotic Segmental Gastrectomy for Large Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumor
    Minimally Invasive Gastric Wedge Resection
    Step by Step Description of Pylorus-Preserving Gastrectomy
    Minimally Invasive Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy for Gastric Cancer
    Minimlly Invasive Total Gastrectomy
    Minimlly Invasive Gastrectomy
    Minimally Invasive Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Perfusion for Gastric Cancer
    Eastern Experience of Minimally Invasive Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    Development of the Robotic Approach to Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    Robotic Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    Implementation of the Robotic Technique in Pancreaticoduodenectomy
    Minimally Invasive Small Bowel Resection
    Robotic Small Bowel Resection
    Laparoscopic Right Colectomy
    Robotic Right Colectomy
    Single Incision Right Colectomy
    Laparoscopic Left Colectomy
    Robotic Left Colectomy
    Minimally Invasive Low Anterior Resection
    Robotic Low Anterior Resection with Double Staple Technique
    Laparoscopic Total Abdominal Colectomy
    Robotic Total Abdominal Colectomy: A Step by Step Approach
    Robotic Pouch Creation
    Robotic Abdominoperineal Resection
    Laparoscopic Pelvic Exenteration
    Robotic Pelvic Exenteration
    Laparoscopic Lateral Pelvic Lymph Node Dissection
    Minimally Invasive Lateral Pelvic Lymph Node Dissection
    Transanal Endoscopic Microsurgery
    The Approach to Transanal Total Mesorectal Excision
    Robotic Transanal Minimally Invasive Surgery (TAMIS).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ciro Esposito, Ramnath Subramaniam, François Varlet, Lorenzo Masieri, editors.
    Summary: In the last 10 years, the management of paediatric urological pathologies has been radically transformed; over 70% of all cases can now be treated with minimally invasive techniques. This book is unique in its format, because for each pathology it explores all MIS techniques available for its treatment (laparoscopy, retroperitoneoscopy, robotics, prone position, pneumovesicoscopy, endourology, laser, fetoendoscopy, etc.). Each technique is described in a dedicated chapter, which includes a video of the procedure that can be viewed online. Written by internationally renowned paediatric urology experts, the book offers a valuable toolkit for surgeons, paediatricians and urologists.

    Contents:
    Foreword.-Part I - General
    1. Laparoscopic approach in Pediatric Urology
    2. Retropertioneoscopy approach in Pediatric Urology
    3. Prone approach in Pediatric Urology
    4. Robotics in Pediatric Urology
    5. Endoscopic Approach for urinary tract pathologies.-6. Devices in pediatric endourology
    7. Instruments for pediatric MIS urology (laparoscopy, endourology, robotics)
    8. Energy sources in pediatric MIS urology
    9. Endoscopic suturing in pediatric MIS uroligy
    10. Pediatric Anesthesia in MIS Urology
    Part II - Kidney
    11. Endourologic retrograde balloon dilatation of the primary ureteropelvic junction obstruction in children
    12. Robotic Pyeloplasty
    13. Laparoscopic approach for uretero-pyelo-junction-obstruction (UPJO)
    14. Retroperitoneal laparoscopic pyeloplasty in infants and children
    15. Uretero-Pelvic Junction Obstruction (UPJO) treatment using One-Trocar Assisted Pyeloplasty (OTAP)
    16. Laparoscopic management of extrinsic uretero-pelvic junction obstruction (UPJO) by crossing vessels
    17. Minimally invasive redo-pyeloplasty.-18. Nephrectomy: robotic approach.-19. Laparoscopic Nephrectomy in pediatric patients
    20. Retroperitoneal laparoscopic nephrectomy
    21. Posterior prone retroperitoneoscopic nephrectomy
    22. Robot-assisted partial nephrectomy in children.-23. Laparoscopic partial nephrectomy in pediatric patients.-24. Partial nephrectomy using retroperitoneoscopy
    25. Retroperitoneoscopic Prone Partial Nephrectomies
    26. The management of kidney stones using RIRS
    27. Management of kidney stones using perc/microperc as minimally invasive percutaneous procedures
    28. Place of laparoscopic and robotic surgery in the management of kidney urolithiasis
    29. Mis management of symptomatic simple renal cysts
    30. Laparoscopic radical nephrectomy for wilms tumors
    31. Robotic approach for kidney tumors in pediatric patients
    32. MIS management of Adrenal Tumors in pediatric patients.-Part III - Ureter
    33. Endoscopic treatment of primary obstructive megaureter
    34. Laparoscopic management of the primary obstructive megaureter
    35. Robot-assisted Laparoscopic Tapered Ureteral Reimplantation (RAL-TUR) for obstructed megaureter in children: Step-by-Step Technique
    36. Retrocaval ureter in pediatric patients
    37. Minimally invasive treatment of ureteric stones in children
    38. Minimally invasive treatment of rare ureteral pathologies in pediatric patients
    Part IV - Bladder
    39. Minimally Invasive Techniques in Pediatric Urology
    40. Vesico-ureteric reflux (VUR) laparoscopic lich gregoir repair
    41. Technique of pneumovesicoscopy
    42. Robot-assisted extravesical ureteral reimplantation (revur) for vesico-ureteral reflux in children
    43. Minimally invasive treatment of ureterocele
    44. Minimally invasive treatment of pediatric bladder tumors.-45. Minimally invasive techniques in Neurogenic bladder
    46. Robotic Mitrofanoff Procedure
    47. Robotic management of bladder stones in children
    48. Robotic bladder neck construction for voiding continence
    Part V - Urethra
    49. Management of posterior urethral valves
    50. Minimally invasive management of urethral stenosis and stricture
    Part VI - Miscellaneous
    51. Pre-natal minimally invasive procedures for fetal lower urinary tract obstruction
    52. Robot-assisted laparoscopy in differences of sexual development - Resection of embryological remnants.-53. Laparoscopic treatment of prostatic utricle in children
    54. Laparoscopic treatment of seminal vesicle cyst
    55. Laparoscopic lymphatic sparing palomo varicocelectomy in children using indocyanine green (ICG) fluorescence lymphography
    56. MIS Management of impalpable testis
    57. Application of 3D reconstruction in paediatric urology
    58. Evidence Based Medicine in minimally invasive pediatric urology.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Celestino Pio Lombardi, Rocco Bellantone, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Ultrasound features of thyroid, parathyroid, neck lymph nodes: normal and pathologic pattern
    2. Fine needle aspiration biopsy
    3. Cytology of thyroid lesions
    4. Molecular markers in thyroid fine-needle aspiration biopsises
    5. Percutaneous ethanol injection for the management of thyroid lesions
    6. Percutaneous laser thermal ablation (LAT): techniques, indications, experience, and complications
    7. Percutaneous radiofrequency ablation
    8. High-intensity focused ultrasound ablation (Hi-FU) in endocrine neck diseases
    9. Mini-invasive techniques for the treatment of thyroid nodules: critical issues
    10. Minimally invasive video-assisted thyroidectomy (MIVAT)
    11. Locoregional anesthesia in thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    12. Robotic thyroidectomy
    13. Minimally invasive video-assisted parathyroidectomy (MIVAP)
    14. Endoscopic parathyroidectomy
    15. Minimally invasive video-assisted neck dissection
    16. Minimally invasive surgical techniques: critical appraisal and future perspectives
    17. Superior laryngeal nerve monitoring
    18. Recurrent laryngeal nerve monitoring
    19. Hemostatic devices
    20. Topical hemostatic agents
    21. Critical appraisal
    22. How to avoid and manage post-operative complications
    23. Perioperative medical treatment
    24. Patient counselling and patients' involvement in health policy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Gopal H. Badlani, editor.
    Summary: "Minimally Invasive Therapy for Urinary Incontinence and Pelvic Organ Prolapse provides a detailed insight into "when, why, what and how" of various minimally invasive surgical procedures for surgical management of SUI, OAB & POP. The volume provides detailed diagrammatic and pictorial step-by-step descriptions of the techniques and management of complications related to these procedures. This book also presents an up to date, one-stop reference for anything pertaining to MIT of these pelvic disorders. Written by experts in the field, Minimally Invasive Therapy for Urinary Incontinence and Pelvic Organ Prolapse is a comprehensive resource designed for both the urologist and urogynecologist treating patients with urinary disorders and pelvic organ prolapsed, as well as for residents in training."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sang-Ho Lee, Junseok Bae, Sang-Hyeop Jeon, editors.
    Summary: This book describes and illustrates a variety of minimally invasive approaches to the thoracic spine, covering procedures applicable in not only degenerative diseases but also deformities and trauma. Surgery to the thoracic spine is demanding because of the surrounding ribs, lungs, heart, and large blood vessels and the challenges posed by the vulnerable spinal cord within a relatively small spinal canal. Consequently, postsurgical morbidity is often high. In this context, minimally invasive surgery offers significant benefits, but to date, comprehensive coverage in textbooks is lacking owing to the limited experience in the use of minimally invasive surgical techniques. This book will be ideal for all who are searching for clear guidance that is faithful to the established principles of spine surgery and evidence-based medicine. In addition to the comprehensive coverage of procedures appropriate in different pathologies, including thoracic disc herniation, ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament, ossification of the ligamentum flavum, and stenosis, individual chapters address the transforaminal endoscopic approach, interventional treatment, intraoperative neuromonitoring, and navigation for thoracic spine surgery.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    A. Anatomical consideration of the thoracic spine
    B. Anesthetic consideration of the thoracic spine surgery
    C. Clinical presentation of the thoracic spinal compression
    2. Thoracic disc herniation
    A. Transforaminal endoscopic approach with foraminoplasty
    B. Thoracoscopic approach
    C. Minithoracotomy and discectomy
    D. Minimally invasive Posterior approach
    3. Ossification of the ligamentum flavum
    A. Microscopic decompression
    B. Endoscopic decompression
    4. Ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament
    A. Mini-Thoracotomy and OPLL resection
    B. Thoracoscopic approach
    C. Oblique paraspinal approach
    5. Trauma
    A. Vertebroplasty and Kyphoplasty
    B. Minimally invasive reconstruction of vertebral body in Kummell's disease
    C. Minithoracotomy and Corpectomy using Expandable cage
    6. Arachnoid cyst
    A. Minimally invasive resection of thoracic arachnoid cyst
    7. Tumor
    A. Minimally invasive resection of IDEM tumor
    B. Stereotactic Radiosurgery of thoracic spine
    8. Deformity on the thoracic spine
    A. Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis
    B. Posttraumatic deformity
    C. Proximal Junctional Kyphosis
    9. Interventional treatment
    A. CT and ultrasound guided block
    B. Epidural Neuroplasty
    10. Intraoperative Neuromonitoring
    11. Robotic surgery in thoracic spine
    12. Navigation for thoracic spine surgery. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Philip Buttaravoli, Stephen M. Leffler, R. Ramsey Herrington.
    Summary: "For clinicians who see patients suffering from non-life-threatening crises, Minor Emergencies, 4th Edition, provides concise, expert guidance on what to do and what not to do for nearly 200 common presentations, including both the correct procedural and pharmaceutical treatments. Completely updated with the latest equipment, devices, dosages, and techniques, this award-winning reference delivers fast, efficient guidance just when you need it. Instructional videos clearly demonstrate pearls and pitfalls of a wide variety of procedures"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Takeharu Nagai, Yuichi Togashi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an accessible introduction to an exciting new field of life science in which the focus is on small numbers of molecules and minorities within cell populations and their significance for the understanding of biological phenomena. Numbers, or quantitative data, are attracting more attention in cell biology following, for example, determination of the absolute copy number of each protein species in each bacterial cell and the recognition of leader cells that drive collective cell migration. Within this context, the authors present recent advances in experimental techniques, biological findings, and theories. A variety of cutting-edge topics and issues are addressed, with explanation of the ways in which recent developments in the field cast light on seemingly straightforward but difficult-to-answer questions. Readers will learn that we are on the verge of a paradigm shift as the importance of cooperation among groups of molecules in live cells is acknowledged. The book is designed to be enjoyable to read and easy to understand. It will be of interest for a wide range of readers, including young researchers and undergraduate/high school students.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; A Look at Functions That Emerge from Small Numbers; Neuronal Synaptic Connections Organized by Small Numbers of Molecules; Cajal Meets a Present-Day Neuroscientist (The Following Is Fiction); Observation of Synapses with Electron Microscopy and Proof of the Neuron Theory; Proteins in the Synapse; Only a Small Number of Molecules Are Localized in the Synapse; References; Invasions of Small Numbers: How Many Virus Particles Does It Take to Infect Someone with the Flu?; Reference; Rebellion by the Minority: Prophecies by Molecules on Paper and Computers A Simple QuestionDo Minorities Change Big Groups?; Small Numbers of Molecules, Cells, Individuals ... ; References; The Personality of Small Numbers: Do Molecules Have Personality?; What Is Personality?; Do Molecules Have Personalities?; Molecular Personalities Inside Cells; References; Distinguishing and Searching for Minority Cells: Small in Number, But Large in Effect; References; Digital Bioanalysis; What Is Digitalization?; Smaller Is Better; What Is That Good for?; How Small Numbers of Long Genomic DNA Are Stored in Cells; References Formation by Small Numbers: Minority Biological Scenarios in Correlations Among the Structure, Dynamics, and Function of Nuclear ChromosomesScenarios of the Structural Formation of Nuclear Chromosomes; The World Where Molecular Minority Shows Itself; Recognition of Homologous Nuclear Chromosomes; Searching for the Wellspring; References; Dividing Small Numbers: The Discreteness and Distribution of Molecules in the Cell Membrane; The Physical Properties of Cells; Artificial Cells (Cell Models); How Osmotic Pressure Is Generated; The Shapes of Macromolecules; Deformation of the Membrane Single Molecularity of GenomeReferences; Getting to Know the Functions of Small Numbers; How Do Muscles Contract?; Is There a Mechanism That Makes Muscles Contract Efficiently?; Working in Small Numbers: The Behaviors That Emerge When Small Numbers of Bionanomachines Team Up; The World in Which Bionanomachines Work: Is It Crowded?; Do Bionanomachines Have a Brain?; Behaviors Born Out of Teamwork; References; Thinking Small Numbers: When, Where, and How Many Molecules There Are in the Cell; The Cell: A Multipurpose Factory Facility; Production Strategies in an Industrial Group The Lineup of Products and Numbers of UnitsThe Effects of "Fickleness"; Determining Small Numbers: How the Number of Flagella Is Determined; The Formation of Cellular Apparatuses and the Importance of Their Numbers; Flagella: The Motility Apparatuses of Bacterial Cells and the Control of Their Numbers; Mutants with Abnormal Flagellar Motors; FlhF and FlhG Regulate the Number of Flagella; In Conclusion; References; Controlling Production with Small Numbers: Precision Apparatuses Made of Proteins at Work in Bacteria; Bacterial Flagella; The Flagellum Grows at the Tip
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1993-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA11.D1 M663
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Adrian Pei.
    Summary: If you're the only person from your ethnic background in your organization or team, you probably know what it's like to be misunderstood or marginalized. Organizational consultant Adrian Pei describes key challenges ethnic minorities face in majority-culture organizations, unpacking the historical forces at play and what both minority and majority cultures need to know in order to work together fruitfully.

    Contents:
    Self-doubt : understanding pain
    Pain, power, and the past : three distinctives of the minority experience
    Domestication : understanding power
    Weariness : understanding the past
    Challenges in organizational development : how to diversify your organization
    Seeing pain with eyes of compassion
    Stewarding power with hands of advocacy
    Reframing the past with a heart of wisdom
    The challenge and the opportunity.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BT734.2 .P45 2018
    1
  • Print
    Stacey Abrams.
    Summary: "Minority Leader is a guide to harnessing the strengths of being an outsider by Stacey Abrams, slated to become the first black female governor in the U.S. Networking, persistence, and hard work are the crucial ingredients to advancing a career, but for people like Stacey Abrams, and many in the New American Majority, it takes more than that to get ahead. Stacey, who grew up in a working poor family in Gulfport, Mississippi, rose from humble roots to Yale Law School, and through a career in C-suite businesses, to become the first woman to lead either party in the Georgia General Assembly and the first African American to lead in the House of Representatives. In Minority Leader, Stacey combines aspects of memoir with real-world advice for women and people of color, offering hard-won insights for navigating worlds that, until now, were largely the territory of white men alone. Stacey encourages her readers both to leverage otherness to their advantage and to recognize their own underlying feelings of unworthiness and legitimate fears. Sure, networking helps, but so do well-chosen mentors, thoughtful self-advocacy, and, above all, pinpointing one's genuine passions. Stacey applies her lessons to the recent graduate taking her big idea to the startup level, the Latino city councilman eyeing the mayor's office, and the young assistant navigating her way to a higher position. There is precious little such wisdom out there. Stacey is determined to change that."--Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Dare to want more
    Fear and otherness
    Hacking and owning opportunity
    The myth of mentors
    Money matters
    Prepare to win and embrace the fail
    Making what you have work
    Work-life Jenga
    Taking power.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.93.G4 A27 2018
    1
  • Print
    prepared by the MIRD Committee of the Society of Nuclear Medicine and Molecular Imaging: Rachel M. Bartlett, Wesley E. Bolch, A. Bertrand Brill [and 8 others].
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM852 .B37 2022
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Carlo M. Croce, Paul B. Fisher.
    Contents:
    Chapter One. MicroRNAs and cancer: a long story for short RNAs
    Chapter Two. The enigma of miRNA regulation in cancer
    Chapter Three. Animal models to study microRNA function
    Chapter Four. Cancer hallmarks and microRNAs: the therapeutic connection
    Chapter Five. microRNAs in cancer susceptibility
    Chapter Six. Role of the tRNA-derived small RNAs in cancer: new potential biomarkers and target to therapy
    Chapter Seven. MicroRNAs and epigenetics.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Christoph Arenz.
    Contents:
    Part I. Reviews
    Pathway of miRNA maturation / Michael Sand
    MicroRNA maturation and human disease / Marlen Hesse and Christoph Arenz
    Approaches to the modulation of miRNA maturation / Valerie T. Tripp, Jaclyn R. McKenna, and Douglas D. Young
    Part II. Methods
    Expression profiling of components of the miRNA maturation machinery / Michael Sand and Marina Skrygan
    Primary MicroRNA processing assay reconstituted using recombinant Drosha and DGCR8 / Ian Barr and Feng Guo
    In vivo processing assay based on a dual-luciferase reporter system to evaluate DROSHA enzymatic activity / Vera Bilan, Danilo Allegra, Florian Kuchenbauer, and Daniel Mertens
    Assaying dicer-mediated miRNA maturation by means of fluorescent substrates / Marlen Hesse, Brian P. Davies, and Christoph Arenz
    Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy-based enzyme assay for human dicer / Eileen Magbanua and Ulrich Hahn
    Detection of microRNA maturation using unmodified pre-microRNA and branched rolling circle amplification / Saskia Neubacher and Christoph Arenz
    Quantitative RT-PCR specific for precursor and mature miRNAs / Hannah Zöllner, Stephan A. Hahn, and Abdelouahid Maghnouj
    Cellular microRNA sensors based on luciferase reporters / Colleen M. Connelly and Alexander Deiters
    Identification of inhibitors of microRNA function from small molecule screens / Colleen M. Connelly and Alexander Deiters
    Inhibition of miRNA maturation by peptide nucleic acids / Concetta Avitabile, Enrica Fabbri, Nicoletta Bianchi, Roberto Gambari, and Alessandra Romanelli
    Molecular methods for validation of the biological activity of peptide nucleic acids targeting microRNAs / Eleonora Brognara, Enrica Fabbri, Nicoletta Bianchi, Alessia Finotti, Roberto Corradini, and Roberto Gambari
    Lentiviral overexpression of miRNAs / Hannah Zöllner, Stephan A. Hahn, and Abdelouahid Maghnouj.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Malik Yousef, Dabburiya Village, Israel, Jens Allmer, Izmir Institute of Technology, Izmir, Turkey.
    Contents:
    Introduction to microRNAs in biological systems / Ayse Elif Erson-Bensan
    The role of microRNAs in biological processes / Kemal Uğur Tüfekci, Ralph Leo Johan Meuwissen, and S̮̜ermin Genç
    The role of microRNAs in human diseases / Kemal Uğur Tüfekci [and three others]
    Introduction to bioinformatics / Tolga Can
    MicroRNA and noncoding RNA-related data sources / Patrizio Arrigo
    High-throughput approaches for MicroRNA expression analysis / Bala Gür Dedeoğlu
    Introduction to machine learning / Yalin Baş̧tanlar and Mustafa Özuysal
    Introduction to statistical methods for microRNA analysis / Gökmen Zararsiz and Erdal Coş̧gun
    Computational and bioinformatics methods for microRNA gene prediction / Jens Allmer
    Machine learning methods for microRNA gene prediction / Müş̧erref Duygu Saçar and Jens Allmer
    Functional, structural, and sequence studies of microRNA / Chanchal K. Mitra and Kalyani Korla
    Computational methods for microRNA target prediction / Hamid Hamzeiy, Jens Allmer, and Malik Yousef
    MicroRNA target and gene validation in viruses and bacteria / Debora Baroni and Patrizio Arrigo
    Gene reporter assay to validate microRNA targets in Drosophila S2 cells / Bünyamin Akgül and Çağdaş̧ Göktaş̧
    Computational prediction of microRNA function and activity / Hasan Oğul
    Analysis of microRNA expression using machine learning / Henry Wirth [and three others]
    MicroRNA expression landscapes in stem cells, tissues, and cancer / Mehmet Volkan Çakir [and three others]
    Master regulators of posttranscriptional gene expression are subject to regulation / Syed Muhammad Hamid and Bünyamin Akgül
    Use of microRNAs in personalized medicine / Çiğir Biray Avci and Yusuf Baran.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    volume editors, Kurt S. Zänker, Srini V. Kaveri.
    Contents:
    Mistletoe through cultural and medical history : the all-healing plant proves to be a cancer-specific remedy / Ramm, H.
    Chemical constituents of viscum album L. : implications for the pharmaceutical preparation of mistletoe / Urech, K.; Baumgartner, S.
    The anti-cancer activity of mistletoe preparations, as related to their polyphenolic profiles / Schramm, H.M.
    From Berlin and Witten to Southampton and Hamburg : 25 years of mistletoe research cooperation / Schumacher, U.; Pfüller, U.
    Mistletoe compounds as anti-cancer drugs : effects and mechanisms in the treatment of glioblastoma / Schötterl, S.; Naumann, U.
    Cancer surgery and supportive mistletoe therapy : from scepticism to randomised clinical trials / Galun, D.; Tröger, W.; Milicevic, M.
    Dissecting the anti-inflammatory effects of viscum album : inhibition of cytokine-induced expression of cyclo-oxygenase-2 and secretion of prostaglandin E2 / Elluru, S.R.; Saha, C.; Hedge, P.; Friboulet, A.; Bayry, J.; Kaveri, S.V.
    Dancing with the Devil : cancer-related fatigue, from inflammation to treatment options / Zänker, K.S.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Liza A. Pon, Eric A. Schon.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    Andrea Urbani, Mohan Babu, editors.
    Contents:
    The chapters will be divided into three sections: (I) Mitochondria in human disease (II) Omics and systems biology approaches to address mitochondrial disorders (III) Discovery pertaining to mitochondrial disorders and how the mitochondrial human proteome initiative has been working towards addressing these goals Chapters that have been confirmed to date: 1. Roberto Scatena, Mitochondria metabolism in Cancer (Institute of Biochemistry and Clinical Biochemistry
    Catholic University, Rome, Italy) 2. Young-Ki Paik, Mitochondria Proteins in Hepatocarcinoma progression (Yonsei University, Seoul, Department of Biochemistry) 3. Maurizio Ronci; Cancer stem cells metabolic shunt and mitochondria proteomics (Department of Medical, Oral and Biotechnological Sciences, University G. d'Annunzio of Chieti-Pescara, Chieti, Italy) 4. Mauro Fasano, Mitochondria proteins in the development of Parkinson Disease (Biomedical Research Division, Department of Theoretical and Applied Sciences, University of Insubria, Busto Arsizio, Italy) 5. Fernando Corrales, Mitochondria proteomics in the development of NASH and NAFLD (Faculty of medicine, University of Navarra, 31008 Pamplona, Spain) 6. Albert Sickmann, Mitochondria proteomics: regulation and dynamics of importing (Bioanalytics department, Scientific director, ISAS, Dortmund) 7. Wu Y, Aerbesold R ; Mitochondria functional dynamics network (Professor, Deputy Head of Department of Biology HPT E78, Institute of Molecular Systems Biology, Zurich, Switzerland) 8. Nenad Ban , Structural Proteomics of Mitochondria protein complexes (Department of Biology, Institute of Molecular Biology and Biophysics, Otto-Stern-Weg 5, ETH Zurich, CH-8093 Zurich, Switzerland. 9. Alessio Soggiu; Mitochondria proteomics on the verge of host-pathogen interaction (Dipartimento di Scienze Veterinarie e Sanità Pubblica (DIVET), Università degli Studi di Milano, Milano, Italy) 10. Federica Ciregia; Mitochondria protein acetylation and phenotypic control (Department of Pharmacy, University of Pisa, Pisa, Italy) 11. Jodi Nunnari; Mitochondrial proteomics (UC Davis, Department of Cellular and Molecular Biology, University of California Davis, One Shields Avenue, United States) 12. Angus McQuibban: Mitochondrial ER contact sites (University of Toronto, Department of Biochemistry, Toronto, Canada).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Paulo J. Oliveira, editor.
    Summary: This book addresses the therapeutic strategies to target mitochondrial metabolism in diseases where the function of that organelle is compromised, and it discusses the effective strategies used to create mitochondrial-targeted agents that can become commercially available drug delivery platforms. The consistent growth of research focused in understanding the multifaceted role of mitochondria in cellular metabolism, controlling pathways related with cell death, and ionic/redox regulation has extended the research of mitochondrial chemical-biological interactions to include various pharmacological and toxicological applications. Not only does the book extensively cover basic mitochondrial physiology, but it also links the molecular interactions within these pathways to a variety of diseases. It is one of the first books to combine state-of-the-art reviews regarding basic mitochondrial biology, the role of mitochondrial alterations in different diseases, and the importance of that organelle as a target for pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions to improve human health. The different chapters highlight the chemical-biological linkages of the mitochondria in context with drug development and clinical applications.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents; Part I: Mitochondrial Biology; Introduction: Mitochondria, the Cell Furnaces; References; Mitochondria: Where Are They Coming From?; 1 Introduction; 2 Problems and Controversies Regarding the Precise Bacterial Origin of Mitochondria; 3 Integrated Approaches to Identify Possible Relatives of Proto-mitochondria; 4 Conclusion; References; Mitochondrial Dynamics: A Journey from Mitochondrial Morphology to Mitochondrial Function and Quality; 1 Mitochondrial Fusion and Fission: Shaping the Mitochondrial Network; 1.1 Mitochondrial Fusion. 1.1.1 Mitochondrial Fusion Proteins1.1.2 Regulation of Mitochondrial Fusion; 1.2 Mitochondrial Fission; 1.2.1 Mitochondrial Fission Proteins; 1.2.2 Regulation of Mitochondrial Fission; 2 Mitochondrial Dynamics Regulates Mitochondrial Function and Quality; 2.1 Regulation of Mitochondrial Function by Mitochondrial Dynamics; 2.2 Regulation of Mitochondrial Quality by Mitochondrial Dynamics; References; Mitochondria and Ageing; 1 The Free Radical Theory of Ageing. The Mitochondrial Free Radical Theory of Ageing as Proposed by Miquel; 2 Mitochondrial Disruption of Cell Signalling in Ageing. 2 Mitochondria Contribute to the Progression of Liver Disease3 Mitochondria Changes in Liver Diseases; 3.1 Non-alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD); 3.2 Alcoholic Liver Disease (ALD); 3.3 Hepatitis C Virus (HCV) Infection; 3.4 Hemochromatosis; 3.5 Wilson's Disease; 3.6 Chronic Cholestatic Disorders; 4 Assessment of Liver Mitochondrial Function In Vivo; 4.1 Respiratory Chain Activity; 4.2 Alpha-Ketoacid Dehydrogenase; 4.3 Octanoic Acid; 4.4 Benzoic Acid; 4.5 Urea Production; 4.6 [31P] Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy; 5 Conclusions; References. 3 Mitochondrial DNA Is More Susceptible to Damage than Nuclear DNA4 Mitochondria Are Damaged Inside Cells; 5 Sex Differences in Free Radical Production and Its Relationship with Longevity; 6 Mitochondrial Diseases; 7 Toxicological Aspects: The Treatment of AIDS with Zidovudine Causes Mitochondrial Pathology that Explains Muscle Damage Associated with AIDS Treatment; 8 Alzheimer's Disease; References; The Mitochondrial Permeability Transition Pore; 1 Mitochondrial Permeability Transition; 2 Mitochondrial Permeability Transition Pore Complex: Molecular Structure; 2.1 Regulatory Components. 3 Pathological Relevance3.1 Ischemia/Reperfusion Injury; 3.2 Cancer; 3.3 Neurodegenerative Diseases; 4 Conclusions; References; Mitochondrial Regulation of Cell Death; 1 Introduction; 2 Mitochondrial Reactive Oxygen Species and Mitochondrial Dysfunction; 3 Mitochondrial Calcium as a Trigger of Cell Death; 4 BCL-2 Family Members; 5 Mitochondrial Intermembrane Space Proteins; 6 Mitophagy; 6.1 Molecular Mechanisms; 6.2 Mitophagy, Cell Death or Cytoprotection; 7 Conclusion and Perspectives; References; Mitochondria in Liver Diseases; 1 Introduction.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Matthew McKenzie
    Contents:
    Part I. Detection of mitochondrial DNA mutations and mitochondrial DNA damage
    Part II. Visualization of mitochondrial DNA and mitochondrial DNA nucleoids
    Part III. Analysis of mitochondrial DNA replication, mitochondrial DNA-encoded protein translation and mitochondrial DNA copy number
    Part IV. Modification of mitochondrial DNA
    Part V. Purification of proteins involved in mitochondrial DNA replication and transcription
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hongzhi Sun, Xiangdong Wang, editors.
    Contents:
    1. How far can mitochondrial DNA drive the disease?
    2. Mitochondrial DNA in lung cancer
    3. Approach, application, and bioethics of mtDNA sequencing in cancer
    4. Roles of mitochondrial DNA signaling in immune responses
    5. Mitochondrial DNA in telocytes
    6. Roles of mitochondrial DNA in energy metabolism
    7. The role of DNA repair in maintaining mitochondrial DNA stability
    8. Is mitochondrial cell fragility a cell weakness?
    9. Mitochondrial DNA methylation and related disease
    10. Beyond deubiquitylation: USP30-mediated regulation of mitochondrial homeostasis
    11. Metabolic regulation in mitochondria and drug resistance
    12. Mitochondrial lon protease and cancer
    13. Regulatory roles of mitochondrial ribosome in lung diseases and single cell biology
    14. Epithelial mitochondrial dysfunction in lung disease
    15. Significance of mitochondria DNA mutations in diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Gaetano Santulli, editor ; foreword by Wilson S. Colucci.
    Summary: "This text covers the basic principles of mitochondrial dynamics in cardiovascular medicine, with particular emphasis on their functional roles in physiology and disease. The book will include articles pertaining to mitochondrial fitness on a global basis, providing therefore an update on the progress made in several aspects in the field. Thus, it will assist scientists and clinicians alike in furthering basic and translational research. Organized in sections focusing on: basic science, mitochondrial dysfunction in cardiac disorders, in vascular disorders, in metabolic disorders, in kidney disease, therapeutic challenges and options, this essential volume fills imperative gaps in understanding and potentially treating several cardiovascular disorders"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Functional implications of cardiac mitochondria clustering / Felix T. Kurz, Miguel A. Aon, Brian O'Rourke, Antonis A. Armoundas
    Mitochondrial calcium handling in physiology and disease / Veronica Granatiero, Diego De Stefani, Rosario Rizzuto
    The in vivo biology of the mitochondrial calcium uniporter / Julia C. Liu, Randi J. Parks, Jie Liu, Justin Stares, Ilsa I. Rovira, Elizabeth Murphy [and others]
    Mitochondrial bioenergetics and dysfunction in failing heart / Freya L. Sheeran, Salvatore Pepe
    Mitochondrial mutations in cardiac disorders / Sung Ryul Lee, Jin Han
    Mitochondrial function in non-ischemic heart failure / Anisha A. Gupte, Dale J. Hamilton, FACP
    Mitochondria in ischemic heart disease / L. Maximilian Buja
    Mitochondrial bioenergetics during ischemia and reperfusion / Alicia E. Consolini, Mar̕a I. Ragone, Patricia Bonazzola, Germ̀n A. Colareda
    Mechanistic role of mPTP in ischemia-reperfusion injury / Giampaolo Morciano, Massimo Bonora, Gianluca Campo, Giorgio Aquila, Paola Rizzo [and others]
    Functional role of mitochondria in arrhythmogenesis / Jessica Gambardella, Daniela Sorriento, Michele Ciccarelli, Carmine Del Giudice [and others]
    Mitochondria and cardiac hypertrophy / Heberty di Tarso Fernandes Facundo, Robert Eli Brainard [and others]
    Connexin 43 and mitochondria in cardiovascular health and disease / Kerstin Boengler, Rainer Schulz
    Mitochondrial mechanosensor microdomains in cardiovascular disorders / Michele Miragoli, Aderville Cabassi
    Mechanistic role of thioredoxin 2 in heart failure / Chaofei Chen, Haixuan Chen, Huanjiao Jenny Zhou, Weidong Ji, Wang Min
    Mitochondria in structural and functional cardiac remodeling / Natalia Torrealba, Pablo Aranguiz, Camila Alonso, Beverly A. Rothermel [and others]
    Functional role of Nox4 in autophagy / Maurizio Forte, Silvia Palmerio MS, Derek Yee, Giacomo Frati [and others]
    Mitochondrial ubiquitin ligase in cardiovascular disorders / Tao Yu, Yinfeng Zhang, Pei-feng Li
    Nitrite-nitric oxide signaling and cardioprotection / Matthias Totzeck, Ulrike B. Hendgen-Cotta, Tienush Rassaf
    Peripheral blood mitochondrial dna and myocardial function / Tatiana Kuznetsova, Judita Knez
    Mitochondrial proton leak plays a critical role in pathogenesis of cardiovascular diseases / Jiali Cheng, Gayani Nanayakkara, Ying Shao, Ramon Cueto, Luqiao Wang, William Y. Yang [and others]
    Mitochondria and angiogenesis / Raluca Marcu, Ying Zheng, Brian J. Hawkins
    High-density lipoprotein regulation of mitochondrial function / C. Roger White, Geeta Datta, Samantha Giordano
    Mitomirs keep the heart beating / Samarjit Das, Hannah R. Vasanthi, Ramesh Parjapath
    Mitochondrial dysfunction in cardiovascular aging / Charles L. Hoppel, Edward J. Lesnefsky, Qun Chen, Bernard Tandler
    Insulin resistance and mitochondrial dysfunction / Alba Gonzalez-Franquesa, Mary-Elizabeth Patti
    Mechanistic role of kinases in the regulation of mitochondrial fitness / Daniela Sorriento, Jessica Gambardella, Antonella Fiordelisi, Bruno Trimarco [and others]
    Mitochondria damage and kidney disease / Pu Duann, Pei-Hui Lin
    Mitochondrial dysfunction in the diabetic kidney / Kumar Sharma
    Prohibitin signaling at the kidney filtration barrier / Christina Ising, Paul T. Brinkkoetter
    Mitochondrial heteroplasmy / George B. Stefano, Christina Bjenning, Fuzhou Wang, Nan Wang [and others]
    Mitochondrial transplantation in myocardial ischemia and reperfusion injury / Borami Shin, Douglas B. Cowan, Sitaram M. Emani, Pedro J. del Nido [and others]
    Mitochondria-targeted antioxidants for the treatment of cardiovascular disorders / Hyoung Kyu Kim, Jin Han.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Yvonne Will, James A. Dykens.
    Contents:
    Mitochondrial Dysfunction Caused by Drugs and Environmental Toxicants. Front Matter
    Contributions of Plasma Protein Binding and Membrane Transporters to Drug-Induced Mitochondrial Toxicity / Gavin P McStay
    The Role of Transporters in Drug Accumulation and Mitochondrial Toxicity / Kathleen M Giacomini, Huan-Chieh Chien
    Structure-Activity Modeling of Mitochondrial Dysfunction / Steve Enoch, Claire Mellor, Mark Nelms
    Mitochondria-Targeted Cytochromes P450 Modulate Adverse Drug Metabolism and Xenobiotic-Induced Toxicity / Haider Raza, F Peter Guengerich, Narayan G Avadhani
    Mitochondrial Dysfunction in Drug-Induced Liver Injury / Annie Borgne-Sanchez, Bernard Fromenty
    Evaluating Mitotoxicity as Either a Single or Multi-Mechanistic Insult in the Context of Hepatotoxicity / Amy L Ball, Laleh Kamalian, Carol E Jolly, Amy E Chadwick
    Cardiotoxicity of Drugs / Zoltan V Varga, Pal Pacher
    Skeletal Muscle Mitochondrial Toxicity / Eric K Herbert, Saul R Herbert, Karl E Herbert
    Manifestations of Drug Toxicity on Mitochondria in the Nervous System / Jochen H M Prehn, Irene Llorente-Folch
    Nephrotoxicity / Ana Belén Sanz, Maria Dolores Sanchez-Niño, Adrian M Ramos, Alberto Ortiz
    Mammalian Sperm Mitochondrial Function as Affected by Environmental Toxicants, Substances of Abuse, and Other Chemical Compounds / Sandra Amaral, Renata S Tavares, Sara Escada-Rebelo, Andreia F Silva, João Ramalho-Santos
    Biological and Computational Techniques to Identify Mitochondrial Toxicants / Robert B Cameron, Craig C Beeson, Rick G Schnellmann
    The Parallel Testing of Isolated Rat Liver and Kidney Mitochondria Reveals a Calcium-Dependent Sensitivity to Diclofenac and Ibuprofen / Sabine Schulz, Sabine Borchard, Tamara Rieder, Carola Eberhagen, Bastian Popper, Josef Lichtmannegger, Sabine Schmitt, Hans Zischka
    In Vitro Methodologies to Investigate Drug-Induced Toxicities / Rui F Simões, Teresa Cunha-Oliveira, Cláudio F Costa, Vilma A Sardão, Paulo J Oliveira
    Combined Automated Measurement of Respiratory Chain Complexes and Oxidative Stress / Marc Conti, Thierry Delvienne, Sylvain Loric
    Measurement of Mitochondrial Toxicity by Flow Cytometry / Padma Kumar Narayanan, Nianyu Li
    MitoChip / Varsha G Desai, G Ronald Jenkins
    Using 3D Microtissues for Identifying Mitochondrial Liabilities / Simon Messner, Olivier Frey, Katrin Rössger, Andy Neilson, Jens M Kelm
    Toward Mitochondrial Medicine / David A Dunn, Michael H Irwin, Walter H Moos, Kosta Steliou, Carl A Pinkert
    Measurement of Oxygen Metabolism In Vivo / M P J Diemen, R Ubbink, F M Münker, E G Mik, G J Groeneveld
    Detection of Mitochondrial Toxicity Using Zebrafish / Sherine S L Chan, Tucker Williamson
    MiRNA as Biomarkers of Mitochondrial Toxicity / Terry R Vleet, Prathap Kumar Mahalingaiah
    Biomarkers of Mitochondrial Injury After Acetaminophen Overdose / Benjamin L Woolbright, Hartmut Jaeschke
    Acylcarnitines as Translational Biomarkers of Mitochondrial Dysfunction / Richard D Beger, Sudeepa Bhattacharyya, Pritmohinder S Gill, Laura P James
    Mitochondrial DNA as a Potential Translational Biomarker of Mitochondrial Dysfunction in Drug-Induced Toxicity Studies / Afshan N Malik
    Predicting Off-Target Effects of Therapeutic Antiviral Ribonucleosides / Jamie J Arnold, Craig E Cameron
    Imaging of Mitochondrial Toxicity in the Kidney / Andrew M Hall, Joana R Martins, Claus D Schuh
    Imaging Mitochondrial Membrane Potential and Inner Membrane Permeability / Anna-Liisa Nieminen, Venkat K Ramshesh, John J Lemasters
    Quantifying Skeletal Muscle Mitochondrial Function In Vivo by 31P Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy / Graham J Kemp
    Supplemental Images
    Front Matter
    Statin and Fibrate-Induced Dichotomy of Mitochondrial Function / Viruna Neergheen, Alex Dyson, Luke Wainwright, Iain P Hargreaves
    Friend or Foe / Sofia Annis, Adeel Safdar, Eduardo Biala, Ayesha Saleem, Housaiyin Li, Priya Gandhi, Zoe Fleischmann, Carmen Castaneda-Sceppa, Jonathan L Tilly, Dori C Woods, Konstantin Khrapko
    Involvement of Mitochondrial Dysfunction on the Toxic Effects Caused by Drugs of Abuse and Addiction / Daniel José Barbosa, João Paulo Capela, Maria Lourdes Bastos, Félix Carvalho
    Drug-Induced Mitochondrial Toxicity during Pregnancy / Diana Luz Juárez-Flores, Ana Sandra Hernández, Laura García-Otero, Mariona Guitart-Mampel, Marc Catalán-García, Ingrid González-Casacuberta, Jose César Milisenda, Josep Maria Grau, Francesc Cardellach, Constanza Morén, Glòria Garrabou
    Mitochondrial Toxicity in Children and Adolescents Exposed to Antiretroviral Therapy / Antoni Noguera-Julian, Eneritz Velasco-Arnaiz, Clàudia Fortuny
    Drug-Induced Mitochondrial Cardiomyopathy and Cardiovascular Risks in Children / Neha Bansal, Mariana Gerschenson, Tracie L Miller, Stephen E Sallan, Jason Czachor, Hiedy Razoky, Ashley Hill, Miriam Mestre, Steven E Lipshultz
    Role of Mitochondrial Dysfunction in Linezolid-Induced Lactic Acidosis / Alessandro Santini, Dario Ronchi, Daniela Piga, Alessandro Protti
    Metformin and Lactic Acidosis / Jean-Daniel Lalau
    Lessons Learned from a Phase I Clinical Trial of Mitochondrial Complex I Inhibition / Cecilia C Low Wang, Jeffrey L Galinkin, William R Hiatt
    Pharmacological Activation of Mitochondrial Biogenesis for the Treatment of Various Pathologies / Whitney S Gibbs, Natalie E Scholpa, Craig C Beeson, Rick G Schnellmann
    Mitochondrial Toxicity Induced by Chemotherapeutic Drugs / Luciana L Ferreira, Ana Raquel Coelho, Paulo J Oliveira, Teresa Cunha-Oliveira
    The Mitochondrial Exposome / Douglas I Walker, Kurt D Pennell, Dean P Jones
    Central Mitochondrial Signaling Mechanisms in Response to Environmental Agents / Young-Mi Go, Karan Uppal, Dean P Jones
    Detection of Mitochondrial Toxicity of Environmental Pollutants Using Caenorhabditis elegans / Laura L Maurer, Anthony L Luz, Joel N Meyer
    Persistent Organic Pollutants, Mitochondrial Dysfunction, and Metabolic Syndrome / Hong Kyu Lee, Youngmi Kim Pak
    Cigarette Smoke and Mitochondrial Damage / Jalal Pourahmad, Marjan Aghvami, Mohammad Hadi Zarei, Parvaneh Naserzadeh.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Amy K. Reeve, Eve M. Simcox, Michael R. Duchen, Doug M. Turnbull, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Mitochondria and Neurodegenerative Disease
    An Introduction to Mitochondria, Their Structure and Functions
    Part II. Mitochondrial Dysfunction: Causes and Effects?
    Neurodegeneration in Mitochondrial Disorders
    The Ageing Brain, Mitochondria and Neurodegeneration
    Mitochondrial Genes and Neurodegenerative Disease
    Mitochondrial Signalling and Neurodegeneration
    Part III. Functional Consequences of Mitochondrial Dysfunction
    Life on the Edge: Determinants of Selective Neuronal Vulnerability in Parkinson's Disease
    Mitochondrial Dynamics and Neurodegeneration
    Mitochondrial Dysfunction and Transport in Demyelinating Disease with Inflammation
    Mitochondria, the Synapse, and Neurodegeneration
    Protein Misfolding and Aggregation: Implications for Mitochondrial Dysfunction and Neurodegeneration
    Mitochondrial Degradation, Autophagy and Neurodegenerative Disease
    The Deleterious Duo of Neurodegeneration: Lysosomes and Mitochondria
    Part IV. Measuring the Contribution of Mitochondrial Dysfunction to Neurodegenerative Disease
    Can We Accurately Model Mitochondrial Dysfunction in Neurodegeneration?
    Mitochondrial Function and Dynamics Imaged In Vivo
    Part V. The Future
    Development of Treatments and Therapies to Target Mitochondrial Dysfunction
    Summary and Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    volume editor, Anne N. Murphy, David C. Chan.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Viswanathan Natarajan, Narasimham L. Parinandi, editors.
    Summary: Mitochondria, often referred to as the 'powerhouses' of the cell, generate adenosine triphosphate (ATP) by oxidative phosphorylation or OXPHOS, and maintain cellular homeostasis. In addition to generating ATP, mitochondria are involved in regulation of cell cycle, proliferation, free radical production, innate immune responses and apoptosis. Mitochondrial Function in Lung Health and Disease fills the current gap in the literature and outlines the growing clinical relevance of mitochondrial dysfunction. Currently, there is no overview on the role of mitochondria in pulmonary diseases and this volume focuses on the mitochondrial metabolism, redox signaling, and mechanisms of mitochondrial pathways in lung injury, inflammation, repair and remodeling. Furthermore, in addition to their well-recognized role in cellular energy production and apoptosis, mitochondria appear to play a role in many respiratory diseases and lung cancer. Chapters are written by top notch researchers and clinicians and outline the evidence for mitochondrial biogenesis in inhalational lung injury, COPD and asthma.

    Contents:
    Role of Mitochondrial Reactive Oxygen and Nitrogen Species in Respiratory Diseases
    Regulation of Mitochondrial Functions by Transcription Factor NRF2
    Mitochondrion: A Missing Link in Asthma Pathogenesis
    ROS Signaling in Cardiovascular Dysfunction Associated with Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    Mitochondrial Excitation-Energy Coupling in Airway Smooth Muscle
    Mitochondrial Lipid Peroxidation in Lung Damage and Disease
    The Impact of DNA Damage on Epithelial Cell Maintenance of the Lung
    Mitochondrial Function in Lung Health and Disease
    Age-Specific Difference in Pulmonary Cellular Injury and Mitochondrial Damage.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Volkmar Weissig, Marvin Edeas.
    Summary: This expert volume covers an interdisciplinary and rapidly growing area of biomedical research comprising genetic, biochemical, pathological, and clinical studies aimed at the diagnosis and therapy of human diseases which are either caused by or associated with mitochondrial dysfunction. It dedicates itself to showcasing the tremendous efforts and the progress that has been made over the last decades in developing techniques and protocols for probing, imaging, and manipulating mitochondrial functions. "Mitochondrial Medicine: Volume I, Probing Mitochondrial Function" focuses on methods being used for the assessment of mitochondrial function under physiological conditions as well as in healthy isolated mitochondria. Written in the highly successful "Methods in Molecular Biology" series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls.Comprehensive and practical, "Mitochondrial Medicine" provides an essential source of know-how and inspiration to all researchers who are fascinated by this tiny organelle that seems so clearly to control the life and death of a single cell and whole organisms alike.

    Contents:
    Preparation of "functional' mitochondria : a challenging business / Stefan Lehr, Sonja Hartwig, and Jorg Kotzka
    Isolation and quality control of functional mitochondria / Sonja Hartwig, Jorg Kotzka, and Stefan Lehr
    Isolation of mitochondria-associated ER membranes (MAMs) and glycosphingolipid-enriched microdomains (GEMs) from brain tissues and neuronal cells / Ida Annunziata, Annette Patterson, and Alessandra d'Azzo
    Fluorescence analysis of single mitochondria with nanofluidic channels / Ted Pham [and 3 others]
    Optical microwell arrays for large-scale studies of single mitochondria metabolic responses / Venkata Suresh Vajrala [and 4 others]
    Deep resequencing of mitochondrial DNA / Brendan A.I.Payne [and 3 others]
    Single-cell analysis of mitochondrial DNA / Brendan A.I.Payne, Lynsey Cree, and Patrick F. Chinnery
    A high-throughput next-generation sequencing assay for the mitochondrial genome / Shale Dames, Karen Eilbeck, and Rong Mao
    Rapid mitochondrial DNA isolation method for direct sequencing / Wilber Quispe-Tintaya [and 4 others]
    Analysis of mitochondrial DNA and RNA integrity by a real-time qPCR-based method / Wei Wang [and 3 others]
    Mitochondria-targeted RNA import / Geng Wang [and 4 others]
    Accurate measurement of circulating mitochondrial DNA content from human blood samples using real-time quantitative PCR / Saima Ajaz, Anna Czajka, and Afshan Malik
    mTRIP : an imaging tool to investigate mitochondrial DNA dynamics in physiology and disease at the single-cell resolution / Laurent Chatre and Miria Ricchetti
    Simultaneous quantification of mitochondrial ATP and ROS production / Liping Yu, Brian D. Fink, and William I. Sivitz
    Live-cell assessment of mitochondrial reactive oxygen species using dihydroethidine /Marleen Forkink [and 3 others]
    Detection and differentiation between peroxynitrite and hydroperoxides using mitochondria-targeted arylboronic acid / Jacek Zielonka [and 3 others]
    Time-resolved spectrometry of mitochondrial NAD(P)H fluorescence and its applications for evaluating the oxidative state in living cells / Julia Horilova [and 5 others]
    Novel methods for measuring the mitochondrial membrane potential / Roger Springett
    High-throughput real-time analysis of cell oxygenation using intracellular oxygen-sensitive probes / James Hynes and Conn Carey
    In vivo aassessment of mitochondrial oxygen consumption / Floor A. Harms and Egbert G. Mik
    Imaging mitochondrial hydrogen peroxide in living cells / Alexander R. Lippert, Bryan C. Dickinson, and Elizabeth J. New
    Simultaneous high-resolution measurement of mitochondrial respiration and hydrogen peroxide production / Gerhard Kumschnabel [and 6 others]
    Measurement of mitochondrial NADH and FAD autofluorescence in live cells / Fernando Bartolomé and Andrey Y. Abramov
    Mitochondrial coenzyme Q10 determination via isotope dilution liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry / Outi Itkonen and Ursula Turpeinen
    Assessing the bioenergetic profile of human pluripotent stem cells / Vanessa Pfiffer and Alessandro Prigione
    Integrative methods for studying cardiac energetics / Philippe Kiole [and 7 others]
    Computer-based prediction of mitochondria-targeting peptides / Pier Luigi Martelli [and 4 others]
    Prediction of mitochondrial protein function by comparative physiology and phylogenetic profiling / Yiming Cheng and Fabiana Perocchi
    Assessment of posttranslational modification of mitochondrial proteins / Sudharsana R. Ande, G. Pauline Padilla-Meier, and Suresh Mishra
    Assessment of mitochondrial protein glutathionylation as a signaling for CO pathway / Ana S. Almeida and Helena L.A. Vieira.
    High-resolution melting analysis for identifying sequence variations in nuclear genes for assembly factors and structural subunits of cytochrome C oxidase / Alžběta Vondráčková [and 3 others]
    Heterologous inferential analysis (HIA) as a method to understand the role of mitochondrial rRNA mutations in pathogenesis / Joanna L. Elson, Paul M. Smith, and Antón Vila-Sanjurjo
    Analysis of mitochondrial dysfunction during cell death / Vladimir Gogvadze, Sten Orrenius, and Boris Zhivotovsky
    The use of FLIM-FRET for the detection of mitochondria-associated protein interactions / Elizabeth J. Osterlund, Qian Liu, and David W. Andrews
    Assessment of mitochondrial Ca²⁺ uptake / András T. Deak [and 6 others]
    Qualitative characterization of the rat liver mitochondrial lipidome using all ion fragmentation on an exactive benchtop orbitrap MS / Susan S. Bird [and 4 others]
    Characterization of mitochondrial populations during stem cell differentiation / Petra Kerscher [and 4 others]
    An ex vivo model for studying mitochondrial trafficking in neurons / Helena Bros, Raluca Niesner, and Carmen Infante-Duarte.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Volkmar Weissig, Marvin Edeas.
    Summary: This expert volume covers an interdisciplinary and rapidly growing area of biomedical research comprising genetic, biochemical, pathological, and clinical studies aimed at the diagnosis and therapy of human diseases which are either caused by or associated with mitochondrial dysfunction. It dedicates itself to showcasing the tremendous efforts and the progress that has been made over the last decades in developing techniques and protocols for probing, imaging, and manipulating mitochondrial functions. "Mitochondrial Medicine: Volume II, Manipulating Mitochondrial Function" describes techniques developed for manipulating and assessing mitochondrial function under general pathological conditions and specific disease states. Written in the highly successful "Methods in Molecular Biology" series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls.Comprehensive and practical, "Mitochondrial Medicine" provides an essential source of know-how and inspiration to all researchers who are fascinated by this tiny organelle that seems so clearly to control the life and death of a single cell and whole organisms alike.

    Contents:
    DQAsomes as the prototype of mitochondria-targeted pharmaceutical nanocarriers: Preparation, characterization, and use
    Predicting mitochondrial targeting by small molecule xenobiotics within living cells using QSAR models
    Targeting mitochondria with small molecules: the preparation of mitoB and mitoP as exomarkers of mitochondrial hydrogen peroxide
    Synthesis of triphenylphosphonium phospholipid conjugates for the preparation of mitochondriotropic liposomes
    Synthesis and evaluation of (1)(8)F-labeled fluoroalkyl triphenylphosphonium salts as mitochondrial voltage sensors in PET myocardial imaging
    Bridging the gap between nature and antioxidant setbacks: Delivering caffeic acid to mitochondria
    Mitochondriotropic nanoemulsified genistein-loaded vehicles for cancer therapy
    Formulation and optimization of mitochondria-targeted polymeric nanoparticles
    Ex vivo generation of functional immune cells by mitochondria-targeted photosensitization of cancer cells
    Targeting the mitochondrial genome via a dual function MITO-porter: Evaluation of mtDNA levels and mitochondrial function
    Mitochondrial, acidic, and cytosolic pHs determination by (3)(1)p NMR spectroscopy: Design of new sensitive targeted ph probes
    Methodology for use of mitochondria-targeted cations in the field of oxidative stress-related research
    Synthesis and testing of novel isomeric mitochondriotropic derivatives of resveratrol and quercetin
    Evaluation of respiration of mitochondria in cancer cells exposed to mitochondria-targeted agents
    The effect of mitochondrially targeted anticancer agents on mitochondrial (super)complexes
    Mitochondrial targeting of recombinant RNA
    Mitochondrial targeting of catalytic RNAs
    Allotopic expression of ATP6 in the mouse as a transgenic model of mitochondrial disease
    Analysis of pollutant-induced changes in mitochondrial DNA methylation
    ETS and DEAS studies of the reduction of xenobiotics in mitochondrial intermembrane space
    Analysis of mitochondrial morphology and function under conditions of mitofusin 2 deficiency
    Yeast as a tool to study mitochondrial retrograde pathway en route to cell stress response
    Cell energy budget platform for assessment of cell metabolism
    Induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) for modeling mitochondrial DNA disorders
    Cytoplasmic transfer methods for studying the segregation of mitochondrial DNA in mice
    In vivo visualization and quantification of mitochondrial morphology in C. elegans
    Mitochondrial DNA as a biosensor of UV exposure in human skin
    Assessment of short- and medium-chain fatty acids on mitochondrial function in severe inflammation
    Atomic force microscopy-based shape analysis of heart mitochondria
    Enzymatic assays for probing mitochondrial apoptosis
    A cybrid cell model for the assessment of the link between mitochondrial deficits and sporadic parkinson's disease
    Analysis of mitochondrial network by imaging: Proof of technique in schizophrenia.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Carlos M. Palmeira, Anabela P. Rolo.
    Contents:
    Isolation of crude mitochondrial fraction from cells / Mariusz R. Wieckowski and Lech Wojtczak
    Isolation of mitochondria from liver and extraction of total RNA and protein : analyses of MicroRNA and protein expressions / Pedro M. Borralho, Clifford J. Steer, and Cecília M.P. Rodrigues
    PCR based determination of mitochondrial DNA copy number in multiple species / John P. Rooney [and eight others]
    NAD⁺ content and its role in mitochondria / Wei Li and Anthony A. Sauve
    Measuring PGC-1[alpha] and its acetylation status in mouse primary myotubes / Ana P. Gomes and David A. Sinclair
    Measurement of mitochondrial oxygen consumption rates in mouse primary neurons and astrocytes / Sofia M. Ribeiro, Alfredo Giménez-Cassina, and Nika N. Danial
    Determination of oxidative phosphorylation complexes activities / João S. Teodoro, Carlos M. Palmeira, and Anabela P. Rolo
    Histoenzymatic methods for visualization of the activity of individual mitochondrial respiratory chain complexes in the muscle biopsies from patients with mitochondrial defects / Agnieszka Karkucinska-Wieckowska, Maciej Pronicki, and Mariusz R. Wieckowski
    A method aimed at assessing the functional consequences of the supramolecular organization of the respiratory electron transfer chain by time- resolved studies / Fabrice Rappaport
    BN-PAGE-based approach to study thyroid hormones and mitochondrial function / Elena Silvestri [and three others]
    Detection of UCP1 protein and measurements of dependent GDP-sensitive proton leak in non- phosphorylating thymus mitochondria / Kieran J. Clarke [and three others]
    Exploring liver mitochondrial function by ¹³C-stable isotope breath tests : implications in clinical biochemistry / Ignazio Grattagliano [and five others]
    Following mitochondria dynamism : confocal analysis of the organelle morphology / Francesca R. Mariotti, Mauro Corrado, and Silvia Campello
    Analysis of pro-apoptotic protein trafficking to and from mitochondria / Ignacio Vega-Naredo [and four others]
    Mitophagy and mitochondrial balance / Simone Patergnani and Paolo Pinton.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by David Sharp.
    Contents:
    Analysis of Mitotic Protein Dynamics and Function in Drosophila Embryos by Live Cell Imaging and Quantitative Modeling
    Rapid Measurement of Mitotic Spindle Orientation in Cultured Mammalian Cells
    Automated Segmentation of the First Mitotic Spindle in Differential Interference Contrast Micro copy Images of C. elegans Embryos
    Imaging the Mitotic Spindle by Spinning Disk Microscopy in Tobacco Suspension Cultured Cells
    Image-Based Computational Tracking and Analysis of Spindle Protein Dynamics
    The Use of Cultured Drosophila Cells for Studying the Microtubule Cytoskeleton
    Measuring Microtubule Growth and Gliding in C. elegans Embryos
    XenopusEgg Extracts as a Simplified Model System for Structure Function Studies of Dynein Regulators
    Covalent Immobilization of Microtubules on Glass Surfaces for Molecular Motor Force Measurements and Other Single-Molecule Assays
    An Improved Optical Tweezers Assay for Measuring the Force Generation of Single Kinesin Molecules
    Seeded Microtubule Growth for Cryo-electron Microscopy of End Binding Proteins
    The Segmentation of Microtubules in Electron Tomograms using Amira
    Manipulating Cell Shape by Placing Cells into Micro-fabricated Chambers
    Four color FISH for the Detection of Low Levels Aneuploidy in Interphase Cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    edited by Helder Maiato, Melina Schuh.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    edited by Fernando Monje-Casas, Ethel Queralt.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Francis C. Wells, Robert H. Anderson, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the basic science of the mitral valve needed to begin to comprehend both normal and the failing valve. This knowledge is infrequently discussed in the clinical arena, with a rush towards definition of lesions based on limited analysis. It provides a ready single source of the most important basic science subjects pertaining to the valve, and the pathologies found therein, and thus a more complete understanding of the factors that result in dysfunction may be appreciated. Mitral Valve Disease: Basic Sciences and Current Approaches to Management includes chapters on embryology and anatomy, including details of structural, comparative and functional features. Since the valve is completely influenced by genetics and molecular biology, subjects rarely if ever addressed in the clinical arena, these topics receive in-depth attention. Coverage concludes with lengthy discussions of the importance of multi-disciplinary work, along with the importance of the electrophysiological disturbances encountered in some groups of these patients. It therefore is an essential and up-to-date resource for the practicing and trainee cardiac surgeon and any researcher working within this topic.

    Contents:
    The Mitral valve: A brief history
    Anatomical Development of the Left Atrioventricular Valvar Complex
    How should we describe the mitral valve and its component parts?
    The Anatomy of the Mitral Valve
    The surgical utility of a detailed knowledge of the basic sciences pertaining to the Mitral valve
    The atrioventricular valve in the animal kingdom
    The Atrioventricular complex: function and dysfunction
    Mitral Valve Pathology
    Morphogenetic aspects of mitral valve development
    Genetics of Mitral Valve Disease
    Genetics and Genetic Counselling relevant to Mitral Valve Prolapse
    Assessment of mitral valve function: the valve and the ventricle
    Arrhythmias in Mitral Valve Prolapse
    The organisation of specialist valve care provision.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Leslie Curry, Yale University, Marcella Nunez-Smith, Yale University.
    Summary: "This must-have mixed methods resource for any health science researcher presents key theories, concepts, and approaches in an accessible way. Packed with illustrations from the health sciences literature, this ready-to-use guidebook shows readers how to design, conduct, review, and use mixed methods research findings. Helpful checklists, figures, tables, templates, and much more give readers examples that will elevate the quality of their research, facilitate communication about their methods, and improve efficiency over the course of their projects. Real-world examples and insights from mixed methods researchers provide unique perspectives on every aspect of mixed methods research. This book successfully pulls together foundational mixed methods principles, synthesizes the knowledge base in the field, and translates it for a health science researcher audience."--Publisher.

    Contents:
    Definition and overview of mixed methods designs
    Applications and illustrations of mixed methods health sciences research
    Determining the appropriateness and feasibility of using mixed methods
    Writing a scientifically sound and compelling grant proposal for a mixed methods study
    Examples of funded grant applications using mixed methods
    Assessing quality in mixed methods studies
    Sampling and data collection in mixed methods studies
    Data analysis and integration in mixed methods studies
    Managing mixed methods teams
    Implementation issues in mixed methods research
    Publishing mixed methods studies in the health sciences.
    Digital Access Sage 2015
  • Digital
    Elke Jurandy Bran Nogueira Cardoso, José Leonardo de Moraes Gonçalves, Fabiano de Carvalho Balieiro, Avílio Antônio Franco, editors.
    Summary: The aim of this book is to present, in depth, updated information on soil and microbial processes involved in mixed plantations of Eucalyptus and N2-fixing species, especially Acacia mangium, focusing on Forestry, Soils, Biology, Ecosystem Services and Sustainability. The potential of substituting chemical N fertilizer by a consortium of leguminous species that fix atmospheric nitrogen is an interesting solution for a more sustainable, economically and environmentally sound forest system. Among the main topics, we present reference topics on soil microbiology, as biological nitrogen fixation, the role of mycorrhiza in mixed plantations, bio-indicators of soil quality, and plantgrowth promoting bacteria with biotechnological potential. Here we discuss Ecosystem services and ecological benefits of these systems, the invasive potential of A. mangium, as well as the regulations and perspectives of land use policies for mixed forests and their role in the sustainability of the system.-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Why mixed forest plantation?
    2. Growth patterns at different sites and forest management systems
    3. Nutrient cycling in mixed-forest plantations
    4. Litter decomposition and soil carbon stocks in mixed plantations of eucalyptus spp. and nitrogen-fixing trees
    5. Soil bacterial structure and composition in pure and mixed plantations of eucalyptus spp. and leguminous trees
    6. Biological nitrogen fixation (BNF) in mixed-forest plantations
    7. Mycorrhiza in mixed plantations
    8. Mesofauna and macrofauna in soil and litter of mixed plantations
    9. Bioindicators of soil quality in mixed plantations of eucalyptus and leguminous trees
    10. Ecosystem services in eucalyptus planted forests and mixed and multifunctional planted forests
    11. The risk of invasions when using acacia spp. in forestry
    12. Multifunctional mixed-forest plantations : the use of Brazilian native leguminous tree species for sustainable rural development
    13. The Brazilian legal framework on mixed-planted forests.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    American College of Physicians.
    Contents:
    Part A: [v. 1] Cardiovascular medicine
    [v. 2] Dermatology
    [v. 3] Gastroenterology and hepatology
    [v. 4] Hematology and oncology
    [v. 5] Neurology
    [v. 6] Rheumatology
    Part B: [v. 7] Endocrinology and metabolism
    [v. 8] General internal medicine
    [v. 9] Infectious disease
    [v. 10] Nephrology
    [v. 11] Pulmonary and critical care medicine
    [v. 12] Cumulative index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC59 .M43 2015
    11
  • Digital/Print
    American College of Physicians.
    Contents:
    Part A: [v.1] Cardiovascular medicine
    [v.2] Dermatology
    [v.3] Gastroenterology and hepatology
    [v.4] Hematology and oncology
    [v.5] Neurology
    [v.6] Rheumatology Part B: [v.1] Endocrinology and metabolism
    [v.2] General internal medicine --[v.3] Infectious disease
    [v.4] Nephrology
    [v.5] Pulmonary and critical care
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Get Password
    Audio Companion
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC59 .M43 2018
    11
  • Digital/Print
    American College of Physicians.
    Contents:
    Part A: [v.1] Gastroenterology and hepatology
    [v.2] General internal medicine 1
    [v.3] Infectious disease
    [v.4] Nephrology
    [v.5] Neurology
    [v.6] Oncology
    Part B: [v.1] Cardiovascular medicine
    [v.2] Endocrinology and metabolism --[v.3] General internal medicine 2
    [v.4] Hematology
    [v.5] Pulmonary and critical care medicine
    [v. 6] Rheumatology.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Get Password
    Audio Companion
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC59 .M43 2021
    12
  • Digital
    Jose L. Contreras-Vidal, Dario Robleto, Jesus G. Cruz-Garza, José M. Azorín, Chang S. Nam, editors.
    Summary: Mobile Brain-Body Imaging and the Neuroscience of Art, Innovation and Creativity is a trans-disciplinary, collective, multimedia collaboration that critically uncovers the challenges and opportunities for transformational and innovative research and performance at the nexus of art, science and engineering. This book addresses a set of universal and timeless questions with a profound impact on the human condition: How do the creative arts and aesthetic experiences engage the brain and mind and promote innovation? How do arts-science collaborations employ aesthetics as a means of problem-solving and thereby create meaning? How can the creative arts and neuroscience advance understanding of individuality and social cognition, improve health and promote life-long learning? How are neurotechnologies changing science and artistic expression? How are the arts and citizen science innovating neuroscience studies, informal learning and outreach in the public sphere? Emerging from the 2016 and 2017 International Conferences on Mobile Brain-Body Imaging and the Neuroscience of Art, Innovation and Creativity held in Cancun, Mexico and Valencia, Spain to explore these topics, this book intertwines disciplines and investigates not only their individual products-art and data-but also something more substantive and unique; the international pool of contributors reveals something larger about humanity by revealing the state of the art in collaboration between arts and sciences and providing an investigational roadmap projected from recent advances. Mobile Brain-Body Imaging and the Neuroscience of Art, Innovation and Creativity is written for academic researchers, professionals working in industrial and clinical centers, independent researchers and artists from the performing arts, and other readers interested in understanding emergent innovations at the nexus of the creative arts, science and engineering. The book contains language, design features (illustrations, diagrams) to develop a conversational bridge between the disciplines involved supplemented by access to video, artistic presentations and the results of a hackathon from the MoBI conferences.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Part I
    Neuroaesthetics and Creativity: How Do the Creative Arts Engage the Human Mind and Promote Creativity and Innovation Across Fields?
    Introduction to Part I
    How Artists Think (or the History of Neuroaesthetics)
    Art and Neuroscience: a State of the Union
    Brain Mechanisms of Creativity: What We Know, What We Don't
    SPECIAL MULTIMEDIA FEATURE: Interviews
    Part II: How Do Arts-Science Collaboration Create New Knowledge through Aesthetic Problem Solving?
    Introduction to Part II
    Myths and Realities of Art: Science Collaborations
    Forging New Paths between Art, Materials and Society
    Is Beauty in the Eye of the Beholder or an Objective Truth? A Neuroscientific Approach
    Part III: Brain Mechanisms of Aesthetic Perception and Artistic Brain-Computer Interfaces
    Introduction to Part III
    How We See Art and How Artists Make It
    Reverse Engineering of Creativity
    Chapter 9 (no title yet)
    SPECIAL MULTIMEDIA FEATURE Your Brain on Art: Creativity in Sound, Movement and Visual Arts
    Part IV: Cognitive and Medical Applications: How Can Arts and Neuroscience Research Improve Physical and Mental Health and Promote Wellbeing?
    Introduction to Part IV
    Outcomes of Art Therapy Treatment for Military Service Members with Traumatic Brain Injury and Post-Traumatic Stress
    Brain on Art therapy: Examining Processes and Outcomes of Art Making in Therapeutic Contexts
    Chapter 12: No title (TBC)
    Part V. Mobile Brain-Body Imaging Technologies: How Disruptive Neurotechnologies Are Changing Science, Arts and Innovation
    Introduction to Part V
    Control Mechanisms in Artistic Brain-Computer Interfaces
    The Art, Science and Engineering of BCI Hackathons
    ArtScience Navigating the Ecology of Knowledge: Lessons Learned and Suggestions for Transdisciplinary Apprenticeships
    Part VI. How Can The Arts and Neuroscience Describe and Promote the Processes of Learning and Creativity in K-12 and Higher Education?
    Introduction to Part VI
    The Effects of Arts Integration on Learning: From Research to Practice
    Bach to Explore the Tension between Novelty and Familiarity and Examine the Implications for Imaging/Brain Science
    No title (TBA)
    Part VII. Experiential Learning in Art-Science Hackathons
    Introduction to Part VII
    Brain and Painting
    Do, Re, Mi and EEG
    Purpose-Specific EEG Placement Prototype to Limit User Discomfort and Burden
    Harnessing Creative Skill Training in Artistic BCIs
    True Integration, the MoBI Hackathon for STEM informing Arts and Arts informing STEM
    Paint with Brainwaves: An Active BCI Painting Prototype
    Mediated Interdependence in Motion: A Co-op Augmented Reality and Brain-Computer Interface Installation
    Mind's EYE: Multimodal Theatrical Staging: An Alternative Picture of a Human Mind
    Part VIII: Roadmap.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    James M. Rehg, Susan A. Murphy, Santosh Kumar, editors ; foreword by Deborah Estrin.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive introduction to mHealth technology and is accessible to technology-oriented researchers and practitioners with backgrounds in computer science, engineering, statistics, and applied mathematics. The contributing authors include leading researchers and practitioners in the mHealth field. The book offers an in-depth exploration of the three key elements of mHealth technology: the development of on-body sensors that can identify key health-related behaviors (sensors to markers), the use of analytic methods to predict current and future states of health and disease (markers to predictors), and the development of mobile interventions which can improve health outcomes (predictors to interventions). Chapters are organized into sections, with the first section devoted to mHealth applications, followed by three sections devoted to the above three key technology areas. Each chapter can be read independently, but the organization of the entire book provides a logical flow from the design of on-body sensing technology, through the analysis of time-varying sensor data, to interactions with a user which create opportunities to improve health outcomes. This volume is a valuable resource to spur the development of this growing field, and ideally suited for use as a textbook in an mHealth course.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Section 1: mHealth Applications and Tools
    StudentLife: Using Smartphone to Assess Mental Health and Academic Performance of College Students
    Circadian Computing: Sensing, Modeling, and Maintaining Biological Rhythms
    Design Lessons from a Micro-Randomized Pilot Study in Mobile Health
    The Use of Asset-Based Community Development in a Research Project Aimed at Developing mHealth Technologies for Older Adults
    Designing Mobile Health Technologies for Self-Monitoring: The Bit Counter as a Case Study
    mDebugger: Assessing and Diagnosing the Fidelity and Yield of Mobile Sensor Data
    Introduction to Section II: Sensors to mHealth Markers
    Challenges and Opportunities in Automated Detection of Eating Activity
    Detecting Eating and Smoking Behavior Using Smartwatches
    Wearable Motion Sensing Devices and Algorithms for Precise Healthcare Diagnostics and Guidance
    Paralinguistic Analysis of Children's Speech in Natural Environments
    Pulmonary Monitoring Using Smartphones
    Wearable Sensing of Left Ventricular Function
    A new direction for Biosensing: RF sensors for monitoring cardio-pulmonary function
    Wearable Optical Sensors
    Introduction to Section III: Markers to mHealth Predictors
    Exploratory Visual Analytics of Mobile Health Data: Sensemaking Challenges and Opportunities
    Learning Continuous-Time Hidden Markov Models for Event Data
    Time-series Feature Learning with Applications to Healthcare Domain
    From Markers to Interventions: The Case of Just-in-Time Stress Intervention
    Introduction to Section IV: Predictors to mHealth Interventions
    Modeling Opportunities in mHealth Cyber-Physical Systems
    Control Systems Engineering for Optimizing Behavioral mHealth Interventions
    From Ads to Interventions: Contextual Bandits in Mobile Health
    Towards Health Recommendation Systems: An Approach for Providing Automated Personalized Health Feedback from Mobile Data.
  • Digital
    edited by Avraham Rasooly, Keith E. Herold.
    Contents:
    Mobile device for disease diagnosis and data tracking in resource-limited settings
    Microfluidic devices for nucleic acid (NA) isolation, isothermal NA amplification, and real-time detection
    Mobile based gold nanoprobe TB diagnostics for point-of-need
    Immunofluorescence microtip sensor for point-of-care tuberculosis (TB) diagnosis
    Improving lateral-flow immunoassay (LFIA) diagnostics via biomarker enrichment for mHealth
    Microfluidic toner-based analytical devices: Disposable, lightweight, and portable platforms for point-of-care diagnostics with colorimetric detection
    Detection of protein biomarker using a blood glucose meter
    Microchip ELISA coupled with cell phone to detect ovarian cancer HE4 biomarker in urine
    Point-of-care rare cell cancer diagnostics
    Mobile flow cytometer for mHealth
    Mobile fiber-optic sensor for detection of oral and cervical cancer in the developing world
    Opto-fluidics based microscopy and flow cytometry on a cell phone for blood analysis
    Optofluidic device for label-free cell classification from whole blood
    A wearable sensing system for assessment of exposures to environmental volatile organic compounds
    Quantitative point-of-care (POC) assays using measurements of time as the readout: A new type of readout for mHealth
    Smartphone-based fluorescence detector for mHealth
    Two-layer lab-on-a-chip (LOC) with passive capillary valves for mHealth medical diagnostics
    Spectrometry with consumer-quality CMOS cameras
    Mobile phone based electrochemiluminescence detection in paper-based microfluidic sensors
    iStethoscope: A demonstration of the use of mobile devices for auscultation
    iPhysiometer: A smartphone photoplethysmograph for measuring various physiological indices
    Smartphone attachment for stethoscope recording
    Use of smartphones and portable media devices for quantifying human movement characteristics of gait, tendon reflex response, and Parkinson's disease hand tremor
    Measuring tremor with a smartphone
    The use of single-electrode wireless EEG in biobehavioral investigations
    Smartphone based monitoring system for long-term sleep assessment
    Intracranial ventricular catheter placement with a smartphone assisted instrument
    High-resolution microendoscope for the detection of cervical neoplasia
    Skin lesions image analysis utilizing smartphones and cloud platforms
    Melanoma and other skin lesion detection using smart handheld devices.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Busi Siddhardha, Madhu Dyavaiah, Asad Syed, editors.
    Summary: "This book provides essential insights into microbial pathogenesis, host-pathogen interactions, and the anti-microbial drug resistance of various human pathogens on the basis of various model organisms. The initial sections of the book introduce readers to the mechanisms of microbial pathogenesis, host-pathogen interactions, anti-microbial drug resistance, and the dynamics of biofilm formation. Due to the emergence of various microbial resistant strains, it is especially important to understand the prognosis for microbial infections, disease progression profiles, and mechanisms of resistance to antibiotic therapy in order to develop novel therapeutic strategies. In turn, the second part of the book presents a comparative analysis of various animal models to help readers understand microbial pathogenesis, host-pathogen interactions, anti-microbial drug discovery, anti-biofilm therapeutics, and treatment regimes. Given its scope, the book represents a valuable asset for microbiologists, biotechnologists, medical professionals, drug development researchers, and pharmacologists alike."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    1: Microbial Infections and Virulence Factors
    1.1 Introduction
    1.1.1 Colonization of Host Surfaces by Pathogenic Microorganisms
    1.1.2 Initiation and Maintenance of Pathogens in Intracellular Lifestyle
    1.1.3 Crossing of Host Barriers by Pathogens
    1.2 Microbial Infections
    1.2.1 Bacterial Infections
    1.2.2 Fungal Infections
    1.2.3 Viral Infections
    1.3 Virulence Factors Associated with Microbial Infections
    1.3.1 Extracellular Virulence Factors 1.3.2 Cell Associated Virulence Factors
    1.4 Conclusion
    References
    2: Microbial Pathogenesis: Virus Pathogen-Host Interactions
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Historical Views of Host-Microbe Interactions
    2.2.1 Fundamental Properties of Viruses
    2.2.1.1 Principal Rules of Virus-Host Interactions
    2.2.2 Host Defense Mechanisms
    2.2.2.1 Defensive Host and Unwearied Pathogens
    2.2.3 Different Types of Virus-Host Interactions
    2.2.3.1 Transient Infections
    2.2.3.2 Acute Infections
    2.2.3.3 Latent Infections
    2.2.3.4 Persistent Infections 2.2.4 Virus-Host Interactions
    2.2.4.1 Virus-Host Interactions: Attachment and Entry
    2.2.4.2 Virus-Host Interactions: Reprogramming the Metabolism
    2.2.4.2.1 General Trends of Metabolic Changes
    2.2.5 Virus-Host Interactions: Reprogramming the Changes in Structure and Function of Cell Organelles
    2.2.6 Future Directions of Virus-Host-Pathogen Interactions
    2.3 Conclusion
    References
    3: A Physical Insight of Biofilms
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Single Particle Tracking Method
    3.3 Relevance of Physical Properties in Biofilms Formation
    3.4 Branching Patterns 3.5 Recent Observations on Biofilms
    References
    4: A Review on Microbial Pathogenesis and Host Response
    4.1 Introduction
    4.1.1 Host-Microbe Relationship
    4.1.1.1 Mutualism
    4.1.1.2 Commensalism
    4.1.1.3 Parasitism
    4.2 Routes of Infection and Progression
    4.2.1 Adhesion
    4.2.2 Internalization
    4.2.3 Colonization
    4.2.4 Microbial Secretion System
    4.3 Microbial Pathogenesis and Host Immune Response
    4.3.1 Innate Immune Response
    4.3.2 Adaptive or Specific Immune Responses
    4.4 Conclusion
    References 5: Role of Quorum Sensing in Microbial Infections and Biofilm Formation
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 The Bacterial Chatter's
    5.3 Quorum Sensing: The Bacterial Language
    5.4 Biofilm Formation and Bacterial Infections Control by Quorum Sensing
    5.5 Applications of Quorum Sensing in Biotechnology
    5.6 Biofilm Matrix Composition and Architecture
    5.6.1 Biofilm Matrix Composition
    5.6.2 Biofilm Architecture
    5.6.3 Biofilm Role in Human Infections
    5.7 Applications of Biofilm in Biotechnology
    5.8 Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Busi Siddhardha, Madhu Dyavaiah, Kaviyarasu Kasinathan, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of state-of-the-art applications of nanotechnology in biology and medicine, as well as model organisms that can help us understand the biological activity and associated toxicity of nanoparticles, and devise strategies to minimize toxicity and enhance therapies. Thanks to their high surface-to-volume ratio, nanoparticles are characterized by excellent biocompatibility and bioavailability, a high therapeutic index, and relatively low toxicity, which has led to their widespread application in the early diagnosis of diseases, comprehensive monitoring of disease progression, and improved therapeutics. The book also explores nanoparticle-based insecticides and their mechanisms of action, and provides a comparative analysis of the various model organisms that are used to understand the biological properties of nanoparticles. Further, it describes various in-vivo models that yield important insights into nanomaterial-mediated toxicity, promoting the optimal utilization of nanoparticles. In closing, the book discusses future perspectives and regulatory issues concerning the use of nanomaterials in translational research.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Nanotechnology: Application in Biology and Medicine
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 History of Nanotechnology
    1.3 Definition
    1.4 Importance of Size
    1.5 Applications in Biology and Medicine
    1.6 Applications in Biology
    1.6.1 Bioseparation: Separation and Purification of Biological Molecules
    1.6.1.1 Separation of DNA
    1.6.1.2 Separation of Proteins
    1.6.1.3 Separation of Biomolecules
    1.6.2 Probing of DNA Structure
    1.6.3 Fluorescent Biological Labels
    1.6.4 Biological Processes 1.6.5 Biosensing with Magnetic Nanoswitches
    1.6.6 Single Cell Phenotypes
    1.6.7 Delivery Vehicles
    1.6.7.1 Delivering Hydrophobic Compounds Without Solvents
    1.6.7.2 Delivering siRNA for Biological Studies
    1.6.7.3 Delivering Agents to Subcellular Organelles
    1.7 Applications in Medicine
    1.7.1 Drug Delivery
    1.7.2 Diagnostic Applications
    1.7.2.1 Quantum Dots
    1.7.2.2 Gold Nanoparticles
    1.7.3 Cardiac Therapy
    1.7.4 Orthopedic Applications
    1.7.5 Dentistry
    1.7.6 Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    1.7.7 Cancer Therapy
    1.7.8 Hyperthermia 1.7.9 Ophthalmology
    1.7.10 Tissue Engineering
    1.8 Conclusion
    References
    2: Biological Activities of Nanoparticles and Mechanism of Action
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Green Synthesis of Nanoparticles
    2.3 Interaction of NPs with Biological Components
    2.4 Antibacterial Activity of Nanoparticles
    2.5 Anticancer Activity of Nanoparticles
    2.6 General Mechanism for Activity by Nanoparticles
    2.6.1 Oxidative Stress
    2.6.2 Nonoxidative Mechanism
    2.6.3 Dissolved Metal Ions
    2.7 Application of Metal NPs
    2.7.1 Antimicrobial Application of NPs 2.7.2 Anticancer Application of NPs
    2.8 Conclusion and Perspectives
    References
    3: Application of Nanoparticles in Drug Delivery
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Nanoparticles
    3.3 Antimicrobial Mechanism of NPs
    3.4 Application of Silver Nanoparticles as an Antibacterial and Antifungal Agents
    3.5 Application of Magnesium Oxide (MgO) and Calcium Oxide NPs (CaO) NPs as Antimicrobial Agents
    3.6 Application of Silica NPs (SiO2) as Antimicrobial Agents
    3.7 Application of Titanium Dioxide (TiO2) NPs as Antimicrobial Agents 3.8 Application of Zinc Oxide (ZnO) NPs as Antimicrobial Agents
    3.9 Application of Iron Oxide (Fe3O4) NPs as Antimicrobial Agents
    3.10 Application of Gold (Au) NPs as Antimicrobial Agents
    3.11 Application of Copper Oxide (CuO) NPs as Antimicrobial Agents
    3.12 Application of Aluminum (Al) NPs as Antimicrobial Agents
    3.13 Application of Bismuth (Bi) NPs as Antimicrobial Agents
    3.14 Application of Carbon-Based NPs as Antimicrobial Agents
    3.15 Application of Organic NPs as Antimicrobial Agents
    3.16 Application of Eco-friendly Green NPs as Antimicrobial Agents
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    María Elena Álvarez-Buylla Roces, Juan Carlos Martínez-García, José Dávila-Velderrain, Elisa Domínguez-Hüttinger, Mariana Esther Martínez-Sánchez.
    Summary: "This book contributes to better understand how lifestyle modulations can effectively halt the emergence and progression of human diseases. The book will allow the reader to gain a better understanding of the mechanisms by which the environment interferes with the bio-molecular regulatory processes underlying the emergence and progression of complex diseases, such as cancer. Focusing on key and early cellular bio-molecular events giving rise to the emergence of degenerative chronic disease, it builds on previous experience on the development of multi-cellular organisms, to propose a mathematical and computer based framework that allows the reader to analyze the complex interplay between bio-molecular processes and the (micro)-environment from an integrative, mechanistic, quantitative and dynamical perspective. Taking the wealth of empirical evidence that exists it will show how to build and analyze models of core regulatory networks involved in the emergence and progression of chronic degenerative diseases, using a bottom-up approach"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Medical systems biology / María Elena Álvarez-Buylla Roces, Juan Carlos Martínez-García, José Dávila-Velderrain, Elisa Domínguez-Hüttinger, Mariana Esther Martínez-Sánchez
    Modeling procedures / María Elena Álvarez-Buylla Roces, Juan Carlos Martínez-García, José Dávila-Velderrain, Elisa Domínguez-Hüttinger, Mariana Esther Martínez-Sánchez
    Case studies / María Elena Álvarez-Buylla Roces, Juan Carlos Martínez-García, José Dávila-Velderrain, Elisa Domínguez-Hüttinger, Mariana Esther Martínez-Sánchez.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Sid M. Becker.
    Contents:
    Molecular simulations of complex membrane models / D. Jefferies and S. Khalid
    Microbial strategies for oil biodegradation / G.E. Kapellos
    Modeling and measurement of biomolecular transport and sensing in microfluidic cell culture and analysis systems / J.F. Wong, C.A. Simmons and E.W.K. Wong
    Coupling microscale transport and tissue mechanics / M. Marino, G. Pontrelli, G. Vairo, and P. Wriggers
    Modeling cystic fibrosis and mucociliary clearance / R. Chatelin, D. Anne-Archard, M. Murris-Espin, D. Sanchez, M. Thiriet, A. Didier, and P. Poncet
    Intracellular microfluid transportation in fast growing pollen tubes / S. Liu, H. Liu, M. Lin, F. Xu, and T.J. Lu
    Microorganisms and their response to stimuli / R.J. Clarke
    Nano-swimmers in lipid-bilayer membranes / M.-J. Huang and A. Mikhailov
    Phase field modeling of Inhomogeneous biomembranes in flow / S. Aland
    Modeling and experimental analysis of thermal therapy during short pulse laser irradiation / S. Miller, C. Gross Jones, and K. Mitra
    Micro-scale bio-heat diffusion using green's functions / F. De Monte and A. Haji-Sheikh
    Microstructural influences on growth and transport in biological tissue / L. Irons, J. Collis, and R.D. O'Dea
    How dense core vesicles are delivered to axon terminals / I.A. Kuznetsov and A.V. Kuznetsov
    Modeling of food digestion / S. Marze.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Gianfranco Butera, Silvia Schievano, Giovanni Biglino, Doff B. McElhinney, editors.
    Summary: This book combines medicinal and engineering knowledge to present engineering modelling applications (mainly computational, but also experimental) in the context of facilitating a patient-centred approach to treating congenital heart disease (CHD). After introducing the basic concepts of engineering tools, it discusses modelling and the applications of engineering techniques (e.g. computational fluid dynamics, fluid-structure interaction, structural simulations, virtual surgery, advanced image analysis, 3D printing) in specific congenital heart diseases. It also offers a number of clinical case studies describing the applications in real-life clinical practice. The final section focuses on the importance of surgical training, counselling and patient communication. Considering the unique anatomical arrangement pre/post repair in CHD, as well as the different surgical strategy and device options (e.g. stents) for interventions, a patient-specific approach is certainly warranted in this area of medicine, and engineering is helping improve our understanding of individual patients and their particular anatomy and physiology. To reinforce the idea of a necessary dialogue between engineers and clinicians, this book has not only been edited by two cardiologists and two bioengineers, but each chapter has been written by a clinician and an engineer, incorporating both voices in the description of state-of-the-art models for different CHDs.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Foreword
    Part 1: Basic concepts
    1. Overview of computational methods
    2. Congenital heart diseases: basic concepts from a paediatric cardiology perspective
    Part 2: Diseases: modelling and applications
    3. Septal defects: clinical concepts, engineering applications and impact of an integrated medico-engineering approach --- Occluder devices
    4. Aortic coarctation: clinical concepts, engineering applications and impact of an integrated medico-engineering approach
    5. Tetralogy of Fallot, the right ventricular outflow tract. Clinical concepts, engineering applications and impact of an integrated medico-engineering approach
    6. Tetralogy of Fallot: clinical concepts, engineering applications and impact of an integrated medico-engineering approach - Ventricle
    7. Complete Transposition of Great Arteries post Arterial Switch Operation: an integrated approach of imaging and modelling to assess long-term outcomes
    8. Double Outlet Right Ventricle: introductory concepts and applications
    9. Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome: Introductory Concepts
    10. Hypoplastic left heart syndrome, Norwood and variants: engineering applications and impact of an integrated medico-engineering approach
    11. Univentricular hearts: clinical concepts and impact of an integrated medico-engineering approach
    12. Fontan surgery and fluid dynamics
    13. Ventriculo-arterial coupling in Fontan patients
    14. Modelling the pulmonary circulation in CHD: clinical concepts, engineering applications and of an integrated medico-engineering approach
    15. Modelling pulmonary arterial hypertension: clinical concepts, engineering applications and an integrated medico-engineering approach
    Part 3: How I used a model in clinical practice
    16. Patient-specific numerical modeling to predict coronary artery compression in transcatheter pulmonary valve implantation
    17. Transcatheter correction of Sinus Venosus Atrial Septal Defect (SVASD) and partial anomalous pulmonary venous drainage with a covered stent
    18. Modelling the coronary anatomy in a case of suspected Kawasaki disease with giant coronary aneurysms
    19. Criss cross heart: is biventricular repair ever possible?
    20. Use of 3D printing for Congenital Heart Disease
    21. Case Report: Three-dimensional printed model guiding transcutaneous device closure of a complex residual ventricular septal defect: comparing apples to apples
    22. 3D modeling and printing in neonate with complex twisted heart: new frontier for clinical decision and optimal surgical approach
    23. Biventricular Repair of Complex Transposition of Great Arteries Guided by 3D Reconstruction Imaging
    Part 4: Training, counselling and miscellanea
    24. Three-Dimensional Printing and its Applications in Education and Teaching
    25. Dassault Systemes Living Heart Project
    26. Cardiovascular simulation as a decision support tool
    27. Artificial intelligence in Paediatric Cardiology
    28. Communication in congenital heart disease: a relevant application for engineering models?
    29. Three Dimensional Multimodality Fusion in Minimally Invasive Congenital Heart Interventions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ewart Carson, Caludio Cobelli.
    Contents:
    1. An introduction to modelling methodology / Claudio Cobelli and Ewart Carson
    2. Control in physiology and medicine / B. Wayne Bequette
    3. Deconvolution / Giovanni Sparacino [and three others]
    4. Structural identifiability of biological and physiological systems / Maria Pia Saccomani
    5. Parameter estimation / Paolo Magni and Giovanni Sparacino
    6. New trends in nonparametric linear system identification / Gianluigi Pillonetto and Giuseppe De Nicolao
    7. Population modelling / Paolo Magni, Alessandra Bertoldo and Paolo Vicini
    8. Systems biology / Ruoting Yang [and three others]
    9. Reverse engineering of high-throughput genomic and genetic data / Barbara Di Camillo and Gianna Toffolo
    10. Tracer experiment design for metabolic fluxes estimation in steady and nonsteady state / Andrea Caumo and Claudio Cobelli
    11. Stochastic models of physiology / Boris Kovatchev and Stephen Patek
    12. Probabilistic modelling with Bayesian networks / Francesco Sambo, Fulvia Ferrazzi and Riccardo Bellazzi
    13. Mathematical modelling of pulmonary gas exchange / Dan S. Karbing [and three others]
    14. Mathematical models for computational neuroscience / Mauro Ursino, Filippo Cona and Elisa Magosso
    15. Insulin modelling / Morten Gram Pedersen and Claudio Cobelli
    16. Glucose modelling / Chiara Dalla Man and Claudio Cobelli
    17. Blood-tissue exchange modelling / Paolo Vicini and James B. Bassingthwaighte
    18. Physiological modelling of positron emission tomography images / Alessandra Bertoldo and Claudio Cobelli
    19. Tumor growth modelling for drug development / Monica Simeoni [and four others]
    20. Computational modelling of cardiac biomechanics / Emiliano Votta and Alberto Redaelli
    21. Downstream from the heart left ventricle : aortic impedance interpretation by lumped and tube-load models / Roberto Burattini
    22. Finite element modelling in musculoskeletal biomechanics / Zimi Sawacha and Bernhard Schrefler
    23. Modelling for synthetic biology / Lorenzo Pasotti, Susanna Zucca and Paolo Magni.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    David Collett.
    Summary: Modelling Survival Data in Medical Research, Fourth Edition, describes the analysis of survival data, illustrated using a wide range of examples from biomedical research. Written in a non-technical style, it concentrates on how the techniques are used in practice. Starting with standard methods for summarising survival data, Cox regression and parametric modelling, the book covers many more advanced techniques, including interval-censoring, frailty modelling, competing risks, analysis of multiple events, and dependent censoring. This new edition contains chapters on Bayesian survival analysis and use of the R software. Earlier chapters have been extensively revised and expanded to add new material on several topics. These include methods for assessing the predictive ability of a model, joint models for longitudinal and survival data, and modern methods for the analysis of interval-censored survival data. Features: Presents an accessible account of a wide range of statistical methods for analysing survival data Contains practical guidance on modelling survival data from the author's many years of experience in teaching and consultancy Shows how Bayesian methods can be used to analyse survival data Includes details on how R can be used to carry out all the methods described, with guidance on the interpretation of the resulting output Contains many real data examples and additional data sets that can be used for coursework All data sets used are available in electronic format from the publisher's website Modelling Survival Data in Medical Research, Fourth Edition, is an invaluable resource for statisticians in the pharmaceutical industry and biomedical research centres, research scientists and clinicians who are analysing their own data, and students following undergraduate or postgraduate courses in survival analysis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    TandFonline
    2023 Limited to 3 simultaneous users
    ProQuest Ebook Central
    2023 Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital/Print
    Lang Tran, Miguel A. Bañares, Robert Rallo, editors.
    Summary: In today's nanotechnology and pharmaceutical research, alternative toxicology testing methods are crucial for ethically and commercially sound practice. This book provides practical guidelines on how to develop and validate quantitative nanostructure-toxicity relationship (QNTR) models, which are ideal for rapidly exploring the effects of a large number of variables in complex scenarios. Through contributions by academic, industrial, and governmental experts, Modelling the Toxicity of Nanoparticles delivers clear instruction on these methods and their integration and use in risk assessment. Specific topics include the physico-chemical characteristics of engineered nanoparticles, nanoparticle interactions, in vivo nanoparticle processing, and more. A much-needed practical guide, Modelling the Toxicity of Nanoparticles is a key text for researchers as well as government and industry regulators.

    Contents:
    Engineering nanomaterials: their physicochemical characteristics and how to measure them
    Assessment of human exposure to ENMs
    The life cycle of engineered nanoparticles
    From dose to response: in vivo nanoparticle processing and potential toxicity
    Literature review of (Q)SAR modelling of nanomaterial toxicity
    Systems biology to support nanomaterial grouping
    Multiscale modelling of bionano interface
    Biological surface adsorption index of nanomaterials: modelling surface interactions of nanomaterials with biomolecules
    An integrated data-driven strategy for safe-by-design nanoparticles: the FP7 MODERN project
    Compilation of data and modelling of nanoparticle interactions and toxicity in the NanoPUZZLES project
    Case study III: the construction of a nanotoxicity database, the MOD-ENP-TOX experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Pramod C. Rath, editor.
    Summary: The book deals with basic cellular and molecular mechanisms associated with aging. It comprehensively describes the important genetic, epigenetic, biochemical and metabolic regulations during aging, as well as some important age-related diseases.The book is divided into four major sections for easy understanding. It takes the readers through the various aspects of aging in a story-like manner. Certain interventions for healthy aging such as dietary restriction, regular exercise and maintaining a balanced and peaceful life-style are also suggested by the experts. The book would be a companion for both beginners, as well as established researchers in the field. It would be useful for science education, research, clinical approach and policy making.

    Contents:
    PART I ~ ALTERATIONS IN CELLULAR MECHANISMS DURING AGING
    Chapter 1 Protein Structure and Function in Aging and Age-related Diseases
    Chapter 2 DNA, DNA Replication and Aging
    Chapter 3 Transcription and Aging
    Chapter 4 Ribosomes, Translation and Aging
    Chapter 5 p53 and Aging
    Chapter 6 Paired Box (Pax) Transcription Factors and Aging
    Chapter 7 Telomeres, Telomerase and Aging
    Chapter 8 The Epigenome of Ageing
    Chapter 9 Attaining Epigenetic Rejuvenation: Challenges Ahead
    Chapter 10 Mitochondria as a Key Player in Aging
    Chapter 11 Aging, Free Radicals and Reactive Oxygen Species: An Evolving Concept
    Chapter 12 Stem Cells and Aging
    Chapter 13 Can Autophagy Stop the Clock: Unravelling the Mystery in Dictyostelium discoideum
    Chapter 14 Aging: Reading, Reasoning and Resolving Using Drosophila as a Model System
    Chapter 15 Nothobranchius furzeri as a New Model System for Aging Studies
    PART II ALTERATIONS IN METABOLISM DURING AGING AND DISEASES
    Chapter 16 Aging in Muscle
    Chapter 17 Metabolic Diseases and Aging
    Chapter 18 Interplay Between Nutrient Sensing Molecules During Aging and Longevity
    Chapter 19 Protein Aggregation, Related Pathologies and Aging
    Chapter 20 Biological Rhythms and Aging
    Chapter 21 The Biology of Ageing and Cancer
    A Complex Association.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Pramod C. Rath, editor.
    Summary: This book examines the basic cellular and molecular mechanisms associated with aging. It comprehensively describes the genetic, epigenetic, biochemical and metabolic regulation of aging, as well as some important age-related diseases. Divided into two major sections, it takes readers through the various aspects of aging in a story-like manner and suggests various interventions for healthy aging, such as dietary restriction, regular exercise, nutrition and maintaining a balanced and a non-stressful lifestyle. It describes the implications of aging on the nervous system, metabolism, immunity and stem cells as well as care for the elderly. The book is an ideal companion for both new and established researchers in the field and is also useful for educators, clinicians and policy makers.

    Contents:
    Part I Alterations in Nervous System, Genes, Hormones and Immunity during Aging.
    Neurological problems of the Elderly
    Molecular marker and therapeutic regimen for neurodegenerative diseases
    Neurodegeneration during Aging: Role of Oxidative Stress through Epigenetic Modifications
    Polyglucosan Bodies in Aged Brain and Neurodegeneration: Cause or Consequence?
    Signaling of Nociceptors and Pain Perception: Impact of age
    Association between Ageing and REM sleep loss: Noradrenaline acting as a mediator
    Age related changes in the human retina: a role for oxidative stress.
    Ageing: Influence on Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD) and Becker muscular dystrophy (BMD)
    Mitophagy, Diseases and Aging
    Genetics, Ageing and Human Health
    Genetic Syndromes and Aging
    Role of Stress and Hormones of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal (HPA) Axis in Aging
    Sex Steroids, Cognate Receptors and Aging
    Immunosenesence, Inflammaging and their implications for Cancer and Anemia
    Bone Marrow Stem Cells, Aging and Age-related Diseases
    Part II Interventions for Healthy Aging
    Infantile radiation and Aging Stresses: Effects of Calorie and Dietary Restrictions
    Mechanisms and Late Life Intervention of Aging
    Healthy Ageing and Cancer in Humans
    Nutrition for elderly
    Care of older persons in India: scope of policy and technology tools.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Amit Kumar Tripathi, Abhishek Kumar Singh, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes various tools and techniques used to provide insights into the cellular and molecular pathophysiology of stroke. It also presents rodent animal models to help shed light on the pathophysiology of ischemic stroke. Presenting the latest information on the different types of stroke, including embolic, filament, photothrombotic, and bilateral common carotid artery, the book also describes techniques that are used for confirmation of stroke surgery, such as laser speckle imaging (LSI) and laser Doppler flowmetry (LDF), and discusses the non-human primates that are used in stroke surgery, cerebral venous sinuous thrombosis, and neurobehavioral assessment. Lastly, it analyzes various neuroprotective agents to treat and prevent ischemic stroke, and examines the challenges and advances in treating and preventing acute ischemic stroke.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Rodent Stroke Model Guidelines: An Update
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 The General Guideline for a Rodent Model for Stroke
    1.3 STAIR Committee, Recommendations, and Guidelines
    1.4 Intraluminal Model
    1.5 Different Types of the Occluder and their Success Rate
    1.6 PLL-Coated Occluders
    1.7 Flame Blunted Occluders
    1.8 Silicone-Rubber Coated Occluders
    1.9 An Optimization Technique for Intraluminal Inserting Occluders
    1.10 Optimization of Surgical Procedure
    1.11 The Tamura Method of a Stroke Model 1.12 Infarction Area Estimation
    1.13 Methods for Infarction Visualization
    1.14 Direct Image of Infarction in Fresh Brain Sections Stained with TTC Solution
    1.15 Digital Method for Defining the Infarction
    1.16 Calculation of Infarction Volume
    1.17 Preparation of Stroke Surgical Procedure
    1.18 Koizumiś Suture Method
    1.19 Longaś MCAO Method
    1.20 Neurobehaviour Assessment of Functional Recovery
    1.21 Assessment of Neurological Functional Outcomes
    1.21.1 Composite Score
    1.21.1.1 Bederson Scale and Neurological Deficit Scoring 1.21.1.2 Modified Neurological Severity Score
    1.21.2 Motor Tests
    1.21.2.1 Cylinder Test
    1.21.2.2 Ledged Tapered Beam Test
    1.21.2.3 Pellet Retrieval Task
    1.21.3 Sensorimotor Test
    1.21.3.1 Forelimb Flexion
    1.21.3.2 Forelimb Placing
    1.21.3.3 Accelerated Rotarod Test
    1.21.3.4 Adhesive Removal Test
    1.22 Anesthetics
    1.23 Monitoring and Maintaining the Core Brain Temperature
    1.24 Mechanical Ventilation, Blood Gases, Glucose, and Blood Pressure Monitoring
    1.25 Pilot Study Plan and Implementation of a Preclinical Stroke Trial 1.26 Application of the Suitable Statistical Method for Data Analysis
    1.27 Standard Operating Procedures for Creating a Stroke Model
    1.28 Conclusion and Future Direction
    References
    Chapter 2: Bilateral Common Carotid Artery Occlusion: Stroke Model
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Importance of BCCAO
    2.3 Permanent BCCAO
    2.4 Transient BCCAO
    2.5 BCCAO Sham Surgery
    2.6 Factors Affecting the BCCAO
    2.6.1 Effect of Ischemic Preconditioning
    2.7 Effect of ROS
    2.8 Effect of Mitochondrial Dysfunction
    2.9 Role of the Apoptotic Pathway 2.10 Effect of BCCAO Duration and Animal Model Sex
    2.11 Effect on Blood-Brain Barrier
    2.12 Effect of Oxygen Free Radicals
    2.13 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Cerebral Venous Sinus Thrombosis Rodent Model
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Clinical Manifestation, Diagnosis, and Prognosis of CVST
    3.3 Clinical Recommendation for Management of CVST Patients
    3.4 Experimental CVST Model Protocol
    3.5 Precautions
    3.6 TTC Staining Technique
    3.7 Neurological Evaluation
    3.8 CVST as a Preclinical Model for Evaluation of Neuroprotective Agents
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mary Jo Fitz-Gerald, Junji Takeshita, editors.
    Summary: This book describes a spectrum of possible solutions to providing comprehensive emergency psychiatric care. It discusses in detail all components of emergency psychiatric care, such as triage, security, management of suicide risk, violent patients, interdisciplinary treatment teams, administration, and telepsychiatry. It has been written by and is of interest to psychiatrists, emergency medicine physicians, nurses, social workers, administrators, the police and security staff.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Introduction: Models of Psychiatric Emergency Services That Work
    Contents
    Part I: Models of Emergency Psychiatry Care
    1: Models of Emergency Psychiatric Care
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Hospital-Based PES
    1.3 Regional Dedicated Emergency Psychiatric Facility
    1.4 Community-Based PES
    1.5 Systems Integration and Crisis Prevention
    1.6 Comprehensive Psychiatric Emergency Program
    1.7 Summary
    References
    2: Business as Usual: Emergency Rooms with No Psychiatric Coverage at All
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Limitations and Capabilities of This System 2.3 Personnel and Staffing Needed
    2.4 Patient and Staff Safety Concerns
    2.5 Collaboration Needed
    2.6 Expertise Needed
    2.7 Resources Needed
    2.8 Consideration of Coordination of Care
    2.9 Interaction with Probate Courts and Criminal Justice System
    2.10 Security Needed
    2.11 Special Considerations
    2.12 Summary
    References
    3: Psychiatric Consultation to the Emergency Department and Co-Management Model
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Liabilities and Capabilities of the System
    3.3 Limitations of the System
    3.4 Personnel and Staffing Needed 3.5 Patient and Staff Safety Concerns
    3.6 Collaboration Needed
    3.7 Expertise Needed
    3.8 Considerations of Coordination of Care
    3.9 Interactions with Probate Courts and the Criminal Justice System
    3.10 Security Needed
    3.11 Special Considerations
    3.12 Summary
    References
    4: Adjacent Psychiatric Emergency Services to the Main Emergency Room
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Liabilities and Capabilities of the System
    4.3 Limitations of the System
    4.4 Personnel and Staffing Needed
    4.5 Patient and Staff Safety Concerns
    4.6 Collaboration Needed 4.7 Expertise Needed
    4.8 Resources Needed
    4.9 Considerations of Coordination of Care
    4.10 Interactions with Probate Courts and Criminal Justice System
    4.11 Security Needed
    4.12 Summary
    References
    5: Crisis Stabilization Services
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Liabilities and Capabilities of This System
    5.3 Limitations of This System
    5.4 Personnel and Staffing Needed
    5.5 Patient and Staff Safety Concerns
    5.6 Collaboration Needed
    5.7 Expertise Needed
    5.8 Resources Needed
    5.9 Considerations of Coordination of Care 5.10 Interactions with Probate Courts and Criminal Justice System
    5.11 Security Needed
    5.12 Summary
    References
    6: Crisis Intervention Team
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Liabilities and Capabilities of the System
    6.3 Limitations of the System
    6.4 Personnel, Staffing, and Expertise Needed
    6.5 Patient and Staff Safety Concerns
    6.6 Collaboration and Resources Needed
    6.7 Considerations of Coordination of Care
    6.8 Interactions with Probate Courts and the Criminal Justice System
    6.9 Special Considerations
    6.10 Summary
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Annikki Mäkelä, Harry T. Valentine.
    Summary: The book is designed to be a textbook for university students (MSc-PhD level) and a reference for researchers and practitioners. It is an introduction to dynamic modelling of forest growth based on ecological theory but aiming for practical applications for forest management under environmental change. It is largely based on the work and research findings of the authors, but it also covers a wide range of literature relevant to process-based forest modelling in general. The models presented in the book also serve as tools for research and can be elaborated further as new research findings emerge. The material in the book is arranged such that the student starts from basic concepts and formulations, then moves towards more advanced theories and methods, finally learning about parameter estimation, model testing, and practical application. Exercises with solutions and hands-on R-code are provided to help the student digest the concepts and become proficient with the methods. The book should be useful for both forest ecologists who want to become modellers, and for applied mathematicians who want to learn about forest ecology. The basic concepts and theory are formulated in the first four chapters, including a review of traditional descriptive forest models, basic concepts of carbon balance modelling applied to trees, and theories and models of tree and forest structure. Chapter 5 provides a synthesis in the form of a core model which is further elaborated and applied in the subsequent chapters. The more advanced theories and methods in Chapters 6 and 7 comprise aspects of competition through tree interactions, and eco-evolutionary modelling, including optimisation and game theory, a topical and fast developing area of ecological modelling under climate change. Chapters 8 and 9 are devoted to parameter estimation and model calibration, showing how empirical and process-based methods and related data sources can be bridged to provide reliable predictions. Chapter 10 demonstrates some practical applications and possible future development paths of the approach. The approach in this book is unique in that the models presented are based on ecological theory and research findings, yet sufficiently simple in structure to lend themselves readily to practical application, such as regional estimates of harvest potential, or satellite-based monitoring of growth. The applicability is also related to the objective of bridging empirical and process-based approaches through data assimilation methods that combine research-based ecological measurements with standard forestry data. Importantly, the ecological basis means that it is possible to build on the existing models to advance the approach as new research findings become available.

    Contents:
    Preface
    List of symbols
    1. Introduction
    2. Descriptive Models
    3. Carbon Balance
    4. Tree Structure
    5. Carbon Balance and Structure
    6. Competition
    7. Tree structure revisited: Eco-evolutionary models
    8. Predicting stand growth: parameters, drivers and modular inputs
    9. Calibration
    10. Applications and future outlook
    Solutions to Exercises
    References
    Author Index
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Michael Kost.
    Contents:
    Scope of practice and legal and regulatory considerations for the sedation provider
    Presedation assessment and patient selection
    Basic pharmacologic concepts for sedation clinical practice
    Pharmacology of moderate procedural sedation and analgesic agents and techniques of administration
    Sedation-analgesia pharmacological profile
    The effects of hypnotic suggestions in sedation and anesthesia
    Airway management strategies for the sedation provider
    Sedation monitoring modalities
    Intraveneous insertion techniques and procedural fluid selection
    Sedation considerations for the geriatric patient
    Sedation considerations for the pediatric patient
    Postsedation patient care
    Sedation simulation: design and risk management strategies
    Care of the moderate procedural sedation and analgesia patient: unfolding clinical case study
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Lorenzo Drago, editor.
    Contents:
    The concept of biofilm-related implant malfunction and "low-grade infection"
    Mechanisms of bacterial colonization of implants and host response
    Animal models of implant-related low-grade infections, a twenty-year review
    Microbiological diagnosis of implant-related infections: scientific evidence and cost/benefit analysis of routine antibiofilm processing
    The role of biomarkers for the diagnosis of implant-related infections in orthopaedics and trauma
    Antibacterial bioactive glass, S53P4, for chronic bone infections- a multinational study
    Prosthetic joint infections and cost analysis?
    Algorithm to diagnose delayed and late PJI: role of joint aspiration
    Erratum: microbiological diagnosis of implant-related infections: scientific evidence and cost/benefit analysis of routine antibiofilm processing
    Erratum: antibacterial bioactive glass, S53P4, for chronic bone infections- a multinational study
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Ton J. Cleophas, Aeilko H. Zeinderman.
    Summary: The current textbook has been written as a help to medical / health professionals and students for the study of modern Bayesian statistics, where posterior and prior odds have been replaced with posterior and prior likelihood distributions. Why may likelihood distributions better than normal distributions estimate uncertainties of statistical test results? Nobody knows for sure, and the use of likelihood distributions instead of normal distributions for the purpose has only just begun, but already everybody is trying and using them. SPSS statistical software version 25 (2017) has started to provide a combined module entitled Bayesian Statistics including almost all of the modern Bayesian tests (Bayesian t-tests, analysis of variance (anova), linear regression, crosstabs etc.). Modern Bayesian statistics is based on biological likelihoods, and may better fit clinical data than traditional tests based normal distributions do. This is the first edition to systematically imply modern Bayesian statistics in traditional clinical data analysis. This edition also demonstrates that Markov Chain Monte Carlo procedures laid out as Bayesian tests provide more robust correlation coefficients than traditional tests do. It also shows that traditional path statistics are both textually and conceptionally like Bayes theorems, and that structural equations models computed from them are the basis of multistep regressions, as used with causal Bayesian networks.

    Contents:
    Preface
    General Introduction to Modern Bayesian Statistics
    Traditional Bayes: Diagnostic Tests, Genetic Research, Bayes and Drug Trials
    Bayesian Tests for One Sample Continuous Data
    Bayesian Tests for One Sample Binary Data
    Bayesian Paired T-Tests
    Bayesian Unpaired T-Tests
    Bayesian Regressions
    Bayesian Analysis of Variance (Anova)
    Bayesian Loglinear Regression
    Bayesian Poisson Rate Analysis
    Bayesian Pearson Correlations
    Bayesian Statistics: Markov Chain Monte Carlo Sampling
    Bayes and Causal Relationships
    Bayesian Network
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Su Jin Kim Hsieh, Elizabeth Anne Morris, editors.
    Summary: The available information on breast cancer has evolved so rapidly that a textbook understanding is no longer sufficient to make sound therapeutic decisions. Further, the latest findings and data are spread throughout the scientific literature of various medical fields, making it difficult for medical professionals to keep abreast of these advances, and to apply them in their day-to-day work. This book provides updated information on breast cancer, such as the modern molecular classification and staging, and demonstrates how imaging with pathologic correlation can be used in management decisions. In addition, it identifies the most suitable imaging modalities for screening, diagnosis and monitoring for each clinical case. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for all medical professionals (practicing or still in training) whose work involves breast cancer, including radiologists, breast surgeons, pathologists, radiotherapists and nuclear medicine professionals.

    Contents:
    Part I. Updates in clinical and pathological aspects for breast cancer
    1. Molecular basis of breast cancer
    2. Risk factors for breast cancer
    3. Genomic tests
    4. Updates in Surgical approaches for breast and axilla
    5. Pathologic aspects for diagnosis
    Part II. Update in Imaging method
    6. Radiation based Imaging: digital mammography, tomosynthesis
    7. Sonographic based imaging: ultrasound, color doppler, elastography and automated breast imaging
    8. Magnetic resonance imaging: regular protocols and fast protocols
    9. Nuclear medicine based methods: PET FDG and other tracers
    10. Image guided percutaneous biopsies
    11. Preoperative localization techniques
    Part III. Different clinical scenario: clinical management and role of imaging modalities
    12. Screening
    13. Diagnostic
    14. Preoperative (Breast)
    15. Staging (total body - when, how)
    16. Neoadjuvant systemic therapy
    17. Postoperative
    18. Radiation therapy
    19. Adjuvant therapy
    20. Follow up after treatment
    21. Breast cancer during pregnancy and lactation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Alan B.R. Thomson, L.R. DaCosta, and William C. Watson.
    Digital Access Springer 1992
  • Digital
    Kirsten Haastert-Talini, Hans Assmus, Gregor Antoniadis, editors.
    Summary: "This book focuses on posttraumatic repair and reconstruction of peripheral nerves. Written by internationally respected specialists, it provides an overview of the challenges and the latest advances in diagnosis and treatment of traumatic peripheral nerve injuries. It presents an outline of state-of the-art procedures from diagnostics, including newest imaging techniques, over conventional and alternative surgical approaches to clinical follow-up and rehabilitation, including the latest concepts to improve functional recovery. The purely clinical topics are preceded by neuroanatomical principles and neurobiological events related to peripheral nerve transection injuries and followed by an outlook on current experimental developments in the area of biomaterials for artificial nerve grafts and peripheral nerve tissue engineering. Peripheral nerve injuries not only affect the nerve tissue at the site of injury, but also target tissue and parts of the central nervous system. They often have dramatic consequences for patients, including loss of sensory and motor functions combined with paresthesia or pain, and a reduced quality of life and ability to work. An adequate understanding of the procedures for proper decision-making and reconstructing peripheral nerves is therefore essential to ensure optimized functional recovery."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Volodymyr Nadykto, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the latest trends and challenges in the development of general engineering and mechanical engineering in particular. Energy sector workers will benefit from findings that reveal innovative ways to solve electrical engineering challenges especially those based on the use of electro technologies. Agricultural and horticultural product processors will find the scientifically grounded recommendations in this book on extending the period of its storage, improving quality, etc. very useful and timely. The effectiveness of the practical application of the trends presented in this book is based on the results of relevant scientific research in the direction of the agricultural production, its economics, management, finance and marketing.

    Contents:
    Opment
    Modeling innovative economic activity of peasant farm
    Prospects of Ukraine on the World Market of Dairy Desserts
    Cognitive modeling in the regional strategic management
    Managing Competitiveness of the Enterprise: Theoretical-methodological Aspect
    International Ranking and Clustering Systems in Complex Evaluation of Demographic and Migration Processes
    Ukraine in the context of the world organic production of agricultural products
    Development and incipience decentralization of authority in Ukraine and formation of its impact on local budgets financial capacity
    Analyses of Personnel Usage at Agricultural Enterprises
    Methodical approaches to implementation of financial bank stability
    Accounting and analytical methods for identifying risks of agricultural enterprises sustainable development
    Managing of the Living Quality of Population in the Social Sphere
    Accounting essence of amortization policy
    Problems and prospects for development of family households in Ukraine
    Comprehensive Assessment of the White Roots Aroma
    Influence of the Growth Regulator Application Method on Antioxidant Plant System Activity of Winter Wheat (Triticum Aestivum L.)
    Effects of Different Dietary Selenium Sources Including Probiotics Mixture on Growth Performance, feed Utilization, Serum Biochemical Profile of Quails
    Influence of Oat Seed Extract Bioflavonoids on the Antioxidant Status of Geese
    Screening of Agricultural Raw Materials and Long-term Storage Products to Identify Bacillary Contaminants
    Development of Formulation and Quality Assessment of Fast-Cooking Grain Composition for Pregnant Women
    Innovative Technology of the Scoured Core of the Sunflower Seeds After Oil Expression for the Bread Quality Increasing
    Effect of Living Mulch on Chlorophyll Index, Leaf Moisture Content and Leaf Area of Sweet Cherry (Prunus avium L.)
    Modification of Modeling Methods Toxic Hepatodistrophy in Rats
    Technological Properties of W inter Wheat Grain Depending on the Ecological and Geographical Origin of a Variety and Weather Conditions
    Multicriteria Optimization of Quality Indicators of Sweet Cherryfruits of Ukrainian Selection During Freezing and Storage
    Effect of Preparations Methyure (6-methyl-2-mercapto-4-hydroxypyrimidine) on Corn (Zea Mays L.) Biological Productivity under Saline Soil Conditions
    Sweet Ices with High Nutritional Value
    Nitrogen in Soil Profile and Fruits in the Intensive Apple Cultivation Technology
    Technological Indices of Spring Wheat Grain Depending on the Nitrogen Supply
    Use of Alternative Types of Fuel for Grain Drying
    Effect of Seed Sowing Period on Antioxidant Protection of Basil (Ocimum Basilicum L.) under Greenhouse Conditions
    Determining the Risks of the Production Environment of an Agricultural Enterprise
    Development of Emulsion Sauce Technology for Preventive Nutrition
    The Influence of AKM Growth Regulator on Photosynthetic Activity of Oilseed Flax Plants in the Conditions of Insufficient Humidification of the Southern Steppe of Ukraine
    Investigation of the Grinding Mode of the Enriched Wheat Products in the Rolling Mill 1- Grinding System of the Milling Mill of Wheat Grinding.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    by Eugene Lepeschkin ; foreword by Frank N. Wilson.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L683 .L59 1951
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Vangelis Sakkalis.
    Summary: Modern Electroencephalographic Assessment Techniques: Theory and Applications presents numerous signal processing and connectivity analysis methodologies addressing a wide variety of clinical applications including epilepsy, schizophrenia, Alzheimer's disease and even alcoholism. Among the different topics addressed, the neurophysiological basis of cognitive processes is also investigated. The goal is to provide a comprehensive overview of the most modern and widely established approaches mainly applied in, but not limited to, decomposing high resolution multichannel Electroencephalography (EEG) and Magnetoencephalography (MEG) signals into functional interconnected brain regions. Synergistic approaches linking both EEG/ MEG and functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (fMRI) techniques are also discussed. In line with the popular Neuromethods series, chapters present the theoretical basis of each method along with prosperous application domains, in the form of a balanced mixture of theoretical tutorials, comprehensive reviews and original research. Emphasis is given to the underlying assumptions, to technical matters that greatly affect the outcome of each proposed method, to the ambitions and to the domain of application of each method. Furthermore, links to graph theory and visualization of connectivity motifs is also addressed in an attempt to better describe the functional characteristics of brain networks.Authoritative and practical, Modern Electroencephalographic Assessment Techniques: Theory and Applications touches upon both the biomedical and computational aspects of this exciting and rapidly evolving field and will allow for a more in-depth, vital understanding of the brain's complex underlying mechanisms.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Timothy L. Lash, Tyler J. VanderWeele, Sebastien Haneuse, Kenneth J. Rothman.
    Summary: The thoroughly revised and updated Third Edition of Dr. Rothman's acclaimed Modern Epidemiology reflects the conceptual development of this evolving science and the engagement of epidemiologists with an increasing range of current public health concerns.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Reinhold Ganz, editor.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses both the history and the current concepts of modern hip preservation surgery. Offering an overview of the game-changing studies on the hip and pelvis vascular anatomy it thoroughly describes the evolution of a new and comprehensive pathophysiology of the hip joint degeneration. Moreover, in the first part, particular emphasis is devoted to the history and current knowledge of femoroacetabular impingement and hip dysplasia. The second part examines the main surgical procedures that have evolved and matured since the 1980s, culminating in a new class of open surgical approaches, such as hip surgical dislocation, periacetabular osteotomies, proximal femoral osteotomies and corrections, and widening the door for hip-arthroscopy. Based on over 40 years of practical and pioneering experience by the editor and 15 years of collaboration with the GICCA Study Group, this book offers a valuable resource to residents, researchers and practicing orthopedic surgeon wishing to gain insights into hip preservation surgery.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    1 Vascular anatomy of the hip: an update
    2 Femoro-acetabular impingement: concept and treatment
    3 Overview on developmental dysplasia of the hip
    4 Safe surgical dislocation of the hip: anatomic preconditions, technique and results
    5 Extended retinacular flap for intra-articular hip surgery: Operative technique and indications
    6 Femoroacetabular impingement - treatment options: arthroscopy
    7 Femoro acetabular impingement - treatment options: open femoral osteochondroplasty and rim trimming
    8 Acetabular reorientation procedure
    9 How to reduce the risk of nerve injury during Bernese PAO?
    10 Surgical hip dislocation for anatomic reorientation of slipped capital femoral epiphysis
    11 Relative lengthening of the femoral neck
    12 Indications and results of femoral neck osteotomy in adults
    13 Subtrochanteric osteotomy for the management of femoral mal-torsion
    14 Surgical hip dislocation in traumatology
    15 Intra- and juxta-capsular osteotomies for childhood deformities of the hip: Surgical technique and follow-up of selected cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rifat Latifi, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the modern hospital and serves as a valuable resource for hospital administrators, clinicians, surgeons, nurses, researchers, and the public who has an interest in the hospital as an industry. Early sections discuss the transformation of hospitals over the centuries, the new medical world order, the concept of the modern hospital, the academic mission of the modern hospital, and the economics of modern healthcare. The text also addresses the nine specific elements of hospital modernization, including the organization of new emergency departments, the trauma room, hybrid operating rooms, intensive care units, radiology, pharmaceutical, nutritional and, finally, patient and public relation services as essential aspects of every modern hospital. These nine elements reflect the most important and most visible indicators of modernization and transformation of the modern hospital. Lastly, this book examines the team approach as an essential component of embracing the new hospital transformation as well as specific perspectives on the modern hospital, such as perspectives of nurses, physicians, surgeons, and hospital administrators. All chapters are written by practicing experts in their fields and include the most current scientific and clinical information.

    Contents:
    The New Medical World Order: Not so flat
    Five Transformative Episodes in the History of the American Hospital
    Hospital and Healthcare Transformation over the Last few Decades
    Navigating and Rebuilding Academic Health Systems (AHS)
    Academic Mission of the New Hospital: More Than Just the Bottom Line
    The Role of the Hospital in the Healthcare System
    Can Hospitals Advance Health Equity in the United States? The Influence of Technology, Economics and Policy
    The Tall Order of the Modern Hospital: Balancing Patient Care with Economics and Academic Missions. Administrator's Perspective
    The Modern Hospital: Patient Centered, Science Based
    Modern Hospitals, Airports, Surgeons, and Pilots: What do they have in Common?
    Disease-oriented Regionalization Approach: Quality of Care and Volume Above All
    Volume, Quality and Research of the Modern Hospital: The Survivable Strategy
    Precision Medicine: Disruptive Technology in the Modern Hospital
    Nanotechnology: Managing Molecules for Modern Medicine
    Advanced Technologies: Paperless Hospital, the Cost and the Benefits
    Newer does not Necessarily Mean Better
    The Winning Team: Science, Knowledge, Industry and Information
    Modern Hospital training Grounds- Dealing with Resident Issues in New Era
    Healthcare Provider-centered: Ergonomics of Movement and Functionality
    Ergonomics in Minimal Access Surgery
    Emergency Department of the New Era
    Trauma Room: “A minute Man” Operating room- Managing the Chaos Using Technologies
    Acute Care Surgical Services: return to Traditional Surgery as Back Bone of the Modern Hospital
    Ambulatory Surgery Services: Changing the Paradigm of Surgical Practice
    Cardiac Surgery in the Modern Hospital
    Transplant Services ? The Surgery is the Least of It
    The Imaging Department of the Modern Hospital
    Intensive Care Unit Model of Modern Hospital: Genomically Oriented, Biology Based
    Surgeon of the Modern Hospital
    The Solo Surgeon in the Modern Hospital
    The Role of Hospitalists in a New Hospital: Physician?s Perspective
    The Nurse in the Modern Hospital
    Wound Healing: Proof-of-Principle Model for the Modern Hospital- Patient Stratification, Prediction, Prevention and Personalisation of Treatment
    Home Healthcare Services as an Extension of Intensive Care Unit
    The Hospital of the Future-Evidence Based, Data Driven
    Embracing the New Transformation Through Team Approach
    Patient-Centered Care: Making the Modern Hospital Truly Modern
    The Architecture of New Hospitals: Complex, Yet Simple and Beautiful
    Patient's Perception is the New Reality: The intersection of multiple stakeholders and their experience and perception of your organization and why it matters
    Surgical Volunteerism as an Extension of Modern Hospital: Serving one Patient at a time and Building Bridges
    The Human Cost of Modern Hospital and Healthcare.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peiguo Chu and Lawrence Weiss.
    Summary: Since the publication of the first edition of this best-selling book in 2009, the field of immunohistochemistry has advanced significantly. Fully updated to reflect the latest developments in the field, Modern Immunohistochemistry, Second Edition, is a practical guide to all the important diagnostic markers in each organ system. Concise text is supplemented by over 1,100 high-quality colour images and algorithms. The new edition features even more summary tables, highlighting the key points of differential immunophenotypic panels. A new, expanded introduction explains the basic principles of immunohistochemistry, and chapters have been updated to incorporate predictive/prognostic markers and the latest WHO classifications. All chapters are written by the same expert authors, providing a consistent, engaging style throughout and avoiding contradictory advice. An essential text for residents, this is also an extremely valuable resource for practitioners in anatomic pathology wishing to familiarise themselves with diagnostic markers at a quick glance.

    Contents:
    Skin tumors
    Tumors of head and neck
    Tumors of the lung and mediastinum
    Tumors of endocrine system
    Tumors of the digestive system
    Tumors of genitourinary system
    Tumors of breast and female genital organs
    Hematopoietic and lymphoid tumors
    Tumors of soft tissue and bone
    Tumors of central nervous system
    Metastatic carcinoma of unknown primary.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2014
  • Digital
    Johan Giesecke.
    Summary: Highly practical yet authoritative, the new edition of Modern Infectious Disease Epidemiology has been thoroughly updated and revised in line with changing health concerns. This successful book continues to outline the tools available to the infectious disease student or clinician seeking a thorough background in the epidemiology of infectious and communicable diseases. Building on many case studies and practical scenarios included, the book then uses the tools learnt to illustrate the fundamental concepts of the study of infectious diseases, such as infection spread, surveillance and control, Infectivity, incubation periods, seroepidemiology, and immunity in populations. New edition of this popular book, completely revised and updated, Retains the clarity and down-to-earth approach praised in previous editions, Successfully combines epidemiological theory with the principles of infectious disease treatment and control, A highly experienced author brings a personal and unique approach to this Important subject, All students of epidemiology, infectious disease medicine and microbiology will find this text invaluable, ensuring its continued popularity. Book jacket.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Graham A. Webb (ed.).
    Contents:
    Applications in chemistry, biological and marine sciences. pt. 1, [1-3]
    Applications in medical and pharmaceutical sciences. pt. 2, [4-5]
    Applications in materials science and food science. pt. 3, [6-7].
    Digital Access Springer 2006
  • Digital
    Riccardo A. Audisio, James G. Geraghty, and Walter E. Longo, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Salam O. Salman, editor.
    Summary: This book provides detailed, specific information regarding the non-surgical and surgical treatment modalities currently employed for the management of obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) with the aim of enabling practitioners to achieve optimal outcomes in individual patients. The book opens by offering clear guidance on the medical and surgical evaluation of patients with OSA. Coverage of medical management options includes positive airway pressure therapy, positional therapy, the use of mandibular repositioning devices, along with other treatment modalities. Surgical interventions are then exhaustively described in a series of chapters that document the approaches to specific sites of obstruction. Information is included on operative airway management, and the concluding chapter addresses the care of pediatric patients. Modern Management of Obstructive Sleep Apnea will be a valuable asset for oral and maxillofacial surgeons, otolaryngologists, and sleep medicine physicians.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert Dickson, Juergen Harms.
    Contents:
    The beginnings of surgery for spinal deformities
    Basic principles
    The etiology of spinal deformities
    Idiopathic scoliosis
    Scheuermann's disease
    Congenital deformities
    Neuromuscular deformities
    Deformities associated with neurofibromatosis
    Spinal deformity due to tumors
    Miscellaneous conditions associated with spine deformities
    Spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    edited by Mostafa Metwally, Tin-Chiu Li.
    Summary: "Uterine fibroids are a major cause of morbidity in women. Fibroids have variable clinical presentations, depending on size and location. These include pelvic pain (20 to 40% of patients), bleeding (30% of patients), and anemia. Fibroids are the leading cause of hysterectomy in the United States. Bleeding from fibroids generally presents as abnormal uterine bleeding (AUB) and often prolonged or heavy menstrual bleeding (HMB). Fibroids that bleed are more frequently submucosal or extend into the endometrial cavity. Other problems 8 related to fibroids include problems with implantation, preterm labor, recurrent loss of pregnancy, obstruction of labor and urinary incontinence. Medical costs for patients with fibroids in the United States were estimated as $4.1 to $9.4 billion in 2010 US dollars"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Pathophysiology of uterine fibroids / Mohamed Otify & Hilary Critchley
    Evaluation of uterine fibroids using two-dimensional and three dimensional ultrasonography / Sotirios Saravelos
    Ulipristal and other medical treatments for the management of uterine fibroids / Mohamed Ali, Zunir Chaudhry & Ayman Al-Hendy
    The role of MRI imaging in the management of fibroids / Lisa Shannon & Shahram Abdi
    Fibroids and fertility / Tulay Karasu & Mostafa Metwally
    Fibroids and reproduction / Elizabeth Pritts
    Open myomectomy / T.C. Li & Jacqueline Chung
    Instrumentation for laparoscopic and robotic myomectomy / Ahmed El-Minawi
    Principles and techniques of laparoscopic myomectomy / Ephia Yasmin & Ertan Saridogan
    Uterine fibroids : the morcellation debate / Jimmy Alvarez & Charles Miller
    Total laparoscopic hysterectomy for fibroid uterus / Alpha Gebeh & Mostafa Metwally
    Hysteroscopic resection of submucosal fibroids / Rudi Campo & Cristine Di Cesare
    Intramural myoma and fertility / Dan Yu, T.C. Li & Enlan Xia
    Outpatient myomectomy / Mary Connor
    Vaginal hysterectomy with fibroids / Swati Jha
    Leiomyosarcoma : implications for the treatment of fibroids / Elizabeth Pritts
    MRI-guided ultrasound lysis of fibroids / Jessica Gelman & Charles Miller
    Uterine fibroid embolization for the management of uterine fibroid / Mark Regi, Krit Dwivedi & Trevor Cleveland
    Uterine fibroids in postmenopausal women / Mohamed Ali, Zunir Chaydhry & Ayman Al-Hendy.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Hilde Löfqvist.
    Summary: This unique book is structured to give the reader a comprehensive view to understand the decline of hormones at midlife and the risks and benefits of evidence based hormonal treatments. The difference between bio-identical and synthetic hormones is shown. With this book the author intends to restore the trust of the mostly positive effects of hormone treatment during menopause. In this book effective hormone treatments that may be carried on for years are discussed. Those hormones may even prevent age related diseases (arthralgia, osteoporosis, cardiovascular diseases) if started at the right time frame directly after menopause, known as "window of opportunity". This book fills a gap for medical health providers and can be of benefit for all women searching evidence-based information and answers on hormone menopausal changes and treatments. The book provides the reader with case histories to show how different women are at the menopausal transition, and what the doctor has to consider in the choice of investigation and treatment.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    About the Book
    Contents
    About the Author
    Abbreviations
    Chapter 1: Midlife Crisis During the Female Hormonal Transition, a Theme with Variations
    1.1 How It Feels When Sex Hormones Are Declining
    1.2 Resilience, the Ability to Cope with Difficulties
    1.3 The Menopause Rating Scale (MRS)
    1.4 Symptoms and Apprehensions
    1.4.1 Hot Flushes
    1.4.2 Sleeping Disorders
    1.4.3 Mental Disorders
    1.4.4 Sexual Problems
    1.4.5 Physical Disorders
    1.5 Cultural, Social and Ethnic Differences in Climacteric Symptoms and Treatments 1.6 Summary for the Health Professional
    1.7 Summary for the Climacteric Woman
    References
    Chapter 2: Hormones
    2.1 What Are Hormones?
    2.2 The Sex Hormones
    2.2.1 Oestrogens
    2.2.2 Androgens
    2.2.3 Progesterone
    2.3 Hormonal Changes from the Conception Until the Postmenopausal Period
    2.3.1 Conception
    2.3.2 The Foetus
    2.3.3 The Newborn Female Baby
    2.3.4 Childhood
    2.3.5 Prepuberty
    2.3.6 Adolescence
    2.3.7 The Mature Woman
    2.3.8 The Menopausal Transition
    2.3.9 Perimenopause
    2.3.10 Menopause and the Postmenopause 2.4 Other Important Hormones, Which Decrease with Age
    2.4.1 Growth Hormone
    2.4.2 Melatonin
    2.5 Hormones That Are Important All Through Life
    2.5.1 Thyroid Hormones
    2.5.2 Insulin
    2.5.3 Leptin
    2.5.4 Stress Hormones
    2.6 Summary for the Health Professional
    2.7 Summary for the Climacteric Woman
    References
    Chapter 3: Menopause Treatments with Hormones
    3.1 Treatment of Age-Related Hormone Deficiency in Menopause
    3.1.1 Oestradiol
    3.1.1.1 Oral Oestradiol (a)
    3.1.1.2 Transdermal Oestradiol (b)
    3.1.1.3 Vaginal Oestradiol
    3.1.2 Oestriol
    3.1.3 Progesterone 3.1.3.1 Oral Micronized Progesterone
    3.1.3.2 Vaginal Progesterone
    3.1.3.3 Percutaneous Progesterone
    3.1.4 Androgens
    3.1.4.1 Testosterone
    3.1.4.2 DHEA
    3.1.5 Phytoestrogens
    3.1.6 Progestogens
    3.1.7 Conjugated Equine Estrogens
    3.2 Hormonal Treatment of Gynaecological Disorders During the Menopausal Transition
    3.2.1 Progestins as Monotherapy
    3.2.2 Progestogens + Oestradiol/Ethinyloestradiol (OC, Oral Contraceptive Pills)
    3.3 Advantages and Disadvantages in the Use of Different Menopausal Hormone Treatments
    3.4 Hormonal Treatment in Menopause After Cancer 3.5 Summary for the Health Professional
    3.6 Summary for the Climacteric Woman
    References
    Chapter 4: Treatment with Female Hormones: Rise and Fall, Confusion and Comeback
    4.1 Positive Attitudes to Female Hormones Until 2002
    4.2 The Impact of the WHI Study, Misinterpretation and Confusion
    4.3 Protests Against Female Hormone Treatment
    4.4 Body-Identical Hormone Replacement Therapy: The European Development
    4.5 Bio-identical Hormone Replacement Therapy (BHRT): The American Development
    4.6 The Renaissance of the Hormonal Treatment
    4.7 Summary for the Health Professional
    4.8 Summary for the Climacteric Woman.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ton J. Cleophas, Aeilko H. Zwinderman.
    Summary: Modern meta-analyses do more than combine the effect sizes of a series of similar studies. Meta-analyses are currently increasingly applied for any analysis beyond the primary analysis of studies, and for the analysis of big data. This 26-chapter book was written for nonmathematical professionals of medical and health care, in the first place, but, in addition, for anyone involved in any field involving scientific research. The authors have published over twenty innovative meta-analyses from the turn of the century till now. This edition will review the current state of the art, and will use for that purpose the methodological aspects of the authors' own publications, in addition to other relevant methodological issues from the literature. Are there alternative works in the field? Yes, there are, particularly in the field of psychology. Psychologists have invented meta-analyses in 1970, and have continuously updated methodologies. Although very interesting, their work, just like the whole discipline of psychology, is rather explorative in nature, and so is their focus to meta-analysis. Then, there is the field of epidemiologists. Many of them are from the school of angry young men, who publish shocking news all the time, and JAMA and other publishers are happy to publish it. The reality is, of course, that things are usually not as bad as they seem. Finally, some textbooks, written by professional statisticians, tend to use software programs with miserable menu programs and requiring lots of syntax to be learnt. This is prohibitive to clinical and other health professionals. The current edition is the first textbook in the field of meta-analysis entirely written by two clinical scientists, and it consists of many data examples and step by step analyses, mostly from the authors' own clinical research.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Meta-Analysis in a Nutshell
    Mathematical Fram-ework
    Meta-Analysis and the Scientific Method
    Meta-Analysis and Random Effects Analysis
    Meta-Analysis Software Programs
    Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials
    Meta-Analysis of Observational plus Randomized Studies
    Meta-Analysis of Observational Studies
    Meta-Regression
    Meta-Analysis of Diagnostic Studies
    Meta-Meta-Analyses
    Network Meta-Analysis
    Random Intercepts Meta-Analysis
    Probit Regression
    Meta-Analysis with General Loglinear Models
    Meta-Analysis with Variance Components
    Ensembled Correlation Coefficients
    Ensembled Accuracies
    Meta-Analyses with Multivariate Assessments
    Transforming Odds Ratios into Correlation Coefficients
    Meta-Analyses with Direct and Indirect Comparisons
    Contrast Coefficients Meta-Analysis
    Meta-Analysis with Evolutionary Operations.-
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    author, Roger E. Schirmer.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RS189 .S29
    3
  • Digital
    John F. Reinisch, Youssef Tahiri, editors.
    Summary: Microtia is a rare congenital deformity where the external ear is underdeveloped or absent. Occurring on average in one out of 12,000 children born in the world, there are very few books dedicated to ear reconstruction and microtia, specifically. Microtia reconstruction is a relatively uncommon and notoriously difficult procedure, where hearing as well as external ear deformity need to be addressed. This book is the result of 30 years dedicated to the surgical treatment of microtia: understanding in depth the pathophysiology and trying various surgical techniques to provide long lasting and pleasing aesthetic and functional results. With the limited amount of published information on microtia and ear reconstruction, Modern Microtia Reconstruction shines significant light on the new techniques and advances currently available. It presents advanced surgical techniques alongside inventive approaches that will lay the foundation on which surgeons can continue to expand their knowledge and know-how of the surgical approach of ear reconstruction. While the literature that is currently available on ear reconstruction focuses primarily on cartilage-based surgery, this book explores several other techniques detailing their advantages and disadvantages for both the surgeon and the patient discussing techniques for primary ear reconstruction, secondary ear reconstruction, reconstruction in the unsatisfied patient, as well as for post-traumatic ear reconstruction. Providing not only full-color images and illustrations but extensive video clips of each surgical technique to truly see and experience the subtleties of the surgery in a variety of patients. The primary audience is plastic surgeons, ENT surgeons, oral/maxillofacial surgeons, audiologists, physicians assistants, and nurse practitioners with a secondary audience of course being highly knowledgeable parents of patients with microtia. With over a quarter of a century experience between the two editors, this book repre sents a major advance in showing a reliable approach to ear reconstruction surgery.

    Contents:
    Dedication
    First Preface: Ear Reconstruction in the Twenty First Century
    Second Preface: Benefits of Connecting the Dots and Staying Hungry
    Contributors
    1: Anatomy and Anthropometry of the Ear
    2: Classification of Congenital Ear Deformities
    3: Microtia
    4: Microtia-Associated Syndromes
    5: Autologous Ear Reconstruction
    6: Polyethylene Ear Reconstruction: A State-of-the-Art Surgical Technique
    7: Complications and Management of Alloplastic Ear Reconstruction
    8: Other Techniques for Microtia Management
    9: Management of Conductive Hearing Loss Associated with Aural Atresia and Microtia
    10: Combined Atresia Microtia (CAM) Repair: A New Method of Reconstruction of Form and Function in Congenital Aural Atresia and Microtia
    11: Bilateral Microtia Reconstruction
    12: Adjunct Procedures Related to Mandibular Reconstruction and Soft Tissue Facial Improvement
    13: Salvage of the Unsatisfactory Microtia Reconstruction
    14: Non-Microtia Ear Reconstruction
    15: Treacher Collins Franceschetti Syndrome
    16: Tissue Engineering an Ear
    17: Anesthesia Considerations in Ear Reconstruction
    18: Medical Photography
    19: Evolution of Porous Polyethylene Ear Reconstruction
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, A. Catharine Ross, Benjamin Caballero, Robert J. Cousins, Katherine L. Tucker, Thomas R. Ziegler.
    Contents:
    Part I. Specific Dietary Components
    A. Major dietary constituents
    B. Minerals
    C. Vitamins
    D. Other compounds with health relevance
    Part II. Nutritional Roles in Integrated Biological Systems
    A. Nutrient-gene mechanisms
    B. Digestive, endocrine, immune, and neural mechanisms
    Part III. Nutritional Needs and Assessment During the Life Cycle and Physiologic Changes
    Part IV. Prevention and Management of Disease
    A. Obesity and diabetes
    B. Cardiovascular diseases
    C. Pediatric and adolescent disorders
    D. Disorders of the alimentary tract
    E. Nutritional management during cancer
    F. Skeletal and joint disorders
    G. Nutrition in surgery and trauma
    H. Behavioral, psychiatric, and neurologic disorders
    I. Other systemic disorders
    J. Food additives, hazards, and nutrient-drug interactions
    Part V. Nutrition of Populations
    A. Nutrition in a changing world.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Print
    Howells, John G.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC331 .M689
    7
  • Digital
    Jim Kozubek.
    Summary: This book tells the dramatic story of Crispr and the potential impact of this gene-editing technology.

    Contents:
    Crispr, Cas and capitalists
    The gene trade
    Asilomar
    We can play God in that cell
    Modem Prometheus
    Biopolitics
    Life in a bubble
    To summon a leviathan
    A molecular fairytale
    Secrets from a freshwater fish
    Gene hackers
    Washington.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Hamid Mirzaei, Martin Carrasco, editors.
    Contents:
    Sample preparation strategies for proteomics. Proteomes, their compositions and their sources / Anna Kwasnik, Claire Tonry, Angela Mc Ardle, Aisha Qasim Butt, Rosanna Inzitari [and others]
    Protein fractionation and enrichment prior to proteomics sample preparation / Andrew J. Alpert
    Sample preparation for mass spectrometry-based proteomics; from proteomes to peptides / John C. Rogers, Ryan D. Bomgarden
    Plant structure and specificity: challenges and sample preparation considerations for proteomics / Sophie Alvarez, Michael J. Naldrett
    Improving proteome coverage by reducing sample complexity via chromatography / Uma Kota, Mark L. Stolowitz
    Mass spectrometry for proteomics analysis. Database search engines: paradigms, challenges and solutions / Kenneth Verheggen, Lennart Martens, Frode S. Berven, Harald Barsnes, Marc Vaudel
    Mass analyzers and mass spectrometers / Anthony M. Haag
    Top-down mass spectrometry: proteomics to proteoforms / Steven M. Patrie
    Bioinfomatic tools for proteomics data analysis and interpretation. Platforms and pipelines for proteomics data analysis and management / Marius Cosmin Codrea, Sven Nahnsen
    Tandem mass spectrum sequencing: an alternative to database search engines in shotgun proteomics / Thilo Muth, Erdmann Rapp, Frode S. Berven, Harald Barsnes, Marc Vaudel
    Visualization, inspection and interpretation of shotgun proteomics identification results / Ragnhild R. Lereim, Eystein Oveland, Frode S. Berven, Marc Vaudel, Harald Barsnes
    Protein inference / Zengyou He, Ting Huang, Can Zhao, Ben Teng
    Modification site localization in peptides / Robert J. Chalkley
    Useful web resources / Andre Bui, Maria D. Person
    Mass spectrometry-based protein quantification / Yun Chen, Fuqiang Wang, Feifei Xu, Ting Yang
    Bioinformatics tools for proteomics data interpretation / Karla Grisel Calderón-González, Jesús Hernández-Monge, María Esther Herrera-Aguirre [and others]
    Applications of proteomis technologies in biological and medical sciences. Identification, quantification, and site localization of protein posttranslational modifications via mass spectrometry-based proteomics / Mi Ke, Hainan Shen, Linjue Wang, Shusheng Luo, Lin Lin, Jie Yang, Ruijun Tian
    Protein-protein interaction detection via mass spectrometry-based proteomics / Benedetta Turriziani, Alexander von Kriegsheim, Stephen R. Pennington
    Protein structural analysis via mass spectrometry-based proteomics / Antonio Artigues, Owen W. Nadeau, Mary Ashley Rimmer, Maria T. Villar, Xiuxia Du [and others]
    Introduction to clinical proteomics / John E. Wiktorowicz, Allan R. Brasier
    Clinical proteomics. Discovery of candidate biomarkers / John E. Wiktorowicz, Kizhake V. Soman
    Statistical approaches to candidate biomarker panel selection / Heidi M. Spratt, Hyunsu Ju
    Qualification and verification of protein biomarker candidates / Yingxin Zhao, Allan R. Brasier
    Protocol for standardizing high-to-moderate abundance protein biomarker assessments through an mrm-with-standard-peptides quantitative approach / Andrew J. Percy, Juncong Yang, Andrew G. Chambers, Yassene Mohammed, Tasso Miliotis [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2016
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Click on Series link(s) for access options
  • Digital
    Mark Roettger, editor.
    Summary: This book is intended as a one-stop reference that will assist primary care community dentists, sports physicians, athletic trainers, and emergency room physicians in meeting the needs of athletes when managing facial and dental trauma and sports-related oral diseases. The opening chapters provide a complete review of sports-related dentoalveolar trauma, with coverage of emergent care, the role of endodontics, surgical issues, and restorative considerations. Prevention of dental trauma by means of mouthguards is then examined, with attention to materials and design, public policy concerning the use of mouthguards, and the role of mouthguards in relation to the ever more pressing issue of concussion in sport. Dental erosion in athletes, for example due to energy drinks, is discussed, as are the possible sequelae of use of spit tobacco, performance-enhancing drugs, and ergogenic aids. The new topic of the potential value of dental appliances in enhancing sports performance is also addressed. The book concludes by reviewing the role of the dentist within the multidisciplinary sports medicine team. The text is supported by an abundance of informative illustrations.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Sports Dentistry
    Epidemiology of Athletic Dental Trauma
    Sports Related Dento-Alveolar Trauma: Emergent Care
    Role of Endodontics in Dental Trauma
    Facial Trauma Oral Maxillofacial Surgical Issues
    Temporomandibular Joint Trauma
    Restorative Considerations of Athletic Dental Trauma
    Prevention of Athletic Dental Trauma: The Mouthguard
    Sports Dentistry and Public Health: Rules, Policy and Politics
    Concussion in Sport: Role of Dentistry
    Dental Erosion in Sports
    Tobacco Use and Sport
    Athletic Performance: Drugs and Ergogenic Aids
    Oral appliances and athletic performance
    Team Dentist: Role of the Dentist in the Modern Sports Medicine Team.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Thorek, Max.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M32 .T48 1949
    5
  • Digital
    volume editors, Marilyn M. Bui, Liron Pantanowitz.
    Summary: "The purpose of this book is to describe, illustrate, and review many of the most recent developments regarding modern techniques employed in cytopathology. It is intended for all cytologists, including cytopathologists, cytotechnologists, cytology lab assistants, trainees, research scientists, and anyone who is interested in the field of cytopathology"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The interventional cytopathologist and ultrasound-guided fine-needle aspiration / Rollins, S.D.
    Cell blocks : evolution, modernization and assimilation into emerging technologies / Saqi, A.; Balassanian, R.
    Fluorescence in-situ hybridization in cytopathology / Monaco, S.E.; Dacic, S.
    Next-generation sequencing in cytopathology / Roy-Chowdhuri, S.; Roy, S.; Pantanowitz, L.
    Liquid biopsy : recent advances in the detection of circulating tumor cells and their clinical application / Katz, R.L.; Zaidi, T.; Ni, X.
    Computer-assisted pap test screening / Pantanowitz, L.; Bui, M.M.
    Telecytology for rapid on-site evaluation / Hanna, M.G.; Lin, O.; Sirintrapun, S.J.; Pantanowitz, L.
    Whole-slide imaging in cytopathology / Li, Z.; Quick, M.; Pantanowitz, L.
    Image analysis in cytopathology / Pantanowitz, L.; Bui, M.M.
    Other cytology applications : clinical trials, checkpoint inhibitors, and cytobanking / Pantanowitz, L.; Monaco, S.E.; da Cunha Santos, G.
    Digital Access Karger 2020
  • Print
    edited by Frankis T. Evans and T. Cecil Gray.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M81 .E93 1958
    1
  • Digital
    Gabriel Cristóbal, Saúl Blanco, Gloria Bueno, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    [edited by] Edward E. Wallach, Roger D. Kempers ; under the auspices of the American Fertility Society.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RG201 .M62
    2
  • Digital
    Sajal Chakraborti, Naranjan S. Dhalla, Madhu Dikshit, Nirmal K. Ganguly, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights the multifaceted roles of Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) in modulating normal cellular and molecular mechanisms during the development of different types of heart disease. Each chapter in the book deals with the role that altered redox homeostasis plays in the pathophysiology of heart disease. In addition, the book explains how reactive oxidant species interact with their targets and provides novel strategies for attenuating oxidative stress-induced types of heart disease. The book not only covers ROS-induced response in heart disease at the cellular level, but also demonstrates that an imbalance of redox states has its roots in our genes, and explains the ways gene expression is regulated. In turn, it reviews potential sources of ROS, their pathological effects on the heart, and potential sites for therapeutic interventions.

    Contents:
    A. Regulation of Oxidative Stress
    1. Impact of genetic and epigenetic factors on the oxidative stress in cardiovascular disease
    2. Role of aging and metabolic disease in oxidative stress of heart
    3. Role of monoamine oxidases in heart diseases
    4. Role of miRNA in oxidative stress induced heart diseases
    5. Modulation of Oxidative (stressed) Heart Disease by Uncoupling Proteins
    6. Redox regulation in heart by ion channels
    7. Molecular regulators in ROS mediated cardiac diseases.
    8. The inflammatory stress that follows preceded oxidative stresses in the pathogenesisof heart diseases
    9. Metabolic signatures of redox-dependent cardiovascular disease.
    10. Role of heat shock proteins in oxidative stress induced heart diseases. B. Pathophysiology of Oxidative Stress
    11. Oxidative stress in metabolic syndrome : experimental model of biomarkers
    12. Oxidative stress as a critical determinant of adult cardiac progenitor cell-fatedecisions
    13. Role of oxidative stress in hyperhomocysteinemia-induced heart disease
    14. Oxidative Stress and the Aging Heart
    15. Basic mechanisms of ischemia/reperfusion injury leading to cellular and tissuedamage
    16. Oxidative stress in congenital heart defects.
    17. Nitrosative stress and cardiogenesis: Cardiac remodeling perturbs embryonicmetabolome
    18. Oxidative Stress and Mitochondrial Dysfunction in Heart Diseases
    19. Role of oxidative stress, mitochondrial dysfunction and autophagy in cardiovasculardisease: Its pathogenesis and amelioration by different small natural molecules
    20. Regulation of cardiac ion channels in stress related heart diseases 21.In silico perspectives of the mechanism of oxidative stress during the onset of heart disease. 22.Biomarkers of oxidative stress and endothelial dysfunction in the elderly: oxidizedLDL versus LDL oxidizability C. Prevention & therapeutics
    23. Restoring nitroso-redox balance as a therapeutic for heart disease
    24. Oxidative stress role in cardiovascular prevention and disease
    25. Mitochondrial dynamics and mitophagy in heart: role in disease and interventional opportunities
    26. Role of exercise in prevention and treatment of heart diseases: focus on redox balance
    27. Mitochondrial biology and its therapeutic use in cardiovascular disease
    28. Oxidative stress-driven cardiotoxicity of cancer drugs.
    29. Modifying redox signaling to enhance success of regenerative therapy in the heart.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Thomas G. Boyce, MD, MPH Associate Clinical Professor, University of North Carolina, Pediatric Infectious Diseases and Immunology Levine Children's Hospital, Atrium Health, Charlotte, North Carolina.
    Summary: This comprehensive board review book prepares pediatric residents, fellows, and practitioners for the pediatric ID board exam, which is given every other year. Each chapter begins with a short summary and contain 15-20 questions with detailed explanations and suggested readings. Written as a complement to the main Moffet's, the board review book's contents are structured in a similar fashion. The review book also includes two new chapters on the principles of immunization and use of antimicrobial agents, which are increasingly important topics in pediatrics and general infectious disease prevention. While the subspecialty itself is small, general pediatricians see a range of infectious disease on a regular basis. Additionally, infectious disease makes up 7% of the general pediatrics board exam, more than any other topic besides wellness and prevention. Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Clinical decision making in pediatric infectious diseases
    Nose and throat syndromes
    Infectious mononucleosis and mononucleosis-like syndromes
    Oral cavity and salivary gland syndromes
    Eye, ear, and sinus syndromes
    Face and neck syndromes
    Middle respiratory syndromes
    Pneumonia syndromes
    Neurologic syndromes
    Fever and sepsis syndromes
    Rash syndromes
    Gastroenteritis and intra-abdominal syndromes
    Hepatitis syndromes
    Urinary syndromes
    Genital syndromes
    Orthopedic syndromes
    Skin and soft tissue syndromes
    Cardiovascular syndromes
    Congenital, perinatal, and neonatal syndromes
    HIV infection and AIDS
    Exposure problems
    Infections complicating chronic diseases
    Primary immunodeficiency syndromes
    Principles of immunization
    Rational use of antimicrobial agents
    Answers, explanations, and suggested reading
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    Randall G. Fisher, MD, Professor of Pediatrics, Eastern Virginia Infectious Diseases Division, Children's Specialty Group, PLLC, Children's Hospital of the King's Daughters, Thomas G. Boyce, MD, MPH, Associate Professor of Pediatrics, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Division of Pediatric Infectious Diseases, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, Armando G. Correa, MD, Assistant Professor of Pediatrics, Baylor College of Medicine, Section of Academic General Pediatrics, Texas Children's Hospital, Houston, Texas.
    Contents:
    Clinical decision making in pediatric infectious diseases
    Nose and throat syndromes
    Infectious mononucleosis and mononucucleosis-like syndromes
    Oral cavity and salivary gland syndromes
    Eye, ear, and sinus syndromes
    Face and neck syndromes
    Middle respiratory syndromes
    Pneumonia syndromes
    Neurologic syndromes
    Fever and sepsis syndromes
    Rash syndromes
    Gastrointestinal and intra-abdominal syndromes
    Hepatitis syndromes
    Urinary syndromes
    Genital syndromes
    Orthopedic syndromes
    Skin and soft-tissue syndromes
    Cardiovascular syndromes
    Congenital, perinatal, and neonatal syndromes
    HIV infection and AIDS
    Exposure problems
    Infections complicating chronic diseases
    The child with frequent, severe, or unusual infections : primary immunodeficiency syndromes.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Heide Schatten, editor.
    Summary: "The second of two companion books which address the biology and clinical aspects of prostate cancer. This volume, Prostate Cancer: Molecular & Diagnostic Imaging and Treatment Stategies, discusses both classic and the most recent imaging approaches for detection, early diagnosis and treatment of prostate cancer. The companion title, Cell & Molecular Biology of Prostate Cancer, covers classic and modern cell and molecular biology as well as genetics, epigenetics, mitochondrial dysfunctions and apoptosis, cancer stem cells, angiogenesis, progression to metastasis, and treatment strategies including clinical trials related to prostate cancer. Taken together, these volumes form one comprehensive and invaluable contribution to the literature"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Androgen deprivation therapy for prostate cancer / Vincenzo Pagliarulo
    Advances in radiotherapy for prostate cancer treatment / Tarun K. Podder, Elisha T. Fredman, Rodney J. Ellis
    Role of prostate MRI in the setting of active surveillance for prostate cancer / Samuel J. Galgano, Zachary A. Glaser, Kristin K. Porter, Soroush Rais-Bahrami
    Evaluation of prostate needle biopsies / Giovanna A. Giannico, Omar Hameed
    Multiparametric MRI and MRI/TRUS fusion guided biopsy for the diagnosis of prostate cancer / Viktoria Schütz, Claudia Kesch, Svenja Dieffenbacher, David Bonekamp, Boris Alexander Hadaschik, Markus Hohenfellner [and others]
    Applications of nanoparticles probes for prostate cancer imaging and therapy / Tang Gao, Anyao Bi, Shuiqi Yang, Yi Liu, Xiangqi Kong, Wenbin Zeng
    Castration-resistant prostate cancer: mechanisms, targets and treatment / André Mansinho, Daniela Macedo, Isabel Fernandes, Luís Costa
    Peptide-based radiopharmaceuticals for molecular imaging of prostate cancer / Tamila J. Stott Reynolds, Charles J. Smith, Michael R. Lewis
    Targeted Prostate biopsy and MR-guided therapy for prostate cancer / David A. Woodrum, Akira Kawashima, Krzysztof R. Gorny, Lance A. Mynderse
    Immunodiagnostics and immunotherapy possibilities for prostate cancer / Heide Schatten.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bingmei M. Fu, Neil T. Wright, editors.
    Summary: "This book introduces the latest research in molecular, cellular, and tissue engineering of the vascular system. Topics covered include the roles of endothelial surface glycocalyx as a mechano-sensor and transducer for blood flow, a barrier to water and solute transport across the vascular wall and to the interaction between circulating cells and the vessel wall, the roles of nuclear envelope proteins and nuclear lamina in regulating vascular functions under blood flow-induced forces, and the roles of smooth muscle cells and extracellular components in arterial vasoconstriction. Other topics covered include non-surgical vascular interventions for coronary artery diseases, genesis and mechanisms of atherosclerotic plaque microcalcifications and human abdominal aortic aneurysms, experiments and modelling for red blood cell and tumor cell movement in microcirculation, transport across the blood-brain barrier and its role in Alzheimer's disease, mathematical models for cell survival after hyperthermia, application of hypothermia in enhancing treatment for brain and spinal cord injuries, and damage of eardrums due to blast waves. This is an ideal book for biomedical engineers and researchers, medical researchers, and students in biomedical engineering and medical sciences"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The role of endothelial surface glycocalyx in mechanosensing and transduction / Ye Zeng, X. Frank Zhang, Bingmei M. Fu, John M. Tarbell
    The molecular structure of the endothelial glycocalyx layer (EGL) and surface layers (ESL) modulation of transvascular exchange / Fitz-Roy E. Curry
    Role of the glycocalyx as a barrier to leukocyte-endothelium adhesion / Herbert H. Lipowsky
    Mechanobiology and vascular remodeling: from membrane to nucleus / Ying-Xin Qi, Yue Han, Zong-Lai Jiang
    Endothelial nuclear lamina in mechanotransduction under shear stress / Julie Y. Ji
    Regional heterogeneity in the regulation of vasoconstriction in arteries and its role in vascular mechanics / Sae-Il Murtada, Jay D. Humphrey
    Microcalcifications, their genesis, growth, and biomechanical stability in fibrous cap rupture / Luis Cardoso, Sheldon Weinbaum
    Abdominal aortic aneurysm pathomechanics: current understanding and future directions / Erica M. C. Kemmerling, Robert A. Peattie
    Vascular intervention: from angioplasty to bioresorbable vascular scaffold / Fengyi Du, Jiangbing Zhou
    On the physics underlying longitudinal capillary recruitment / Jacques M. Huyghe
    Tumor metastasis in the microcirculation / Bingmei M. Fu
    Modeling cell adhesion and extravasation in microvascular system / L. L. Xiao, W. W. Yan, Y. Liu, S. Chen, B. M. Fu
    Transport across the blood-brain barrier / Bingmei M. Fu
    Blood-brain barrier integrity and clearance of amyloid-[beta] from the BBB / Irsalan Cockerill, Joy-Anne Oliver, Huaxi Xu, Bingmei M. Fu, Donghui Zhu
    Mathematical models of cell response following heating / Neil T. Wright
    Hypothermia used in medical applications for brain and spinal cord injury patients / Liang Zhu
    Biomechanical changes of tympanic membrane to blast waves / Rong Z. Gan.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Jörg Kleine-Tebbe, Thilo Jakob, editors ; foreword 1 by Robert G. Hamilton, foreword 2 by Stefan Vieths.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC586 .M65 2017
    1
  • Digital
    editor, Gustav K. von Schulthess.
    Summary: "This brand new book discusses the most relevant technique or combination thereof for each disease and provides guidance on which modality to use -It is a disease oriented reference meant for interpreting integrated imaging studies. While it focuses on PET-CT and SPECT-CT, it also integrates PET-MR were applicable. Features: Allows clinical hybrid imaging users to compare modalities and decide whether to use PET/CT, PET/MR or SPECT/CT to solve a clinical question. Focus on clinical applications sans technological & radiopharmaceutical details. Inclusion of emerging field of PET/MR. New PART III on workflow and normal scans with various clinical tracers. Only book that incorporates PET/MR in a systematic way"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Rita Fior, Rita Zilhão.
    Summary: This textbook takes you on a journey to the basic concepts of cancer biology. It combines developmental, evolutionary and cell biology perspectives, to then wrap-up with an integrated clinical approach. The book starts with an introductory chapter, looking at cancer in a nut shell. The subsequent chapters are detailed and the idea of cancer as a mass of somatic cells undergoing a micro-evolutionary Darwinian process is explored. Further, the main Hanahan and Weinberg "Hallmarks of Cancer" are revisited. In most chapters, the fundamental experiments that led to key concepts, connecting basic biology and biomedicine are highlighted. In the books closing section all of these concepts are integrated in clinical studies, where molecular diagnosis as well as the various classical and modern therapeutic strategies are addressed. The book is written in an easy-to-read language, like a one-on-one conversation between the writer and the reader, without compromising the scientific accuracy. Therefore, this book is suited not only for advanced undergraduates and master students but also for patients or curious lay people looking for a further understanding of this shattering disease.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Molecular and Cell Biology of Cancer when cells break the rules and hijack their own planet
    Cancer as an Evolutionary Process
    Cell signaling in cancer
    The cell cycle, cytoskeleton and cancer
    Genomic Instability: DNA Repair and Cancer
    Cell metabolism in cancer
    an energetic switch
    Cancer immunoediting and hijacking of the immune system
    Angiogenesis
    vessels recruitment by tumor cells
    Tumor niche disruption and metastasis: the role of epithelial-mesenchymal transition (EMT)
    Case studies
    Molecular Pathology perspective and impact on oncologic patients management
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Danny R. Welch and Paul B. Fisher.
    Contents:
    Chapter One: Detecting Tumor Metastases: The Road to Therapy Starts Here
    1. Introduction
    2. Preclinical In Vitro and In Vivo Models of Metastasis
    2.1. In Vitro Models
    2.2. In Vivo Models
    3. Approaches Currently Used to Detect Metastatic Lesions (on a Preclinical Level)
    3.1. Lab Tests/Histopathology
    3.2. Noninvasive Blood Tests
    3.3. Small Animal Imaging
    3.4. Molecular-Genetic Imaging (Promoter-Based Protocols)
    3.5. Circulating Tumor Cells
    4. Approaches Used to Detect Metastatic Lesions (on a Clinical Level)
    4.1. Biomarkers for Metastasis
    4.2. Imaging Procedures
    4.3. Circulating Tumor Cells
    5. Metastasis Detection/Therapy: Combining Imaging with Therapy (Theranostics)
    6. Challenges Faced in Detecting Metastatic Cells
    7. Conclusions and Future Directions
    Acknowledgments
    References
    Chapter Two: The Relationship Between Dormant Cancer Cells and Their Microenvironment
    1. Introduction
    2. Models to Study Tumor Cell Dormancy
    3. Intrinsic and Extrinsic Signals Converge to Induce Tumor Cell Dormancy
    4. Cooperative Extrinsic Signals Induce Dormancy Within the Bone Microenvironment
    5. Endosteal and Perivascular Niches Support Cancer Cell Dormancy
    6. Reactivation from Dormancy
    7. The Immune System and Dormancy
    8. Summary and Outlook
    References
    Chapter Three: Defining the Influence of Germline Variation on Metastasis Using Systems Genetics Approaches
    1. Introduction
    2. Hereditary Factors Associated with Cancer Aggressiveness and Metastasis in Human Populations
    2.1. Epidemiological Analysis
    2.2. Genetic Analysis Human Cohorts
    3. Systems Genetics Approaches to Identify Hereditary Modifiers of Metastasis
    3.1. Breast Cancer
    3.2. Prostate Cancer
    3.3. Melanoma
    4. Conclusions
    Acknowledgments
    References
    Chapter Four: Breast Cancer Metastasis Suppressor 1 (BRMS1): Robust Biological and Pathological Data, But Still Enigmatic ...
    Concluding Thoughts
    Acknowledgments
    References
    Chapter Five: Immune Regulation of the Metastatic Process: Implications for Therapy
    1. Introduction
    2. Key Players
    2.1. Monocytes
    2.2. Macrophages
    2.3. Neutrophils
    2.4. T Lymphocytes
    2.5. Natural Killer Cells
    3. Invasion and Intravasation
    3.1. Macrophages
    3.2. Neutrophils
    3.3. T Lymphocytes
    4. Survival and Extravasation
    4.1. Monocytes
    4.2. Neutrophils
    4.3. T Lymphocytes
    4.4. NK Cells
    5. Ectopic Growth
    5.1. Macrophages
    5.2. Neutrophils
    5.3. T Lymphocytes
    5.4. NK Cells
    6. Therapeutic Implications
    Acknowledgments
    References
    Chapter Six: MicroRNA and Metastasis
    1. MicroRNAs
    1.1. Noncoding RNAs and the Discovery of MicroRNAs
    1.2. miRNA Biogenesis and Mechanisms of Action
    1.3. miRNA Functions
    2. miRNAs in Cancer ...
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Michael S. Wolfe.
    Summary: The Molecular and Cellular Basis of Neurodegenerative Diseases: Underlying Mechanisms presents the pathology, genetics, biochemistry and cell biology of the major human neurodegenerative diseases, including Alzheimer's, Parkinson's, frontotemporal dementia, ALS, Huntington's, and prion diseases. Edited and authored by internationally recognized leaders in the field, the book's chapters explore their pathogenic commonalities and differences, also including discussions of animal models and prospects for therapeutics. Diseases are presented first, with common mechanisms later. Individual chapters discuss each major neurodegenerative disease, integrating this information to offer multiple molecular and cellular mechanisms that diseases may have in common. This book provides readers with a timely update on this rapidly advancing area of investigation, presenting an invaluable resource for researchers in the field.

    Contents:
    1. Solving the puzzle of neurodegeneration / Michael S. Wolfe
    2. Prion diseases / Robert C.C. Mercer, Alex J. McDonald, Erin Bove-Fenderson, Cheng Fang, Bei Wu and David A. Harris
    3. Alzheimer's Disease: toward a quantitative biological approach in describing its natural history and underlying mechanisms / Colin L. Masters, Ben Gu, Simon Laws, Yen Y Lim, Blaine Roberts, Victor L. Villemagne and Konrad Beyreuther
    4. Neurodegeneration and the ordered assembly of tau / Michel Goedert
    5. Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and other TDP-43 proteinopathies / Jorge Gomez-Deza and Christopher E. Shaw
    6. Parkinson's disease and other synucleinopathies / Mark R. Cookson
    7. Huntington's disease and other polyglutamine repeat diseases: molecular mechanisms and pathogenic pathways / Audrey S. Dickey and Albert R. La Spada
    8. Prion-like propagation in neurogenerative diseases / Wouter Peelaerts, Veerle Baekelandt and Patrik Brundin
    9. Neurodegenerative diseases as protein folding disorders / Jermey D. Baker, Jack M. Webster, Lindsey B. Shelton, John Koren, III, Vladimir N. Uversky, Laura J. Blair and Chad A. Dickey
    10. Heat shock proteins and protein quality control in Alzheimer's disease / Fred W. Van Leeuwen and Harm H. Kampinga
    11. Neurodegenerative diseases and autophagy / Angeleen Fleming, Mariella Vicinanza, Maurizio Renna, Claudia Puri, Thomas Ricketts, Jens Füllgrabe, Ana Lopez, Sarah M. De Jager, Avraham Ashkenazi, Mariana Pavel, Floriana Licitra, Andrea Caricasole, Stephen P. Andrews, John Skidmore and David C. Rubinsztein
    12. Neurodegenerative Diseases and axonal transport / Lawrence S. Goldstein and Utpal Das
    13. Mitochondrial function and neurodegenerative diseases / Heather M. Wilkins, Ian Weidling, Scott Koppel, Xiaowan Wang, Alex Von Schulze and Russell H. Swerdlow
    14. Non-cell autonomous degeneration: role of astrocytes in neurodegenerative diseases / Sarah E. Smith and Azad Bonni
    15. Neurodegenerative diseases and RNA-mediated toxicity / Tiffany W. Todd and Leonard Petrucelli
    16. Neuroinflammation in are-related neurodegenerative diseases / Kathryn P. MacPherson, Maria E. De Sousa Rodrigues, Amarallys F. Cintron and Malú G. Tansey
    17. Neurodegenerative diseases and the aging brain / Stephen K. Godin, Jinsoo Seo and Li-Huei Tsai
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Maurice B. Hallett editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    1 An Introduction to Phagocytosis
    Introduction to Phagocytosis
    The Cell Biology of Phagocytosis
    Phagocytosis Dissected
    The Importance of Phagocytosis
    Evolution and Phagocytosis
    Introduction to the Chapters in This Book
    2 A Brief History of Phagocytosis
    Introduction
    Purpose of Chapter
    Let's Start at the Very Beginning
    The Eureka Moment of Metchnikoff
    Inside the Phagocyte
    Phagosomal pH
    Ca2+ Ions and Phagocytosis
    Conclusion
    3 The Role of Membrane Surface Charge in Phagocytosis
    Introduction Lipids That Contribute to Phagocytosis and Phagosome Maturation
    Phospholipid Dynamics and Inner Leaflet Charge During Phagocytosis and Phagosome Maturation
    Role of Electrostatic Interactions in Protein Localization During Phagocytosis and Phagosome Maturation
    Relevance of Inner Leaflet Surface Charge to Phagocytes and Immunity
    Concluding Remarks
    4 Receptor Models of Phagocytosis: The Effect of Target Shape
    Introduction
    Why Modelling?
    Receptor Models of Phagocytosis
    The Basic Receptor Model
    Phagocytosis Versus Other Types of Endocytosis
    The Effect of Target Shape Known Experimental Results
    Modelling Shape Dependence
    Model Extensions and the Future
    Summary
    5 Decision Making in Phagocytosis
    Introduction
    Uptake, Processing, and Release of Long Particles
    Uptake of a Long Particle
    Phagosome Processing
    Release of a Particle
    Myosin-II Does Not Accumulate on the Incipient Phagosome
    Conversion of a Tubular Phagosome into a Bleb
    Simultaneous Uptake and Release of Particles
    Struggle for a Bacterium
    Discussion
    6 Membrane Tension and the Role of Ezrin During Phagocytosis
    Introduction Apparent Expansion of Cell Surface Area During Phagocytosis
    Exocytotic Addition to the Plasma Membrane
    Cell Surface "Wrinkles"
    Membrane Tension and Cell Shape Changes
    Wrinkles and Membrane Tension
    Molecular Maintenance of Membrane Tension
    Ezrin
    Ezrin and Membrane Tension
    Ezrin and Phagocytosis
    Regulation Membrane Tension by Ezrin During Phagocytosis
    Actin Push and the Brownian Ratchet
    Conclusion and Synthesis
    7 Molecular Mechanisms of Calcium Signaling During Phagocytosis
    Abbreviations
    Introduction
    Overview of Ca2+ Signaling
    Phagocytic Ca2+ Signals Ca2+-Permeable Channels Involved in Phagocytic Ca2+ Signals
    ORAI Channels, STIM Proteins and Junctate
    TRPC Channels
    TRPC3
    TRPC4/5
    TRPC6
    TRPM Channels
    TRPM2
    TRPM8
    TRPML Channels
    TRPV Channels
    TRPV1 and TRPV2
    TRPV4
    P2X Channels
    P2X7
    P2X4
    Conclusions and Future Directions
    8 Calpain Activation by Ca2+ and Its Role in Phagocytosis
    Introduction
    Ca2+ in Phagocytosis and Cell Shape Change
    Calpain Activation in Shape Change
    Calpain in Phagocytosis
    Structure of Calpain 1 and 2
    Physiological Activation of Calpain by Ca2+ in Cells Conclusions
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Nicholas Boulis, Deirdre O'Connor, and Anthony Donsante.
    Contents:
    1. Molecular and extracellular cues in motor neuron specification and differentiation / R.L. Swetenburg, S.L. Stice and L. Karumbaiah
    2. Natural history of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis / M.J. Magnussen and J.D. Glass
    3. Genetics of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis / K.P. Kenna, J.E. Landers and N. Ticozzi
    4. Molecular mechanisms of amytrophic lateral sclerosis / M. Collins and R. Bowser
    5. An introduction to natural history, genetic mapping, and clinical spectrum of spinal muscular atrophy / A. McDonough, L. Urquia and N. Boulis
    6. Genetics of spinal muscular atrophy / A.H.M. Burghes and V.L. McGovern
    7. Introduction to gene and stem-cell therapy / D.M. O'Connor
    8. Gene therapy for amytrophic lateral sclerosis / A. Dosante
    9. Stem cell therapy for amytrophic lateral sclerosis / K.S. Chen and E.L. Feldman
    10. Gene therapy for spinal muscular atrophy / M.R. Miller, E.Y. Osman and C.L. Lorson
    11. Cellular therapy for spinal muscular atrophy / I. Faravelli and S. Corti
    12. Clinical trials to date / B.J. Mader and N. Boulis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Kaushik Parthasarathi, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the structure, function and pathophysiology of the pulmonary vasculature. Emerging evidence reveals the multifaceted roles played by the pulmonary vasculature. To reflect those roles, the individual chapters address topics ranging from pulmonary blood vessel development to vascular endothelial apoptosis, and delve deeply into our current understanding of various aspects of the pulmonary vasculature.
    Digital Access Springer 2018

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.